PerformanceNavigationTiming - Web APIs
the performancenavigationtiming interface provides methods and properties to store and retrieve metrics regarding the browser's document navigation events. for example, this interface can be used to determine how much time it takes to load or unload a document. ...
... for example, this interface can be used to determine how much time it takes to load or unload a document. ...
... example, this interface can be used to determine how much time it takes to load or unload a document. ...
...And 14 more matches

min-block-size - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the min-block-size css property defines the minimum horizontal or vertical size of an element's block, depending on its writing mode. it corresponds to either the min-width or the min-height property, depending on the value of writing-mode. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...ck, depending on its writing mode. it corresponds to either the min-width or the min-height property, depending on the value of writing-mode. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...iting mode. it corresponds to either the min-width or the min-height property, depending on the value of writing-mode. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...And 10 more matches

min-inline-size - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the min-inline-size css property defines the horizontal or vertical minimal size of an element's block, depending on its writing mode. it corresponds to either the min-width or the min-height property, depending on the value of writing-mode. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...ck, depending on its writing mode. it corresponds to either the min-width or the min-height property, depending on the value of writing-mode. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...ting mode. it corresponds to either the min-width or the min-height property, depending on the value of writing-mode. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...And 10 more matches

Resource Timing API - Web APIs
the resource timing interfaces enable retrieving and analyzing detailed network timing data regarding the loading of an application's resource(s). an application can use the timing metrics to determine, for example, the length of time it takes to load a specific resource, such as an xmlhttprequest, <svg>, image, or script. the interface's properties create a resource loading timeline with high-resolution timestamps for network events such as redirect start and end times, dns lookup start and end times, request start, response start and end times, etc. the interface also includes other properties that provide data about the size of the fetched resource as well as the type of resource that initiated the fetch. this document provides an overview of the resource timing interfaces. for more det...
...es, request start, response start and end times, etc. the interface also includes other properties that provide data about the size of the fetched resource as well as the type of resource that initiated the fetch. this document provides an overview of the resource timing interfaces. for more details about the interfaces including examples see each interface's reference page, using the resource timing api, and the references in the see also section. for a graphical representation of the resource timing processing model see the resource timing phases figure. the performanceresourcetiming interface extends the performanceentry for performance entries which have an entrytype of "resource". high-resolution timestamps several of the resource timing properties return high-resolution timestamps. ...
...r the browser receives the last byte of the resource. if the resource is loaded via a secure connection a secureconnectionstart timestamp will be available between the connection start and end events. when cors is in effect, many of these values are returned as zero unless the server's access policy permits these values to be shared. this requires the server providing the resource to send the timing-allow-origin http response header with a value specifying the origin or origins which are allowed to get the restricted timestamp values. the properties which are returned as 0 by default when loading a resource from a domain other than the one of the web page itself: redirectstart, redirectend, domainlookupstart, domainlookupend, connectstart, connectend, secureconnectionstart, requeststart, a...
...And 9 more matches

HTML attribute: min - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the min attribute defines the minimum value that is acceptable and valid for the input containing the attribute. if the value of the element is less than this, the element fails constraint validation. this value must be less than or equal to the value of the max attribute. if a value is specified for min that isn't a valid number, the input has no minimum value. valid for the numeric input types, including the date, month, week, time, datetime-local, number and range types, and the <meter> element, the min attribute is a number that specifies the most negative value a form control to be considered valid. ...
...lid for the numeric input types, including the date, month, week, time, datetime-local, number and range types, and the <meter> element, the min attribute is a number that specifies the most negative value a form control to be considered valid. syntax if any is not explicity set, valid values for the number, date/time input types, and range input types are equal to the basis for stepping - the min value and increments of the step value, up to the max value, if specified. for example, if we have <input type="number" min="10" step="2"> any even integer, 10 or great, is valid. ...
...for stepping - the min value and increments of the step value, up to the max value, if specified. for example, if we have <input type="number" min="10" step="2"> any even integer, 10 or great, is valid. if omitted, <input type="number">, any integer is valid, but floats, like 4.2, are not valid, as step defaults to 1. ...
...And 9 more matches

Dominators - Firefox Developer Tools
with a garbage-collected language, like javascript, the programmer doesn't generally have to worry about deallocating memory. ...
... with a garbage-collected language, like javascript, the programmer doesn't generally have to worry about deallocating memory. ...
... with a garbage-collected language, like javascript, the programmer doesn't generally have to worry about deallocating memory. they can just create and use objects, and when the objects are no longer needed, the runtime takes care of cleaning up, and frees the memory the objects occupied. ...
...And 8 more matches

General asynchronous programming concepts - Learn web development
asynchronous? normally, a given program's code runs straight along, with only one thing happening at once. ...
... asynchronous? normally, a given program's code runs straight along, with only one thing happening at once. ...
...ing experience and isn't a good use of computer processing power — especially in an era in which computers have multiple processor cores available. there's no sense sitting there waiting for something when you could let the other task chug along on another processor core and let you know when it's done. this lets you get other work done in the meantime, which is the basis of asynchronous programming. it is up to the programming environment you are using (web browsers, in the case of web development) to provide you with apis that allow you to run such tasks asynchronously. blocking code asynchronous techniques are very useful, particularly in web programming. when a web app runs in a browser and it executes an intensive chunk of code without returning control to the browser, the browser ca...
...And 7 more matches

Dominators view - Firefox Developer Tools
the dominators view is new in firefox 46. starting in firefox 46, the memory tool includes a new view called the dominators view. this is useful for understanding the "retained size" of objects allocated by your site: that is, the size of the objects themselves plus the size of the objects that they keep alive through references. if you already know what shallow size, retained size, and dominators are, skip to the dominators ui section. otherwise, you might want to review the article on dominators concepts. dominators ui to see the dominators view for a snapshot, select "dominators" in the "view" drop-down list. ...
...plus the size of the objects that they keep alive through references. if you already know what shallow size, retained size, and dominators are, skip to the dominators ui section. otherwise, you might want to review the article on dominators concepts. dominators ui to see the dominators view for a snapshot, select "dominators" in the "view" drop-down list. it looks something like this: the dominators view consists of two panels: the dominators tree panel shows you which nodes in the snapshot are retaining the most memory the retaining paths panel (new in firefox 47) shows the 5 shortest retaining paths for a single node. dominators tree panel the dominators tree tells you which objects in the snapshot are retaining the most memory. in the main part of the ui, the first row is l...
...tely underneath that is an entry for: every gc root node. in gecko, there is more than one memory graph, and therefore more than one root. there may be many (often temporary) roots. for example: variables allocated on the stack need to be rooted, or internal caches may need to root their​ elements. any other node that's referenced from two different roots (since in this case, neither root dominates it). each entry displays: the retained size of the node, as bytes and as a percentage of the total the shallow size of the node, as bytes and as a percentage of the total the nodes's name and address in memory. entries are ordered by the amount of memory that they retain. for example: in this screenshot we can see five entries under "gc roots". the first two are call and window ob...
...And 7 more matches

EffectTiming.delay - Web APIs
defaults to 0. ...
...defaults to 0. ...
...defaults to 0. ...
...And 7 more matches

Navigation Timing API - Web APIs
the navigation timing api provides data that can be used to measure the performance of a web site. unlike javascript-based libraries that have historically been used to collect similar information, the navigation timing api can be much more accurate and reliable. this article currently describes navigation timing level 1. there is a specification for level 2, but it is not yet covered here. concepts and usage you can use the navigation timing api to gather performance data on the client side, which you can then transmit to a server using xmlhttprequest or other techniques. this api lets you measure data that was previously difficult to obtain, such as the amount of time needed to unload the previous page, how long domain lookups take, the total time spent executing the window's load ha...
...lets you measure data that was previously difficult to obtain, such as the amount of time needed to unload the previous page, how long domain lookups take, the total time spent executing the window's load handler, and so forth. interfaces performance the window.performance property returns a performance object. ...
...reviously difficult to obtain, such as the amount of time needed to unload the previous page, how long domain lookups take, the total time spent executing the window's load handler, and so forth. interfaces performance the window.performance property returns a performance object. ...
...And 7 more matches

min-height - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
<length> a non-negative absolute or relative length. <percentage> a percentage value relative to the height of the initial viewport at zoom factor 1.0 for vertical lengths. must be non-negative. ...
... <length> a non-negative absolute or relative length. <percentage> a percentage value relative to the height of the initial viewport at zoom factor 1.0 for vertical lengths. must be non-negative. ...
... <length> a non-negative absolute or relative length. <percentage> a percentage value relative to the height of the initial viewport at zoom factor 1.0 for vertical lengths. must be non-negative. ...
...And 7 more matches

Timing element visibility with the Intersection Observer API - Web APIs
pi makes it easy to be asynchronously notified when elements of interest become more or less obscured by a shared ancestor node or element, including the document itself. in this article, we'll build a mock blog which has a number of ads interspersed among the contents of the page, then use the intersection observer api to track how much time each ad is visible to the user. when an ad exceeds one minute of visible time, it will be replaced with a new one. although many aspects of this example will not match real world usage (in particular, the articles all have the same text and aren't loaded from a database, and there are just a handful of simple text-only ads that are selected from an array), this should provide enough understanding of the api to quickly learn how to apply the intersection...
.... let's look at the style for each component of the page individually. the basics we provide styles for the <body> and <main> elements to define the site's background as well as the grid the various parts of the site will be placed in. body { font-family: "open sans", "arial", "helvetica", sans-serif; background-color: aliceblue; } .wrapper { display: grid; grid-template-columns: auto minmax(min-content, 1fr); grid-template-rows: auto minmax(min-content, 1fr); max-width: 700px; margin: 0 auto; background-color: aliceblue; } the site's <body> is configured here to use one of a number of common sans-serif fonts, and to use "aliceblue" as the background color. then the "wrapper" class is defined; it wraps the entire blog, including the header, sidebar, and body content (arti...
...e in entry.time, then add the ad to the set visibleads so we know to process it as time goes by. if the ad has transitioned to the not-intersecting state, we remove the ad from the set of visible ads. then we have one special behavior: we look to see if entry.ratio is 0.0; if it is, that means the element has become totally obscured. if that's the case, and the ad has been visible for at least a minute total, we call a function we'll create called replacead() to replace the existing ad with a new one. this way, the user sees a variety of ads over time, but the ads are only replaced while they can't be seen, resulting in a smooth experience. handling periodic actions our interval handler, handlerefreshinterval(), is called about once per second courtesy of the call to setinterval() made in ...
...And 6 more matches

Using the aria-valuemin attribute - Accessibility
note: opinions may differ on how assistive technology should handle this technique. ...
... note: opinions may differ on how assistive technology should handle this technique. ...
... note: opinions may differ on how assistive technology should handle this technique. ...
...And 6 more matches

min-width - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
<length> a non-negative absolute or relative length. <percentage> a percentage value relative to the width or height of the initial viewport at zoom factor 1.0, for horizontal and vertical lengths respectively. must be non-negative. ...
... <length> a non-negative absolute or relative length. <percentage> a percentage value relative to the width or height of the initial viewport at zoom factor 1.0, for horizontal and vertical lengths respectively. must be non-negative. ...
... <length> a non-negative absolute or relative length. <percentage> a percentage value relative to the width or height of the initial viewport at zoom factor 1.0, for horizontal and vertical lengths respectively. must be non-negative. ...
...And 6 more matches

min() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the min() css function lets you set the smallest (most negative) value from a list of comma-separated expressions as the value of a css property value. the min() function can be used anywhere a <length>, <frequency>, <angle>, <time>, <percentage>, <number>, or <integer> is allowed. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. in the first above example, the width will be at most 200px, but will be smaller if the viewport is less than 400px wide (in which case 1vw would be 4px, so 50vw would be 200px). in other words, the maximum width is 200px. ...
... repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. in the first above example, the width will be at most 200px, but will be smaller if the viewport is less than 400px wide (in which case 1vw would be 4px, so 50vw would be 200px). in other words, the maximum width is 200px. think of the min() value as providing the maximum value a property can have. syntax the min() function takes one or more comma-separated expressions as its parameter, with the smallest (most negative) expression value result used as the value. the expressions can be math expressions (using arithmetic operators), literal values, or other expressions, such as attr(), that evaluate to a valid argument type (like ...
...r each value in your expression, if you wish. you may also use parentheses to establish computation order when needed. notes math expressions involving percentages for widths and heights on table columns, table column groups, table rows, table row groups, and table cells in both auto and fixed layout tables may be treated as if auto had been specified. it is permitted to nest max() and other min() functions as expression values. the expressions are full math expressions, so you can use direct addition, subtraction, multiplication and division without using the calc() function itself. the expression can be values combining the addition ( + ), subtraction ( - ), multiplication ( * ) and division ( / ) operators, using standard operator precedence rules. make sure to put a space on each si...
...And 6 more matches

performance.clearResourceTimings() - Web APIs
the clearresourcetimings() method removes all performance entries with an entrytype of "resource" from the browser's performance data buffer and sets the size of the performance data buffer to zero. to set the size of the browser's performance data buffer, use the performance.setresourcetimingbuffersize() method. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax performance.clearresourcetimings(); arguments void return value none this method has no return value. ...
...he performance.setresourcetimingbuffersize() method. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax performance.clearresourcetimings(); arguments void return value none this method has no return value. ...
...ings(); arguments void return value none this method has no return value. ...
...And 5 more matches

:indeterminate - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the :indeterminate css pseudo-class represents any form element whose state is indeterminate, such as checkboxes which have their html indeterminate attribute set to true, radio buttons which are members of a group in which all radio buttons are unchecked, and indeterminate <progress> elements. ...
... the :indeterminate css pseudo-class represents any form element whose state is indeterminate, such as checkboxes which have their html indeterminate attribute set to true, radio buttons which are members of a group in which all radio buttons are unchecked, and indeterminate <progress> elements. ...
... the :indeterminate css pseudo-class represents any form element whose state is indeterminate, such as checkboxes which have their html indeterminate attribute set to true, radio buttons which are members of a group in which all radio buttons are unchecked, and indeterminate <progress> elements. ...
...And 5 more matches

Date.prototype.setMinutes() - JavaScript
msvalue optional. a number between 0 and 999, representing the milliseconds. ...
... msvalue optional. a number between 0 and 999, representing the milliseconds. ...
... msvalue optional. a number between 0 and 999, representing the milliseconds. ...
...And 5 more matches

WebAssembly.compileStreaming() - JavaScript
return value a promise that resolves to a webassembly.module object representing the compiled module. exceptions if buffersource is not a typed array, a typeerror is thrown. ...
... return value a promise that resolves to a webassembly.module object representing the compiled module. exceptions if buffersource is not a typed array, a typeerror is thrown. ...
... return value a promise that resolves to a webassembly.module object representing the compiled module. exceptions if buffersource is not a typed array, a typeerror is thrown. ...
...And 5 more matches

Graceful asynchronous programming with Promises - Learn web development
(err => { setstatusmessage("failed to connect"); }); } this function starts by using a function called setstatusmessage() to update a status display with the message "calling...", indicating that a call is being attempted. it then calls getusermedia(), asking for a stream that has both video and audio tracks, then once that's been obtained, sets up a video element to show the stream coming from the camera as a "self view," then takes each of the stream's tracks and adds them to the webrtc rtcpeerconnection representing a connection to another user. after that, the status display is updated to say "connected". if getusermedia() fails, the catch block runs. this uses setstatusmessage() to update the status box to indicate that an error occurred. the important thing here is that th...
...e the status box to indicate that an error occurred. the important thing here is that the getusermedia() call returns almost immediately, even if the camera stream hasn't been obtained yet. even if the handlecallbutton() function has already returned to the code that called it, when getusermedia() has finished working, it calls the handler you provide. as long as the app doesn't assume that streaming has begun, it can just keep on running. note: you can learn more about this somewhat advanced topic, if you're interested, in the article signaling and video calling. code similar to this, but much more complete, is used in that example. the trouble with callbacks to fully understand why promises are a good thing, it helps to think back to old-style callbacks and to appreciate why they are ...
...ey are problematic. let's talk about ordering pizza as an analogy. there are certain steps that you have to take for your order to be successful, which doesn't really make sense to try to execute out of order, or in order but before each previous step has quite finished: you choose what toppings you want. this can take a while if you are indecisive, and may fail if you just can't make up your mind, or decide to get a curry instead. you then place your order. this can take a while to return a pizza and may fail if the restaurant does not have the required ingredients to cook it. you then collect your pizza and eat. this might fail if, say, you forgot your wallet so can't pay for the pizza! with old-style callbacks, a pseudo-code representation of the above functionality might look some...
...And 4 more matches

Server-side website programming first steps - Learn web development
however, you do need to understand how the web works. ...
... however, you do need to understand how the web works. ...
...and "why is it so useful?". we then provide an overview of some of the most popular server-side web frameworks, along with guidance on how to select the most suitable framework for creating your first site. finally, we provide a high-level introductory article about web server security. prerequisites before starting this module, you don't need to have any knowledge of server-side website programming, or indeed any other type of programming. however, you do need to understand how the web works. we recommend that you first read the following topics: what is a web server? what software do i need to build a website? how do you upload files to a web server? with that basic understanding, you'll be ready to work your way through the modules in this section. guides introduction to th...
...And 4 more matches

NSPR's Position On Abrupt Thread Termination
this memo describes my position on a facility that is currently under discussion for inclusion in the netscape portable runtime (nspr); the ability of a thread to abruptly exit. i resist including this function in nspr because it results in bad programming practice and unsupportable programs. threads are not processes. abrupt termination has been available in the unix/c environment for some time (exit()), and i assume that the basic semantics defined there are applicable here. in that environment, exit() may be called and any time, and results in the calling thread's immediate termination. in the situation where it was defined (unix), which has only a single thread of execution, that is equivalent to terminating the process. the process abstraction is then responsible for closing a...
...this practice does not extend to threads. threads run within the confines of a process (or similar abstractions in other environments). ...
... they do not maintain the full protection domain provided by a process. so in a threaded environment, what is the parallel to unix' exit()? nspr has defined a function, callable by any thread within a process at any time, called pr_processexit(). this is identical to unix exit() and was so named in an effort to make the obvious even more so. when called, the process exits, closing files and reclaiming the process' storage. certain people have been disappointed when nspr did not provide a functional equivalent to exit just a particular thread. apparently they have failed to consider the ramifications. if a thread was to abruptly terminate, there is no recording of what resources it owns and should therefore be reclaimed. those resources are in fact, owned by the process and shared by all the t...
...And 4 more matches

EffectTiming.fill - Web APIs
for example, setting fill to "none" means the animation's effects are not applied to the element if the current time is outside the range of times during which the animation is running, while "forwards" ensures that once the animation's end time has been passed, the element will continue to be drawn in the state it was in at its last rendered frame. ...
...imation's end time has been passed, the element will continue to be drawn in the state it was in at its last rendered frame. note that authors are discouraged from using fill modes to persist the effect of an animation indefinitely. see the alternatives to fill modes section below for approaches that are simpler and more performant. ...
...was in at its last rendered frame. note that authors are discouraged from using fill modes to persist the effect of an animation indefinitely. see the alternatives to fill modes section below for approaches that are simpler and more performant. element.animate(), and keyframeeffect() accept an object of timing properties including fill. the value of fill corresponds directly to fill in effecttiming objects returned by gettiming() in animationeffect and keyframeeffect. syntax var timingproperties = { fill: "none" | "forwards" | "backwards" | "both" | "auto" } value a domstring indicating the fill type to use in order to properly render an affected element when outside the animation's active interval (that is, when it's not actively animating). the default is "auto". "none" the a...
...And 4 more matches

PerformanceServerTiming - Web APIs
note: this feature is available in web workers. the performanceservertiming interface surfaces server metrics that are sent with the response in the server-timing http header. this interface is restricted to the same origin, but you can use the timing-allow-origin header to specify the domains that are allowed to access the server metrics. note that this interface is only available in secure contexts (https) in some browsers. properties performanceservertiming.descriptionread only a domstring value of the server-specified metric description, or an empty string. performanceservertiming.durationread only a double that contains the server-specified metric duration, or value 0.0. performanceservertiming.nameread only a domstring value of the server-specified metric name. ...
...owsers. properties performanceservertiming.descriptionread only a domstring value of the server-specified metric description, or an empty string. performanceservertiming.durationread only a double that contains the server-specified metric duration, or value 0.0. performanceservertiming.nameread only a domstring value of the server-specified metric name. methods performanceservertiming.tojson() returns a domstring that is the json representation of the performanceservertiming object. ...
...formanceservertiming.durationread only a double that contains the server-specified metric duration, or value 0.0. performanceservertiming.nameread only a domstring value of the server-specified metric name. methods performanceservertiming.tojson() returns a domstring that is the json representation of the performanceservertiming object. ...
...And 4 more matches

RTCIceCandidatePairStats.availableIncomingBitrate - Web APIs
the value is reported in bits per second and is computed over a 1-second interval. ...
...the value is reported in bits per second and is computed over a 1-second interval. ...
...the value is reported in bits per second and is computed over a 1-second interval. ...
...And 4 more matches

WebAssembly.instantiateStreaming() - JavaScript
importobject optional an object containing the values to be imported into the newly-created instance, such as functions or webassembly.memory objects. there must be one matching property for each declared import of the compiled module or else a webassembly.linkerror is thrown. ...
...tance: a webassembly.instance object that contains all the exported webassembly functions. exceptions if either of the parameters are not of the correct type or structure, a typeerror is thrown. if the operation fails, the promise rejects with a webassembly.compileerror, webassembly.linkerror, or webassembly.runtimeerror, depending on the cause of the failure. ...
... the exported webassembly functions. exceptions if either of the parameters are not of the correct type or structure, a typeerror is thrown. if the operation fails, the promise rejects with a webassembly.compileerror, webassembly.linkerror, or webassembly.runtimeerror, depending on the cause of the failure. ...
...And 4 more matches

Capturing a minidump
minidumps are files created by various windows tools which record the complete state of a program as it's running, or as it was at the moment of a crash. small minidumps are created by the breakpad crash reporting tool, but sometimes that's not sufficient to diagnose a problem. for example, if the application is hanging (not responding to input, but hasn't crashed) then breakpad is not triggered, and it can be difficult to determine where the problem lies. sometimes a more complete form of minidump is needed to see additional details about a crash, in which case manual capture of a minidump is desired. this page describes how to capture these minidumps on windows, to permit better debugging. ...
...anging (not responding to input, but hasn't crashed) then breakpad is not triggered, and it can be difficult to determine where the problem lies. sometimes a more complete form of minidump is needed to see additional details about a crash, in which case manual capture of a minidump is desired. this page describes how to capture these minidumps on windows, to permit better debugging. privacy and minidumps warning! ...
..., but hasn't crashed) then breakpad is not triggered, and it can be difficult to determine where the problem lies. sometimes a more complete form of minidump is needed to see additional details about a crash, in which case manual capture of a minidump is desired. this page describes how to capture these minidumps on windows, to permit better debugging. privacy and minidumps warning! ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIMsgIncomingServer
nsimsgincomingserver mailnews/base/public/nsimsgincomingserver.idlscriptable ??? add brief description of interface ??? ...
...rbird 3.0 / seamonkey 2.0) method overview void clearallvalues(); void cleartemporaryreturnreceiptsfilter(); void closecachedconnections(); void configuretemporaryfilters(in nsimsgfilterlist filterlist); void configuretemporaryreturnreceiptsfilter(in nsimsgfilterlist filterlist); obsolete since gecko 1.8 void displayofflinemsg(in nsimsgwindow awindow); boolean equals(in nsimsgincomingserver server); void forgetpassword(); void forgetsessionpassword(); astring generateprettynameformigration(); boolean getboolattribute(in string name); boolean getboolvalue(in string attr); acstring getcharattribute(in string name); acstring getcharvalue(in string attr); nsilocalfile getfilevalue(in string relpref, in string abspref); nsimsgfilterlist getfilterlist(in nsimsgwin...
...g value); void setintvalue(in string attr, in long value); void setunicharattribute(in string name, in astring value); void setunicharvalue(in string attr, in astring value); void shutdown(); void storepassword(); astring tostring(); void writetofoldercache(in nsimsgfoldercache foldercache); attributes attribute type description accountmanagerchrome astring read only. biffminutes long biffstate unsigned long canbedefaultserver boolean read only. cancompactfoldersonserver boolean read only. cancreatefoldersonserver boolean candelete boolean can this server be removed from the account manager? for instance, local mail is not removable, but an imported folder is. canemptytrashonexit boolean read only. canfilemessagesonserver boolean canhavefilters...
...And 3 more matches

PerformanceFrameTiming - Web APIs
a frame represents the amount of work a browser does in one event loop such as processing dom events, resizing, scrolling, rendering, css animations, etc.. a frame rate of 60fps (frames per second) for a 60hz refresh rate is the target for a good responsive user experience. this means the browser should process a frame in about 16.7ms. an application can register a performanceobserver for "frame" performance entry types and the observer can retrieve data about the duration of each frame event. this information can be used to help identify areas that take too long to provide a good user experience. ...
... this information can be used to help identify areas that take too long to provide a good user experience. ...
...s information can be used to help identify areas that take too long to provide a good user experience. ...
...And 3 more matches

PerformanceLongTaskTiming - Web APIs
the performancelongtasktiming interface of the the long tasks api reports instances of long tasks. ...
... the performancelongtasktiming interface of the the long tasks api reports instances of long tasks. ...
... the performancelongtasktiming interface of the the long tasks api reports instances of long tasks. ...
...And 3 more matches

PerformancePaintTiming - Web APIs
the performancepainttiming interface of the paint timing provides timing information about "paint" (also called "render") operations during web page construction. "paint" refers to conversion of the render tree to on-screen pixels. an application can register a performanceobserver for "paint" performance entry types and the observer can retrieve the times that paint events occur. use this information to help identify areas that take too long to provide a good user experience. ...
...s occur. use this information to help identify areas that take too long to provide a good user experience. ...
...cur. use this information to help identify areas that take too long to provide a good user experience. ...
...And 3 more matches

TaskAttributionTiming - Web APIs
the taskattributiontiming interface of the long tasks api returns information about the work involved in a long task and its associate frame context. the frame context, also called the container, is the iframe, embed or object that is being implicated, on the whole, for a long task. ...
...led the container, is the iframe, embed or object that is being implicated, on the whole, for a long task. ...
...the container, is the iframe, embed or object that is being implicated, on the whole, for a long task. ...
...And 3 more matches

DASH Adaptive Streaming for HTML 5 Video - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
this means that it allows for a video stream to switch between bit rates on the basis of network performance, in order to keep a video playing. browser support firefox 21 includes an implementation of dash for html5 webm video which is turned off by default. it can be enabled via "about:config" and the "media.dash.enabled" preference. firefox 23 removed support for dash for html5 webm video. it will be replaced by an implementation of the media source extensions api which will allow support for dash via javascript libraries such as dash.js. see bug 778617 for details. ...
...ed ith 3.2.5). 1. use your existing webm file to create one audio file and multiple video files. for example: the file in.video can be any container with at least one audio and one video stream that can be decoded by ffmpeg, create the audio using: ffmpeg -i in.video -vn -acodec libvorbis -ab 128k -dash 1 my_audio.webm create each video variant. ...
...o and one video stream that can be decoded by ffmpeg, create the audio using: ffmpeg -i in.video -vn -acodec libvorbis -ab 128k -dash 1 my_audio.webm create each video variant. ...
...And 3 more matches

Server-Timing - HTTP
the server-timing header communicates one or more metrics and descriptions for a given request-response cycle. it is used to surface any backend server timing metrics (e.g. database read/write, cpu time, file system access, etc.) in the developer tools in the user's browser or in the performanceservertiming interface. header type response header forbidden header name no syntax the syntax of the server-timing header allows you to communicate metrics in different ways: server metric name only, metric with value, metric with value and description, and metric with description. the specification advices that names and descriptions should be kept as short as possible (use abbreviations and omit optional values where possible) to minimize the http overhead. // sin...
...r-timing header allows you to communicate metrics in different ways: server metric name only, metric with value, metric with value and description, and metric with description. the specification advices that names and descriptions should be kept as short as possible (use abbreviations and omit optional values where possible) to minimize the http overhead. ...
...ferent ways: server metric name only, metric with value, metric with value and description, and metric with description. the specification advices that names and descriptions should be kept as short as possible (use abbreviations and omit optional values where possible) to minimize the http overhead. ...
...And 3 more matches

Intl.Locale.prototype.minimize() - JavaScript
description this method carries out the reverse of maximize(), removing any language, script, or region subtags from the locale language identifier (essentially the contents of basename). ...
... description this method carries out the reverse of maximize(), removing any language, script, or region subtags from the locale language identifier (essentially the contents of basename). ...
...against locale.basename. description this method carries out the reverse of maximize(), removing any language, script, or region subtags from the locale language identifier (essentially the contents of basename). this is useful when there are superfluous subtags in the language identifier; for instance, "en-latn" can be simplified to "en", since "latn" is the only script used to write english. ...
...And 3 more matches

Guide to streaming audio and video - Web media technologies
hls may also be supported in other environments, although in some cases this support is conditional. ...
...hls may also be supported in other environments, although in some cases this support is conditional. ...
...hls may also be supported in other environments, although in some cases this support is conditional. ...
...And 3 more matches

ScriptEngineMinorVersion - Archive of obsolete content
non-standard. do not use! ...
... non-standard. do not use! ...
... non-standard. do not use! ...
...And 2 more matches

Making asynchronous programming easier with async and await - Learn web development
ffect of setting off their associated processes all running simultaneously. next, we await their results — because the promises all started processing at essentially the same time, the promises will all fulfill at the same time; when you run the second example, you'll see the alert box reporting a total run time of just over 3 seconds! you'll have to test your code carefully, and bear this in mind if performance starts to suffer. another minor inconvenience is that you have to wrap your awaited promises inside an async function. async/await class methods as a final note before we move on, you can even add async in front of class/object methods to make them return promises, and await promises inside them. take a look at the es class code we saw in our object-oriented javascript article,...
...w person('han', 'solo', 25, 'male', ['smuggling']); the first class method could now be used something like this: han.greeting().then(console.log); browser support one consideration when deciding whether to use async/await is support for older browsers. they are available in modern versions of most browsers, the same as promises; the main support problems come with internet explorer and opera mini. if you want to use async/await but are concerned about older browser support, you could consider using the babeljs library — this allows you to write your applications using the latest javascript and let babel figure out what changes if any are needed for your user’s browsers. on encountering a browser that does not support async/await, babel's polyfill can automatically provide fallbacks ...
...here you have it — async/await provide a nice, simplified way to write async code that is simpler to read and maintain. ...
...And 2 more matches

Server-side website programming - Learn web development
most major websites use some kind of server-side technology to dynamically display data as required. for example, imagine how many products are available on amazon, and imagine how many posts have been written on facebook. ...
... most major websites use some kind of server-side technology to dynamically display data as required. for example, imagine how many products are available on amazon, and imagine how many posts have been written on facebook. ...
...ient, so instead such sites display static templates (built using html, css, and javascript), and then dynamically update the data displayed inside those templates when needed, such as when you want to view a different product on amazon. in the modern world of web development, learning about server-side development is highly recommended. ...
...And 2 more matches

EffectTiming.duration - Web APIs
the duration property of the dictionary effecttiming in the web animations api specifies the duration in milliseconds that a single iteration (from beginning to end) the animation should take to complete. element.animate(), keyframeeffectreadonly(), and keyframeeffect() all accept an object of timing properties including duration. the value of duration corresponds directly to animationeffecttimingreadonly.duration in timing objects returned by animationeffectreadonly, keyframeeffectreadonly, and keyframeeffect. syntax var timingproperties = { duration: durationinmilliseconds | "auto" }; timingproperties.duration = durationinmilliseconds | "auto"; value the number of milliseconds long a single beginning-to-end iteration of the animation should take. the default is "auto".
...nce in the future, "auto" will be expanded to take into account the duration of any child effects. consider using "auto" rather than 0 if that makes sense. exceptions typeerror the specified value is either a string other than "auto", a number less than zero, nan, or some other type of object entirely. ...
...uration of any child effects. consider using "auto" rather than 0 if that makes sense. exceptions typeerror the specified value is either a string other than "auto", a number less than zero, nan, or some other type of object entirely. ...
...And 2 more matches

MediaSettingsRange.min - Web APIs
working draft initial definition. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...
...And 2 more matches

User Timing API - Web APIs
the user timing interface allows the developer to create application specific timestamps that are part of the browser's performance timeline. there are two types of user defined timing event types: the "mark" event type and the "measure" event type. mark events are named by the application and can be set at any location in an application. measure events are also named by the application but they are placed between two marks thus they are effectively a midpoint between two marks. this document provides an overview of the mark and measure performance event types including the four user timing methods that extend the performance interface. for more details and example code regarding these two performance event types and the methods, see using the user timing api. performance marks a perform...
...ure will be placed between (in the performance timeline). the measure's performance entry will have the following property values: entrytype - set to "measure". name - set to the "name" given when the measure was created. starttime - set to the timestamp when measure() was called. duration - set to a domhighrestimestamp that is the duration of the measure (typically, the end mark timestamp minus the start mark timestamp). retrieving performance measures the performance interface has three methods that can be used to retrieve a measure: performance.getentries() returns all performance entries in the performance timeline. finding the measure entries requires checking each entry's entrytype for "measure". performance.getentriesbyname(name, entrytype) returns all performance entri...
...moving performance measures to remove a specific measure from the performance timeline, call performance.clearmeasures(name) where name is the name of the measure(s) you want removed. if this method is called with no arguments, all measure type entries will be removed from the performance timeline. ...
...And 2 more matches

min-height - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the min-height css property sets the minimum height of an element. it prevents the used value of the height property from becoming smaller than the value specified for min-height. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. the element's height is set to the value of min-height whenever min-height is larger than max-height or height. ...
...lue specified for min-height. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. the element's height is set to the value of min-height whenever min-height is larger than max-height or height. syntax /* <length> value */ min-height: 3.5em; /* <percentage> value */ min-height: 10%; /* keyword values */ min-height: max-content; min-height: min-content; min-height: fit-content(20em); /* global values */ min-height: inherit; min-height: initial; min-height: unset; values <length> defines the min-height as an absolute value. <percentage> defines the min-height as a percentage of the containing block's height. ...
...height: 10%; /* keyword values */ min-height: max-content; min-height: min-content; min-height: fit-content(20em); /* global values */ min-height: inherit; min-height: initial; min-height: unset; values <length> defines the min-height as an absolute value. <percentage> defines the min-height as a percentage of the containing block's height. auto the browser will calculate and select a min-height for the specified element. none no limit on the size of the box. max-content the intrinsic preferred min-height. min-content the intrinsic minimum min-height. fit-content(<length-percentage>) uses the fit-content formula with the available space replaced by the specified argument, i.e. min(max-content, max(min-content, argument)). formal definition initial valueautoapplies toall...
...And 2 more matches

Implementing Download Resuming
the interfaces in question exist in the form they are described here since gecko 1.8a4 (firefox 1.5, seamonkey 1.0, xulrunner 1.8.0.1). introduction various protocols support getting partial files. this means that if a download was interrupted, it can be resumed from that point on, rather than regetting the whole file. the necko implementations of http 1.1 (rfc 2616) as well as ftp support this feature. ...
...port this feature. not only is the ability to specify a start position important, but it's also important to have some assurance that the file did not change since the initial download attempt. that would lead to a situation where the first part of the file corresponds to the initial version, while the latter part belongs to a different version, leading to an unusable result. the interface resuming is done using the nsiresumablechannel interface. the expected way to use it is this: for all downloads that happen, get the entityid from the channel, and store it for later use. the entity id is what ensures that the file remains unchanged. this can also be used to check whether the download is resumable: if it is not (e.g. the server is not using http 1.1), then accessing this attribute wil...
...e: if it is not (e.g. the server is not using http 1.1), then accessing this attribute will throw an ns_error_not_resumable exception. if the download gets interrupted, necko will call the stream listener's onstoprequest method with a failure status. (todo: document what webbrowserpersist/exthandler do). the front-end code can then notify the user of this, and offer to resume the download. resuming a download in order to resume a download, you should create a channel as usual (using nsiioservice). then, you can check if it implements nsiresumablechannel. if it does not, the protocol does not support resuming. otherwise, call resumeat with the desired start position, and the previously stored entity id. (it is possible to pass an empty string as the id; however, this means that you have no...
...annot append to existing files (as opposed to overwriting them), and is therefore not usable for this task (see bug 129921). detecting when a file changed if the file changed (that is, the entity id does not match), then necko will notify the stream listener with an ns_error_entity_changed error code. the front-end may want to offer the user to get the new file from scratch in such a case. resuming not supported in some cases, it's not possible to detect whether the server supports resuming until the user actually tries to resume. in such a case, the stream listener will get an ns_error_not_resumable status. here, too, the front-end may want to offer downloading the entire file from scratch. ...

Examine and edit CSS - Firefox Developer Tools
you can: toggle pseudo-classes; toggle classes; add a new rule; change the display based on the color scheme preference (as of firefox 72, you must set devtools.inspector.color-scheme-simulation.enabled to true in the configuration editor to enable this feature); change the display based on print media rules. a warning icon appears next to unsupported css properties or rules that have invalid values. ...
...r over a declaration, a checkbox appears next to it: you can use this to toggle the declaration on or off. filename and line number: on the right-hand side is a link to the rule. see link to css file. if the element has a display: grid declaration, then it gets a grid icon next to it, like this: . click that icon to display the grid overlaid on the page, including grid lines and tracks. see examine grid layouts for more on this. to view user-agent styles (i.e., browser-default css rules), enable "inspector > show browser styles" under the developer tool settings panel. (note that this setting is independent of the "browser styles" checkbox in the computed view.) user-agent styles are displayed against a different background, and the link to the filename and line number contains the prefi...
..., :focus-within and :visited pseudo-classes for the selected element: this feature can also be accessed from the popup menu in the html view. if you enable one of these pseudo-classes for a node, an orange dot appears in the markup view next to all nodes to which the pseudo-class has been applied. in addition, the information that appears on the page itself show you what pseudo-class you are examining. for example: viewing and changing classes on an element with an element selected in the html pane, you can click the .cls button in the rules pane toolbar, to display the classes defined on that element. you can clear the checkbox for a particular class name, to see how the element would appear without that class applied to it. you can add a class to the element by typing a name in th...
...ng the button repeatedly: icon value description null the prefers-color-scheme media feature is not defined. light the user prefers a light interface. dark the user prefers a dark interface. note that the first three states of the button may be difficult to distinguish visually. they typically produce a similar effect. examine computed css to see the complete computed css for the selected element, select the computed panel in the righthand pane. this panel shows the calculated value that each css property has for the selected element. (this calculated value is exactly the same as what getcomputedstyle would return.) you can tab through the styles to select them, and you can find more information about each propert...

EffectTiming.easing - Web APIs
the effecttiming dictionary's easing property in the web animations api specifies the timing function used to scale the time to produce easing effects, where easing is the rate of the animation's change over time. element.animate(), keyframeeffectreadonly(), and keyframeeffect() all accept an object of timing properties including easing. the value of easing corresponds directly to animationeffecttimingreadonly.easing in timing objects returned by animationeffectreadonly, keyframeeffectreadonly, and keyframeeffect. syntax var timingproperties = { easing: single-transition-timing-function } timingproperties.easing = single-transition-timing-function value a string defining the timing function to use for easing transitions during the animation process. accepts several pre-d...
...ing objects returned by animationeffectreadonly, keyframeeffectreadonly, and keyframeeffect. syntax var timingproperties = { easing: single-transition-timing-function } timingproperties.easing = single-transition-timing-function value a string defining the timing function to use for easing transitions during the animation process. accepts several pre-defined domstring values, a steps() timing function like steps(5, end), or a custom cubic-bezier value like cubic-bezier(0.42, 0, 0.58, 1). defaults to linear. available values include: linear a constant rate of change, neither accelerating nor deccelerating. cubic-bezier(<number>, <number>, <number>, <number>) specifies a cubic bézier timing function. the four numbers specify points p1 and p2 of the curve as (x1, y1, x2, y2). ...
...c-bezier(0.25, 0.1, 0.25, 1). ease-in an accelerated rate of change, going from slow to fast. equivalent to cubic-bezier(0.42, 0, 1, 1). ease-out another decelerated rate of change, going from fast to slow. equivalent to cubic-bezier(0, 0, 0.58, 1). ease-in-out this rate of change speeds up in the middle. equivalent to cubic-bezier(0.42, 0, 0.58, 1). frames(<integer>) specifies a frames timing function, which breaks the animation down into a number of equal time intervals but also displays the start (0%) and end (100%) states for an equal amount of time to the other intervals. the browser flips to a different static frame when each interval is reached, rather than animating smoothly. see github for a simple example that illustrates the difference between steps() and frames(). steps(<...
...mber of equal time intervals but also displays the start (0%) and end (100%) states for an equal amount of time to the other intervals. the browser flips to a different static frame when each interval is reached, rather than animating smoothly. see github for a simple example that illustrates the difference between steps() and frames(). steps(<integer>[, [ start | end ] ]?) specifies a step timing function, which breaks the animation down into a number of equal time intervals. the browser flips to a different static frame when each interval is reached, rather than animating smoothly. the first parameter specifies the number of intervals in the function. it must be a positive integer (greater than 0). the second parameter, which is optional, specifies the point at which the change of value...

Using Navigation Timing - Web APIs
the navigation timing api lets you easily obtain detailed and highly accurate timing information to help isolate performance problems with your site's code or resources. unlike other tools or libraries, the navigation timing api lets you gather information that only the browser can provide at a level of accuracy much improved over other techniques. it also offers the advantage of being able to provide timing information as perceived by the user rather than data that has no correlation to what the user experiences. collecting timing information using the api is as simple as obtaining the performance object using window.performance and looking up what you need within the object returned. for example, to measure the perceived loading time for a page: window.addeventlistener("load", function(...
...rrelation to what the user experiences. collecting timing information using the api is as simple as obtaining the performance object using window.performance and looking up what you need within the object returned. for example, to measure the perceived loading time for a page: window.addeventlistener("load", function() { let now = new date().gettime(); let loadingtime = now - performance.timing.navigationstart; document.queryselector(".output").innertext = loadingtime + " ms"; }, false); this code, executed when the load event occurs, subtracts from the current time the time at which the navigation whose timing was recorded began (performance.timing.navigationstart), and outputs that information to the screen by inserting it into an element. html <div class="output"> </...
...ationstart), and outputs that information to the screen by inserting it into an element. html <div class="output"> </div> css .output { border: 1px solid #bbb; font: 16px "open sans", "helvetica", "arial", sans-serif; } in tandem with appropriate html and css, the result is: the values listed are for the <iframe> in which the sample is presented above. for a list of the available timing values you can look for in performancetiming, see the performancetiming interface's properties section. determining navigation type to put the timing information obtained from performancetiming into the correct perspective, you need to know more about what sort of load operation occurred. in particular, you need to know: was this a load or a reload? was this a navigation or a move forward ...
...required in order to complete the navigation? this information is provided by the performance.navigation property, which returns a performancenavigation object that includes the needed information. let's add this information to the example above. ...

Performance: resourcetimingbufferfull event - Web APIs
the resourcetimingbufferfull event is fired when the browser's resource timing buffer is full. bubbles yes cancelable yes interface event event handler property onresourcetimingbufferfull examples the following example sets a callback function on the onresourcetimingbufferfull property. ...
...etimingbufferfull event is fired when the browser's resource timing buffer is full. bubbles yes cancelable yes interface event event handler property onresourcetimingbufferfull examples the following example sets a callback function on the onresourcetimingbufferfull property. ...
... resource timing buffer is full. bubbles yes cancelable yes interface event event handler property onresourcetimingbufferfull examples the following example sets a callback function on the onresourcetimingbufferfull property. ...
...nt handler property onresourcetimingbufferfull examples the following example sets a callback function on the onresourcetimingbufferfull property. function buffer_full(event) { console.log("warning: resource timing buffer is full!"); performance.setresourcetimingbuffersize(200); } function init() { // set a callback if the resource buffer becomes filled performance.onresourcetimingbufferfull = buffer_full; } <body onload="init()"> note that you could also set up the handler using the addeventlistener() function: performance.addeventlistener('resourcetimingbufferfull', buffer_full); specifications specification status comment resource timing level 1the definition of 'onresourcetimingbufferfull' in that specification. candidate recommendation ...

Using the User Timing API - Web APIs
the user timing interface allows the developer to create application specific timestamps that are part of the browser's performance timeline. there are two types of user defined timing entry types: the "mark" entry type and the "measure" entry type. mark events are named by the application and can be set at any location in an application. measure events are also named by the application but they are placed between two marks thus they are effectively a midpoint between two marks. this document shows how to create mark and measure performance entry types and how to use user timing methods (which are extensions of the performance interface) to retrieve and remove entries from the browser's performance timeline. a live version of the examples is available on github, as is the source code. pul...
...turn; } log("clear measures", 1); if (typeof obj == "string") { log("... cleared '" + obj + "' measure(s)", 1); performance.clearmeasures(obj); } else { // no argument specified so clear all measures log("... ...
...else { // no argument specified so clear all measures log("... ...
..."... ...

SyntaxError: unterminated string literal - JavaScript
string literals must be enclosed by single (') or double (") quotes. javascript makes no distinction between single-quoted strings and double-quoted strings. escape sequences work in strings created with either single or double quotes. ...
...string literals must be enclosed by single (') or double (") quotes. javascript makes no distinction between single-quoted strings and double-quoted strings. escape sequences work in strings created with either single or double quotes. ...
...string literals must be enclosed by single (') or double (") quotes. javascript makes no distinction between single-quoted strings and double-quoted strings. escape sequences work in strings created with either single or double quotes. ...
...teral, you have escaped your string literal correctly, your string literal isn't split across multiple lines. examples multiple lines you can't split a string across multiple lines like this in javascript: var longstring = 'this is a very long string which needs to wrap across multiple lines because otherwise my code is unreadable.'; // syntaxerror: unterminated string literal instead, use the + operator, a backslash, or template literals. the + operator variant looks like this: var longstring = 'this is a very long string which needs ' + 'to wrap across multiple lines because ' + 'otherwise my code is unreadable.'; or you can use the backslash character ("\") at the end of each line to indicate that the string w...

Date.prototype.setUTCMinutes() - JavaScript
the setutcminutes() method sets the minutes for a specified date according to universal time. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax dateobj.setutcminutes(minutesvalue[, secondsvalue[, msvalue]]) parameters minutesvalue an integer between 0 and 59, representing the minutes. secondsvalue optional. an integer between 0 and 59, representing the seconds. if you specify the secondsvalue parameter, you must also specify the minutesvalue. msvalue optional. a number between 0 and 999, representing the milliseconds. ...
...svalue]]) parameters minutesvalue an integer between 0 and 59, representing the minutes. secondsvalue optional. an integer between 0 and 59, representing the seconds. if you specify the secondsvalue parameter, you must also specify the minutesvalue. msvalue optional. a number between 0 and 999, representing the milliseconds. if you specify the msvalue parameter, you must also specify the minutesvalue and secondsvalue. return value the number of milliseconds between 1 january 1970 00:00:00 utc and the updated date. description if you do not specify the secondsvalue and msvalue parameters, the values returned from getutcseconds() and getutcmilliseconds() methods are used. ...
...e parameter, you must also specify the minutesvalue and secondsvalue. return value the number of milliseconds between 1 january 1970 00:00:00 utc and the updated date. description if you do not specify the secondsvalue and msvalue parameters, the values returned from getutcseconds() and getutcmilliseconds() methods are used. if a parameter you specify is outside of the expected range, setutcminutes() attempts to update the date information in the date object accordingly. for example, if you use 100 for secondsvalue, the minutes will be incremented by 1 (minutesvalue + 1), and 40 will be used for seconds. ...
...eters, the values returned from getutcseconds() and getutcmilliseconds() methods are used. if a parameter you specify is outside of the expected range, setutcminutes() attempts to update the date information in the date object accordingly. for example, if you use 100 for secondsvalue, the minutes will be incremented by 1 (minutesvalue + 1), and 40 will be used for seconds. examples using setutcminutes() var thebigday = new date(); thebigday.setutcminutes(43); specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'date.prototype.setutcminutes' in that specification. ...

Math.min() - JavaScript
the static function math.min() returns the lowest-valued number passed into it, or nan if any parameter isn't a number and can't be converted into one. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax math.min([value1[, value2[, ...]]]) parameters value1, value2, ... zero or more numbers among which the lowest value will be selected and returned. return value the smallest of the given numbers. if any one or more of the parameters cannot be converted into a number, nan is returned. the result is infinity if no parameters are provided. ...
...nd us a pull request. syntax math.min([value1[, value2[, ...]]]) parameters value1, value2, ... zero or more numbers among which the lowest value will be selected and returned. return value the smallest of the given numbers. if any one or more of the parameters cannot be converted into a number, nan is returned. the result is infinity if no parameters are provided. description because min() is a static method of math, you always use it as math.min(), rather than as a method of a math object you created (math is not a constructor). if no arguments are given, the result is infinity. if at least one of arguments cannot be converted to a number, the result is nan. ...
..., nan is returned. the result is infinity if no parameters are provided. description because min() is a static method of math, you always use it as math.min(), rather than as a method of a math object you created (math is not a constructor). if no arguments are given, the result is infinity. if at least one of arguments cannot be converted to a number, the result is nan. examples using math.min() this finds the min of x and y and assigns it to z: var x = 10, y = -20; var z = math.min(x, y); clipping a value with math.min() math.min() is often used to clip a value so that it is always less than or equal to a boundary. ...
... number, the result is nan. examples using math.min() this finds the min of x and y and assigns it to z: var x = 10, y = -20; var z = math.min(x, y); clipping a value with math.min() math.min() is often used to clip a value so that it is always less than or equal to a boundary. for instance, this var x = f(foo); if (x > boundary) { x = boundary; } may be written as this var x = math.min(f(foo), boundary); math.max() can be used in a similar way to clip a value at the other end. specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'math.min' in that specification. ...

min - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
the min attribute specifies the minimum value of the active animation duration. ...
... the min attribute specifies the minimum value of the active animation duration. ...
...the value must be greater than 0. specification...
...ues="60 ; 110 ; 60 ; 10 ; 60" keytimes="0 ; 0.25 ; 0.5 ; 0.75 ; 1"/> <animate attributename="cy" dur="4s" min="2s" repeatcount="indefinite" values="10 ; 60 ; 110 ; 60 ; 10" keytimes="0 ; 0.25 ; 0.5 ; 0.75 ; 1"/> </circle> </svg> usage notes value <clock-value> default value 0 animatable no <clock-value> specifies the length of the minimum value of the active duration, measured in local time. the value must be greater than 0. specifications specification status comment svg animations level 2the definition of 'min' in that specification. editor's draft no change scalable vector graphics (svg) 1.1 (second edition)the definition of 'min' in that specification. recommendation in...

Computer Programming - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
computer programming is a process of composing and organizing a collection of instructions. these tell a computer/software program what to do in a language which the computer understands. these instructions come in the form of many different languages such as c++, java, javascript, html, python, ruby, and rust. using an appropriate language, you can program/create all sorts of software. for example, a program that helps scientists with complex calculations, a database that stores huge amounts of data, a web site that allows people to download music, or animation software that allows people to create animated movies. ...
...ript, html, python, ruby, and rust. ...
.... using an appropriate language, you can program/create all sorts of software. ...

Dominator - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
in graph theory, node a dominates node b if every path from the root node to b passes through a. this concept is important for garbage collection because it means that b is only reachable through a. so if the garbage collector found a to be unreachable and eligible for reclaiming, than b would also be unreachable and eligible for reclaiming. so objects that a dominates contribute to the retained size of a: that is, the total amount of memory that could be freed if a itself were freed. ...
... garbage collection because it means that b is only reachable through a. so if the garbage collector found a to be unreachable and eligible for reclaiming, than b would also be unreachable and eligible for reclaiming. ...
...nly reachable through a. so if the garbage collector found a to be unreachable and eligible for reclaiming, than b would also be unreachable and eligible for reclaiming. so objects that a dominates contribute to the retained size of a: that is, the total amount of memory that could be freed if a itself were freed. ...

Server Timing - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
the server timing specification enables the server to communicate performance metrics from the request-response cycle to the user agent, and utilizes a javascript interface to allow applications to collect, process, and act on these metrics to optimize application delivery. ...
... the server timing specification enables the server to communicate performance metrics from the request-response cycle to the user agent, and utilizes a javascript interface to allow applications to collect, process, and act on these metrics to optimize application delivery. ...
... the server timing specification enables the server to communicate performance metrics from the request-response cycle to the user agent, and utilizes a javascript interface to allow applications to collect, process, and act on these metrics to optimize application delivery. ...

Interval Timing
the type of such arguments is printervaltime. such parameters are common in nspr functions such as those used for i/o operations and operations on condition variables. nspr 2.0 provides interval times that are efficient in terms of performance and storage requirements. ...
...ions such as those used for i/o operations and operations on condition variables. nspr 2.0 provides interval times that are efficient in terms of performance and storage requirements. ...
...due to some administrative action). the counters have no fixed epoch and have a finite period. to make use of these counters, the application must declare a point in time, the epoch, and an amount of time elapsed since that epoch, the interval. in almost all cases the epoch is defined as the value of the interval timer at the time it was sampled. ...

The Rust programming language
rust is a new open-source systems programming language created by mozilla and a community of volunteers, designed to help developers create fast, secure applications which take full advantage of the powerful features of modern multi-core processors. it prevents segmentation faults and guarantees thread safety, all with an easy-to-learn syntax. in addition, rust offers zero-cost abstractions, move semantics, guaranteed memory safety, threads with no data races, trait-based generics, pattern matching, type inference, and efficient c bindings, with a minimum runtime size. to learn more about rust, you can: watch the videos below for a closer look at the power and benefits rust provides. read the book the rust programming language online. download the rust compiler, check out examp...
...d efficient c bindings, with a minimum runtime size. to learn more about rust, you can: watch the videos below for a closer look at the power and benefits rust provides. read the book the rust programming language online. download the rust compiler, check out examples, and learn everything you could possibly wish to know at the rust official web site. ...
...ideos below for a closer look at the power and benefits rust provides. read the book the rust programming language online. download the rust compiler, check out examples, and learn everything you could possibly wish to know at the rust official web site. ...

HeapMinimize
if false, the flush will be scheduled to happen when the app is idle. return values this function return ns_ok if successful. ...
...if false, the flush will be scheduled to happen when the app is idle. return values this function return ns_ok if successful. ...
...if false, the flush will be scheduled to happen when the app is idle. return values this function return ns_ok if successful. ...

CSS Grid Inspector: Examine grid layouts - Firefox Developer Tools
note: the examples shown in the screenshots appearing in this article are jen simmons' futurismo and variations on a grid experiments, and a live named grid area example from rachel andrew. discovering css grids when an html element on your page has display: grid applied to it, a number of features are made available in the devtools to provide easy access to grid features. in the html pane in the html pane, elements laid out using a grid have a "grid" marker beside them. ...
...r each grid overlay on and off (on by default). display area names: turn area names on and off, in the case of grids with named grid areas (on by default, where relevant). extend lines infinitely: by default, grid lines/tracks are only shown inside the element with display: grid set on it; when toggling this option on, the grid lines extend to the edge of the viewport along each axis. mini grid view: a smaller view of the currently overlaid grid. note: your grid preferences such as overlay color and display settings choices are persisted across page loads for each separate page. let's examine these features in more detail. overlay grid each grid present on a page has an entry in the "overlay grid" section: each entry consists of (from left to right): a checkbox allowi...
...es in a grid with named areas, the area names are shown on the grid overlay by default. unchecking the "display area names" box turns them off. extend lines infinitely by default, the grid lines/tracks are only shown inside the element with display: grid set on it. when you check the "extend lines infinitely" option, the grid lines extend to the edge of the viewport along each axis. mini grid view shows a small version of the currently overlaid grid, which is in proportion to the real thing. hovering over the different areas of the mini grid causes the equivalent area on the grid overlay to also highlight, along with a tooltip containing useful information such as the dimensions of that area, its row and column numbers, etc. ...

AnalyserNode.minDecibels - Web APIs
the mindecibels property of the analysernode interface is a double value representing the minimum power value in the scaling range for the fft analysis data, for conversion to unsigned byte/float values — basically, this specifies the minimum value for the range of results when using getfloatfrequencydata() or getbytefrequencydata(). syntax var curvalue = analysernode.mindecibels; analysernode.mindecibels = newvalue; value a double, representing the minimum decibel value for scaling the fft analysis data, where 0 db is the loudest possible sound, -10 db is a 10th of that, etc. the default value is -100 db. when getting data from getfloatfrequencydata() or getbytefrequencydata(), any frequencies with an amplitude of mindecibels or lower will be returned as 0.0 or 0, respectively. no...
...uestanimationframe and <canvas> to collect frequency data repeatedly and draw a "winamp bargraph style" output of the current audio input. for more complete applied examples/information, check out our voice-change-o-matic demo (see app.js lines 128–205 for relevant code). var audioctx = new (window.audiocontext || window.webkitaudiocontext)(); var analyser = audioctx.createanalyser(); analyser.mindecibels = -90; analyser.maxdecibels = -10; ... analyser.fftsize = 256; var bufferlength = analyser.frequencybincount; console.log(bufferlength); var dataarray = new uint8array(bufferlength); canvasctx.clearrect(0, 0, width, height); function draw() { drawvisual = requestanimationframe(draw); analyser.getbytefrequencydata(dataarray); canvasctx.fillstyle = 'rgb(0, 0, 0)'; canvasctx.
... working draft ...

AnimationEffect.getComputedTiming() - Web APIs
the getcomputedtiming() method of the animationeffect interface returns the calculated timing properties for this animation effect. although many of the attributes of the returned object are common to the effecttiming contained in the object returned by the animationeffect.gettiming() method, the values returned by this object differ in the following ways: duration returns the calculated value of the iteration duration. if effecttiming.duration is the string auto, this attribute will return 0. fill the auto value is replaced with the appropriate effecttiming.fill value. these values are comparable to the computed styles of an element returned using window.getcomputedstyle(elem). syntax var currenttimevalues = animation.getcomputedtiming(); parameters none. return value a...
...n duration. if effecttiming.duration is the string auto, this attribute will return 0. fill the auto value is replaced with the appropriate effecttiming.fill value. these values are comparable to the computed styles of an element returned using window.getcomputedstyle(elem). syntax var currenttimevalues = animation.getcomputedtiming(); parameters none. return value a computedeffecttiming dictionary object, which contains the following properties: endtime the end time of the animation in milliseconds from the animation's start (if the keyframeeffect is associated with an animation). (also includes effecttiming.enddelay in that calculation.) activeduration the length of time in milliseconds that the animation's effects will run. this is equal to the iteration duration multip...
... working draft editor's draft. ...

Determining the dimensions of elements - Web APIs
how much room does it use up? if you need to know the total amount of space an element occupies, including the width of the visible content, scrollbars (if any), padding, and border, you want to use the htmlelement.offsetwidth and htmlelement.offsetheight properties. ...
... how much room does it use up? if you need to know the total amount of space an element occupies, including the width of the visible content, scrollbars (if any), padding, and border, you want to use the htmlelement.offsetwidth and htmlelement.offsetheight properties. ...
... how much room does it use up? if you need to know the total amount of space an element occupies, including the width of the visible content, scrollbars (if any), padding, and border, you want to use the htmlelement.offsetwidth and htmlelement.offsetheight properties. ...

EXT_blend_minmax - Web APIs
the ext_blend_minmax extension is part of the webgl api and extends blending capabilities by adding two new blend equations: the minimum or maximum color components of the source and destination colors. webgl extensions are available using the webglrenderingcontext.getextension() method. for more information, see also using extensions in the webgl tutorial. availability: this extension is only available to webgl1 contexts. in webgl2, the functionality of this extension is available on the webgl2 context by default. the constants in webgl2 are gl.min and gl.max. ...
... the webgl tutorial. availability: this extension is only available to webgl1 contexts. in webgl2, the functionality of this extension is available on the webgl2 context by default. the constants in webgl2 are gl.min and gl.max. constants this extension adds two new constants, which can be used in webglrenderingcontext.blendequation() and webglrenderingcontext.blendequationseparate(): ext.min_ext produces the minimum color components of the source and destination colors. ext.max_ext produces the maximum color components of the source and destination colors. ...
...l.max. constants this extension adds two new constants, which can be used in webglrenderingcontext.blendequation() and webglrenderingcontext.blendequationseparate(): ext.min_ext produces the minimum color components of the source and destination colors. ext.max_ext produces the maximum color components of the source and destination colors. examples var ext = gl.getextension('ext_blend_minmax'); gl.blendequation(ext.min_ext); gl.blendequation(ext.max_ext); gl.blendequationseparate(ext.min_ext, ext.max_ext); specifications specification status comment ext_blend_minmaxthe definition of 'ext_blend_minmax' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

EffectTiming.endDelay - Web APIs
the enddelay property of the effecttiming dictionary (part of the web animations api) indicates the number of milliseconds to delay after the active period of an animation sequence. the animation's end time—the time at which an iteration is considered to have finished—is the time at which the animation finishes an iteration (its initial delay, animationeffecttimingreadonly.delay, plus its duration,duration, plus its end delay. this is useful for sequencing animations based on the end time of another animation; note, however, that many of the sequence effectst that will benefit most from this property have not been defined in the specification yet. for now, its main purpose is to represent the value of the svg min attribute. element.animate(), keyframeeffectreadonly(), and ke...
.... this is useful for sequencing animations based on the end time of another animation; note, however, that many of the sequence effectst that will benefit most from this property have not been defined in the specification yet. for now, its main purpose is to represent the value of the svg min attribute. element.animate(), keyframeeffectreadonly(), and keyframeeffect() all accept an object of timing properties including enddelay. ...
...er, that many of the sequence effectst that will benefit most from this property have not been defined in the specification yet. for now, its main purpose is to represent the value of the svg min attribute. element.animate(), keyframeeffectreadonly(), and keyframeeffect() all accept an object of timing properties including enddelay. the value of enddelay corresponds directly to animationeffecttimingreadonly.enddelay in timing objects returned by animationeffectreadonly, keyframeeffectreadonly, and keyframeeffect. syntax var timingproperties = { enddelay: delayinmilliseconds } timingproperties.enddelay = delayinmilliseconds; value a number representing the end delay, specified in milliseconds. the default value is 0. specifications specification status comment ...

EffectTiming.iterationStart - Web APIs
web animations api's effecttiming dictionary's iterationstart property specifies the repetition number which repetition the animation begins at and its progress through it. element.animate(), keyframeeffectreadonly.keyframeeffectreadonly(), and keyframeeffect.keyframeeffect() all accept an object of timing properties including iterationstart. the value of iterationstart corresponds directly to animationeffecttimingreadonly.iterationstart in timing objects returned by animationeffectreadonly, keyframeeffectreadonly, and keyframeeffect. ...
...s through it. element.animate(), keyframeeffectreadonly.keyframeeffectreadonly(), and keyframeeffect.keyframeeffect() all accept an object of timing properties including iterationstart. the value of iterationstart corresponds directly to animationeffecttimingreadonly.iterationstart in timing objects returned by animationeffectreadonly, keyframeeffectreadonly, and keyframeeffect. syntax var timingproperties = { iterationstart = iterationnumber }; timingproperties.iterationstart = iterationnumber; value a floating-point value whose value is at least 0 and is not +infinity, indicating the offset into the number of iterations the animation sequence is to run at which to start animating. iterationstart represents the iteration index at which the animation effect begins as well as its pr...
...ed. since all animations' iteration indexes start at 0, a value of 0.5 would start the animation halfway through its first iteration or loop. meanwhile, a value of 1.2 means the animation will begin playback 20% of the way through its second iteration, and so forth. it's currently undefined what happens if you specify a value of iterationstart which is greater than the value of animationeffecttimingproperties.iterations. see issue 170 in the web animations api specification's issue tracker for details and status of any changes to the specification in this regard. specifications specification status comment web animationsthe definition of 'iterationstart' in that specification. working draft editor's draft. ...

EffectTiming - Web APIs
these properties are all optional, although without setting a duration the animation will not play. simply put, these properties describe how the user agent should go about making the transition from keyframe to keyframe, and how to behave when the animation begins and ends. properties delay optional the number of milliseconds to delay the start of the animation. defaults to 0. ...
...tion optional whether the animation runs forwards (normal), backwards (reverse), switches direction after each iteration (alternate), or runs backwards and switches direction after each iteration (alternate-reverse). defaults to "normal". duration optional the number of milliseconds each iteration of the animation takes to complete. defaults to 0. although this is technically optional, keep in mind that your animation will not run if this value is 0. easing optional the rate of the animation's change over time. accepts the pre-defined values "linear", "ease", "ease-in", "ease-out", and "ease-in-out", or a custom "cubic-bezier" value like "cubic-bezier(0.42, 0, 0.58, 1)". defaults to "linear". enddelay optional the number of milliseconds to delay after the end of an animation. this is p...
... working draft initial definition ...

Using the Frame Timing API - Web APIs
the performanceframetiming interface provides frame timing data about the browser's event loop. a frame represents the amount of work a browser does in one event loop iteration such as processing dom events, resizing, scrolling, rendering, css animations, etc. a frame rate of 60 fps (frames per second) for a 60 hz refresh rate is a common target for a good responsive user experience. this means the browser should process a frame in about 16.7ms. an application can register a performanceobserver for "frame" performance entry types and the observer will have data about the duration of each frame event. this data can be used to help identify areas that take too long to provide a good user experience. ...
...ive user experience. this means the browser should process a frame in about 16.7ms. an application can register a performanceobserver for "frame" performance entry types and the observer will have data about the duration of each frame event. this data can be used to help identify areas that take too long to provide a good user experience. this document describes how to use the performanceframetiming interfaces including example code. for an overview of these interfaces see frame timing api. frame observers the performance observer interfaces allow an application to register an observer for specific performance event types. when one of those event types is added to the browser's performance timeline, the application is notified of the event via the observer's callback function that was sp...
...veloper to record a piece of the user's interaction and the data obtained during the recording is used to create a profile of the browser's activity. the profile includes a waterfall of the activity such as event handling, layout, painting, scripting, etc. firefox's performance tool also includes a frame rate graph which provides timestamps for each frame including the average frame rate and the minimum and maximum rates (for a specific recording session). this data, along with the waterfall data, gives an indication of where a site might be having frame related performance problems (for example, by correlating the recording's minimum rates with their respective waterfall events). the performance tool's flame chart and call tree tabs provide data to help analyze the site's javascript usage.

performance.setResourceTimingBufferSize() - Web APIs
the setresourcetimingbuffersize() method sets the browser's resource timing buffer size to the specified number of "resource" performance entry type objects. a browser's recommended resource timing buffer size is at least 150 performance entry objects. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax performance.setresourcetimingbuffersize(maxsize); arguments maxsize a number representing the maximum number of performance entry objects the browser should hold in its performance entry buffer. return value none this method has no return value. ...
...er size is at least 150 performance entry objects. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax performance.setresourcetimingbuffersize(maxsize); arguments maxsize a number representing the maximum number of performance entry objects the browser should hold in its performance entry buffer. return value none this method has no return value. example function setresourcetimingbuffersize(maxsize) { if (performance === undefined) { log("browser does not support web performance"); return; } var supported = typeof performance.setresourcetimingbuffersize == "function"; if (supported) { log("... ...
...ould hold in its performance entry buffer. return value none this method has no return value. example function setresourcetimingbuffersize(maxsize) { if (performance === undefined) { log("browser does not support web performance"); return; } var supported = typeof performance.setresourcetimingbuffersize == "function"; if (supported) { log("... performance.setresourcetimingbuffersize() = yes"); performance.setresourcetimingbuffersize(maxsize); } else { log("... performance.setresourcetimingbuffersize() = not supported"); } } specifications specification status comment resource timing level 1the definition of 'setresourcetimingbuffersize()' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceEventTiming - Web APIs
the performanceeventtiming interface of the event timing api provides timing information for the event types listed below. auxclick beforeinput click compositionend compositionstart compositionupdate contextmenu dblclick dragend dragenter dragleave dragover dragstart drop input keydown keypress keyup mousedown mouseenter mouseleave mouseout mouseover mouseup pointerover pointerenter pointerdown pointerup pointercancel pointerout pointerleave gotpointercapture lostpointercapture touchstart touchend touchcancel properties performanceeventtiming.processingstart returns the time at which event dispatch started. performanceeventtiming.processingend returns the time at which the event dispatch ended. ...
...useover mouseup pointerover pointerenter pointerdown pointerup pointercancel pointerout pointerleave gotpointercapture lostpointercapture touchstart touchend touchcancel properties performanceeventtiming.processingstart returns the time at which event dispatch started. performanceeventtiming.processingend returns the time at which the event dispatch ended. performanceeventtiming.cancelable returns the associated event's cancelable attribute. performanceeventtiming.target returns the associated event's last target, if it is not removed. methods performanceeventtiming.tojson() converts the performanceeventtiming object to json. examples the following example shows how to use the api for all events: const observer = new performanceobserver(function(list) { ...
...and when) the page was first hidden, see: // https://github.com/w3c/page-visibility/issues/29 // note: ideally this check would be performed in the document <head> // to avoid cases where the visibility state changes before this code runs. let firsthiddentime = document.visibilitystate === 'hidden' ? 0 : infinity; document.addeventlistener('visibilitychange', (event) => { firsthiddentime = math.min(firsthiddentime, event.timestamp); }, {once: true}); // sends the passed data to an analytics endpoint. this code // uses `/analytics`; you can replace it with your own url. function sendtoanalytics(data) { const body = json.stringify(data); // use `navigator.sendbeacon()` if available, falling back to `fetch()`. (navigator.sendbeacon && navigator.sendbeacon('/analytics', body)) || f...

PerformanceNavigationTiming.domContentLoadedEventEnd - Web APIs
esenting the time value equal to the time immediately after the current document's domcontentloaded event completes. syntax perfentry.domcontentloadedeventend; return value a timestamp representing the time value equal to the time immediately after the current document's domcontentloaded event completes. example the following example illustrates this property's usage. ...
...ntries = performance.getentriesbytype("navigation"); for (var i=0; i < perfentries.length; i++) { console.log("= navigation entry[" + i + "]"); var p = perfentries[i]; // dom properties console.log("dom content loaded = " + (p.domcontentloadedeventend - p.domcontentloadedeventstart)); console.log("dom complete = " + p.domcomplete); console.log("dom interactive = " + p.dominteractive); // document load and unload time console.log("document load = " + (p.loadeventend - p.loadeventstart)); console.log("document unload = " + (p.unloadeventend - p.unloadeventstart)); // other properties console.log("type = " + p.type); console.log("redirectcount = " + p.redirectcount); } } specifications specification status comment ...
... working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceNavigationTiming.loadEventEnd - Web APIs
the loadeventend read-only property returns a timestamp which is equal to the time when the load event of the current document is completed. syntax perfentry.loadeventend; return value a timestamp representing the time when the load event of the current document is completed. example the following example illustrates this property's usage. ...
...ntries = performance.getentriesbytype("navigation"); for (var i=0; i < perfentries.length; i++) { console.log("= navigation entry[" + i + "]"); var p = perfentries[i]; // dom properties console.log("dom content loaded = " + (p.domcontentloadedeventend - p.domcontentloadedeventstart)); console.log("dom complete = " + p.domcomplete); console.log("dom interactive = " + p.dominteractive); // document load and unload time console.log("document load = " + (p.loadeventend - p.loadeventstart)); console.log("document unload = " + (p.unloadeventend - p.unloadeventstart)); // other properties console.log("type = " + p.type); console.log("redirectcount = " + p.redirectcount); } } specifications specification status comment ...
... working draft initial definition. ...

RTCIceCandidatePairStats.nominated - Web APIs
the rtcicecandidatepairstats property nominated specifies whether or not the candidate pair described by the underlying rtcicecandidatepair has been nominated to be used as the configuration for the webrtc connection. syntax nominated = rtcicecandidatepairstats.nominated; value a boolean value which is set to true by the ice layer if the controlling user agent has indicated that the candidate pair should be used to configure the webrtc connection between the two peers. note: if more than one candidate pair are nominated at the same time, the one whose priority is higher will be selected for use. ...
...ecandidatepairstats.nominated; value a boolean value which is set to true by the ice layer if the controlling user agent has indicated that the candidate pair should be used to configure the webrtc connection between the two peers. note: if more than one candidate pair are nominated at the same time, the one whose priority is higher will be selected for use. once a candidate pair has been nominated and the two peers have each reconfigured themselves to use the specified configuration, the ice negotiation process can potentially end (or it can continue, to allow the connection to adapt to changing conditions). ...
...e pair has been nominated and the two peers have each reconfigured themselves to use the specified configuration, the ice negotiation process can potentially end (or it can continue, to allow the connection to adapt to changing conditions). specifications specification status comment identifiers for webrtc's statistics apithe definition of 'rtcicecandidatepairstats.nominated' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial specification. ...

HTML attribute: minlength - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the minlength attribute defines the minimum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into an <input> or <textarea>. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no minlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the input has no minimum length. this value must be less than or equal to the value of maxlength, otherwise the value will never be valid, as it is impossible to meet both criteria. the input will fail constraint validation if the length of the text value of the field is less than minlength utf-16 code units long, with validitystate.tooshort returning true. constraint validation is only applied when the value is changed by the user. ...
...ll never be valid, as it is impossible to meet both criteria. the input will fail constraint validation if the length of the text value of the field is less than minlength utf-16 code units long, with validitystate.tooshort returning true. constraint validation is only applied when the value is changed by the user. once submission fails, some browsers will display an error message indicating the minimum length required and the current length. examples by adding minlength="5", the value must either be empty or five characters or longer to be valid. <label for="fruit">enter a fruit name that is at least 5 letters long</label> <input type="text" minlength="5" id="fruit"> we can use pseudoclasses to style the element based on whether the value is valid. the value will be valid as long as it ...
... the value will be valid as long as it is either null (empty) or five or more characters long. lime is invalid, lemon is valid. input { border: 2px solid currentcolor; } input:invalid { border: 2px dashed red; } input:invalid:focus { background-image: linear-gradient(pink, lightgreen); } specifications specification status html living standardthe definition of 'minlength attribute' in that specification. living standard html 5.1the definition of 'minlength attribute' in that specification. recommendation ...

Number.MIN_SAFE_INTEGER - JavaScript
the number.min_safe_integer constant represents the minimum safe integer in javascript (-(253 - 1)). to represent integers smaller than this, consider using bigint. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. property attributes of number.min_safe_integer writable no enumerable no configurable no description the min_safe_integer constant has a value of -9007199254740991 (-9,007,199,254,740,991 or about -9 quadrillion). the reasoning behind that number is that javascript uses double-precision floating-point format ...
... no description the min_safe_integer constant has a value of -9007199254740991 (-9,007,199,254,740,991 or about -9 quadrillion). the reasoning behind that number is that javascript uses double-precision floating-point format numbers as specified in ieee 754 and can only safely represent numbers between -(253 - 1) and 253 - 1. see number.issafeinteger() for more information. because min_safe_integer is a static property of number, you always use it as number.min_safe_integer, rather than as a property of a number object you created. ...
...mber is that javascript uses double-precision floating-point format numbers as specified in ieee 754 and can only safely represent numbers between -(253 - 1) and 253 - 1. see number.issafeinteger() for more information. because min_safe_integer is a static property of number, you always use it as number.min_safe_integer, rather than as a property of a number object you created. examples using min_safe_integer number.min_safe_integer // -9007199254740991 -(math.pow(2, 53) - 1) // -9007199254740991 specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'number.min_safe_integer' in that specification. ...

Number.MIN_VALUE - JavaScript
the number.min_value property represents the smallest positive numeric value representable in javascript. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. property attributes of number.min_value writable no enumerable no configurable no description the min_value property is the number closest to 0, not the most negative number, that javascript can represent. min_value has a value of approximately 5e-324. values smaller than min_value ("underflow values") are converted to 0. ...
...es of number.min_value writable no enumerable no configurable no description the min_value property is the number closest to 0, not the most negative number, that javascript can represent. min_value has a value of approximately 5e-324. values smaller than min_value ("underflow values") are converted to 0. because min_value is a static property of number, you always use it as number.min_value, rather than as a property of a number object you created. examples using min_value the following code divides two numeric values. if the result is greater than or equal to min_value, the func1 function is called; otherwise, the func2 function is called. ...
...ues") are converted to 0. because min_value is a static property of number, you always use it as number.min_value, rather than as a property of a number object you created. examples using min_value the following code divides two numeric values. if the result is greater than or equal to min_value, the func1 function is called; otherwise, the func2 function is called. if (num1 / num2 >= number.min_value) { func1(); } else { func2(); } specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'number.min_value' in that specification. ...

performInstall - Archive of obsolete content
summary performs the actual installation of the software. moves all components to their final locations, launches any pending executions, and registers the package and all of its subcomponents in the client version registry. method of install syntax int performinstall(); parameters none. returns an integer error code. for a list of possible values, see return codes. in some situations the method may return other errors. in a few cases you may get a registry error. ...
...st of possible values, see return codes. ...

minresultsforpopup - Archive of obsolete content
the default value is 1. new in thunderbird 3requires seamonkey 2.0 a zero value will always open the popup. ...
...the default value is 1. new in thunderbird 3requires seamonkey 2.0 a zero value will always open the popup. ...

min - Archive of obsolete content
...
... ...

minHeight - Archive of obsolete content
...
... ...

minWidth - Archive of obsolete content
...
... ...

minuteLeadingZero - Archive of obsolete content
...
... ...

Dynamic programming language - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
a dynamic programming language is a programming language in which operations otherwise done at compile-time can be done at run-time. for example, in javascript it is possible to change the type of a variable or add new properties or methods to an object while the program is running. this is opposed to so-called static programming languages, in which such changes are normally not possible. note that while there is indeed a connection between this dynamic/static property of programming languages and dynamic/static-typing, the two are far from synonymous. ...
...dd new properties or methods to an object while the program is running. this is opposed to so-called static programming languages, in which such changes are normally not possible. ...

Prototype-based programming - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
prototype-based programming is a style of object-oriented programming in which classes are not explicitly defined, but rather derived by adding properties and methods to an instance of another class or, less frequently, adding them to an empty object. in simple words: this type of style allows the creation of an object without first defining its class. ...
... programming is a style of object-oriented programming in which classes are not explicitly defined, but rather derived by adding properties and methods to an instance of another class or, less frequently, adding them to an empty object. in simple words: this type of style allows the creation of an object without first defining its class. ...

FC_GetMechanismInfo
name fc_getmechanisminfo - get information on a particular mechanism. syntax ck_rv fc_getmechanisminfo( ck_slot_id slotid, ck_mechanism_type type, ck_mechanism_info_ptr pinfo ); parameters fc_getmechanisminfo takes three parameters: slotid [input] type [input] . pinfo [output] . description fc_getmechanisminfo obtains information about a particular mechanism possibly supported by a token. a user may call fc_getmechanisminfo without logging into the token (to assume the nss user role). ...
..._info_ptr pinfo ); parameters fc_getmechanisminfo takes three parameters: slotid [input] type [input] . pinfo [output] . description fc_getmechanisminfo obtains information about a particular mechanism possibly supported by a token. a user may call fc_getmechanisminfo without logging into the token (to assume the nss user role). ...

Examine, modify, and watch variables - Firefox Developer Tools
this feature isn't yet supported in the new debugger. if you need to use it, you can, for now, switch back to the old debugger by visiting about:config and setting the "devtools.debugger.new-debugger-frontend" preference to false. to see the docs for the old debugger, please visit debugger (before firefox 52). examine variables when the code has stopped at a breakpoint, you can examine its state in the variables pane of the debugger: variables are grouped by scope: in function scope you'll see the built-in arguments and this variables as well as local variables defined by the function like user and greeting. similarly, in global scope you'll see global variables you've defined, like greetme, as well as built-in globals like localstorage and console. each object can be expande...
...able. in the screenshot below the variable upvar has been optimized away: modify variables when the code has stopped at a breakpoint, you can modify variables in the variables pane of the debugger. just click on the variable's current value and you'll be able to type there: watch an expression watch expressions are expressions that are evaluated each time execution pauses. you can then examine the results of these expressions. these are useful in that they let you inspect invariants in your code that you know are there but aren't necessarily in the code ready for inspection. to add a watch expression, click in the box that says "add watch expression" and enter a javascript expression whose output you'd like to monitor as you step through code. then start running your code. the watch ...

Pretty-print a minified file - Firefox Developer Tools
note: if you want to prettify some inline javascript code, just double click the code in the inspector pane. ...
... note: if you want to prettify some inline javascript code, just double click the code in the inspector pane. ...

CSS Flexbox Inspector: Examine Flexbox layouts - Firefox Developer Tools
discovering flex containers when an html element on your page has display: flex applied to it, a number of features are made available in the devtools to provide easy access to flexbox layout features. in the html pane in the html pane, an element laid out with flexbox has the word flex next to it as shown in the following image: click the word flex in the html pane to keep the overlay visible when you move the mouse away from the container. ...
...view shows information about the calculations for the size of the selected flex item: a diagram visualizing the sizing of the flex item content size - the size of the component without any restraints imposed on it by its parent flexibility - how much a flex item grew or shrunk based on its flex-grow value when there is extra free space or its flex-shrink value when there is not enough space minimum size (only appears when an item is clamped to its minimum size) - the minimum content size of a flex item when there is no more free space in the flex container final size - the size of the flex item after all sizing constraints imposed on it have been applied (based on the values of flex-grow, flex-shrink and flex-basis) at the top of the section is a drop-down list of all the items in th...

AmbientLightSensor.illuminance - Web APIs
the illuminance property of the ambientlightsensor interface returns the current light level in lux of the ambient light level around the hosting device. if a feature policy blocks use of a feature it is because your code is inconsistent with the policies set on your server. this is not something that would ever be shown to a user. see feature-policy for implementation insfructions. syntax var level = ambientlightsensor.illuminance value a number indicating the current light level in lux. ...
...ver. this is not something that would ever be shown to a user. see feature-policy for implementation insfructions. syntax var level = ambientlightsensor.illuminance value a number indicating the current light level in lux. example if ( 'ambientlightsensor' in window ) { const sensor = new ambientlightsensor(); sensor.onreading = () => { console.log('current light level:', sensor.illuminance); }; sensor.onerror = (event) => { console.log(event.error.name, event.error.message); }; sensor.start(); } specifications specification status comment generic sensor api candidate recommendation defines sensors in general. ambient light sensorthe definition of 'illuminance' in that specification. candidate recommendation ...

CSSNumericValue.min() - Web APIs
the min() method of the cssnumericvalue interface returns the lowest value from among those values passed. the passed values must be of the same type. syntax var cssunitvalue = cssnumericvalue.min(number1 ... numbern); parameters number either a number or a cssnumericvalue. return value a cssunitvalue. exceptions typeerror indicates that an invalid type was passed to the method. examples as stated earlier, all passed values must be of the same type and value. some of the following examples illustrate what happens when they are not. ...
...n(number1 ... numbern); parameters number either a number or a cssnumericvalue. return value a cssunitvalue. exceptions typeerror indicates that an invalid type was passed to the method. examples as stated earlier, all passed values must be of the same type and value. some of the following examples illustrate what happens when they are not. // prints "1cm" console.log(css.cm("1").min(css.cm("2")).tostring()); // prints "max(1cm, 0.393701in)" console.log(css.cm("1").max(css.in("0.393701")).tostring()); specifications specification status comment css typed om level 1the definition of 'min' in that specification. working draft initial definition. ...

EffectTiming.direction - Web APIs
the direction property of the web animations api dictionary effecttiming indicates an animation's playback direction along its timeline, as well as its behavior when it reaches the end of an iteration element.animate(), keyframeeffectreadonly(), and keyframeeffect() all accept an object of timing properties including direction. the value of direction corresponds directly to animationeffecttimingreadonly.direction in timing objects returned by animationeffectreadonly, keyframeeffectreadonly, and keyframeeffect. ...
...e, as well as its behavior when it reaches the end of an iteration element.animate(), keyframeeffectreadonly(), and keyframeeffect() all accept an object of timing properties including direction. the value of direction corresponds directly to animationeffecttimingreadonly.direction in timing objects returned by animationeffectreadonly, keyframeeffectreadonly, and keyframeeffect. syntax var timingproperties = { direction: "normal" | "reverse" | "alternate" | "alternate-reverse" }; timingproperties.direction = "normal" | "reverse" | "alternate" | "alternate-reverse"; value a domstring which specifies the direction in which the animation should play as well as what to do when the playback reaches the end of the animation sequence in the current direction. it can take one of the follow...

EffectTiming.iterations - Web APIs
the web animations api dictionary effecttiming's iterations property specifies the number of times the animation should repeat. the default value is 1, indicating that it should only play once, but you can set it to any floating-point value (including positive infinity defaults to 1, and can also take a value of infinity to make it loop infinitely. element.animate(), keyframeeffectreadonly(), and keyframeeffect() all accept an object of timing properties including iterations. the value of iterations corresponds directly to animationeffecttimingreadonly.iterations in timing objects returned by animationeffectreadonly, keyframeeffectreadonly, and keyframeeffect. ...
... can also take a value of infinity to make it loop infinitely. element.animate(), keyframeeffectreadonly(), and keyframeeffect() all accept an object of timing properties including iterations. the value of iterations corresponds directly to animationeffecttimingreadonly.iterations in timing objects returned by animationeffectreadonly, keyframeeffectreadonly, and keyframeeffect. syntax var timingproperties = { iterations: numberofiterations }; timingproperties.iterations = numberofiterations; value a floating-point value specifying the number of times the animation sequence will play through. any value from 0 (don't play the animation at all) to positive infinity (run the animation indefinitely) is supported. defaults to 1, meaning the animation sequence plays through once then sto...

Frame Timing API - Web APIs
a frame represents the amount of work a browser does in one event loop iteration such as processing dom events, resizing, scrolling, rendering, css animations, etc. a frame rate of 60 fps (frames per second) for a 60 hz refresh rate is a common target for a good responsive user experience. this means the browser should process a frame in about 16.7 ms. an application can register a performanceobserver for "frame" performance entry types. the observer (callback) will be notified when new "frame" events are added to the browser's performance timeline and the frame's duration (length of time) will be available. ...
...r "frame" performance entry types. the observer (callback) will be notified when new "frame" events are added to the browser's performance timeline and the frame's duration (length of time) will be available. this data can be used to help identify areas that take too long to provide a good user experience. example code of the interfaces described in this document is included in using the frame timing api. performance frames the performanceframetiming interface extends the following performanceentry properties (for "frame" performance entry types) by qualifying and constrainting the properties as follows: performanceentry.entrytype set to "frame". performanceentry.name set to the document's address. performanceentry.starttime set to the domhighrestimestamp when the frame was started...

Performance.onresourcetimingbufferfull - Web APIs
the onresourcetimingbufferfull property is an event handler that will be called when the resourcetimingbufferfull event is fired. this event is fired when the browser's resource timing performance buffer is full. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax callback = performance.onresourcetimingbufferfull = buffer_full_cb; return value callback an eventhandler that is invoked when the resourcetimingbufferfull event is fired. examples the following example sets a callback function on the onresourcetimingbufferfull property. ...
...: this feature is available in web workers. syntax callback = performance.onresourcetimingbufferfull = buffer_full_cb; return value callback an eventhandler that is invoked when the resourcetimingbufferfull event is fired. examples the following example sets a callback function on the onresourcetimingbufferfull property. function buffer_full(event) { console.log("warning: resource timing buffer is full!"); performance.setresourcetimingbuffersize(200); } function init() { // set a callback if the resource buffer becomes filled performance.onresourcetimingbufferfull = buffer_full; } <body onload="init()"> specifications specification status comment resource timing level 1the definition of 'onresourcetimingbufferfull' in that specification. candi...

PerformanceNavigationTiming.domComplete - Web APIs
tely before the user agent sets the current document readiness of the current document to complete. syntax perfentry.domcomplete; return value a timestamp representing a time value equal to the time immediately before the user agent sets the current document readiness of the current document to complete. example the following example illustrates this property's usage. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceNavigationTiming.domContentLoadedEventStart - Web APIs
time immediately before the user agent fires the domcontentloaded event at the current document. syntax perfentry.domcontentloadedeventstart; return value a timestamp representing the time value equal to the time immediately before the user agent fires the domcontentloaded event at the current document. example the following example illustrates this property's usage. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceNavigationTiming.loadEventStart - Web APIs
y returns a timestamp representing the time value equal to the time immediately before the load event of the current document is fired. syntax perfentry.loadeventstart; return value a timestamp representing a time value equal to the time immediately before the load event of the current document is fired. example the following example illustrates this property's usage. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceNavigationTiming.redirectCount - Web APIs
presenting the number of redirects since the last non-redirect navigation under the current browsing context. this property is read only . syntax perfentry.redirectcount; return value a number representing the number of redirects since the last non-redirect navigation under the current browsing context. example the following example illustrates this property's usage. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceNavigationTiming.toJSON() - Web APIs
the tojson() method is a serializer - it returns a json representation of the performancenavigationtiming object. syntax json = resourceperfentry.tojson(); arguments none return value json a json object that is the serialization of the performancenavigationtiming object as a map with entries from the closest inherited interface and with entries for each of the serializable attributes. ...
...enavigationtiming object as a map with entries from the closest inherited interface and with entries for each of the serializable attributes. example // get a resource performance entry var perfentries = performance.getentriesbytype("navigation"); var entry = perfentries[0]; // get the json and log it var json = entry.tojson(); var s = json.stringify(json); console.log("performancenavigationtiming.tojson() = " + s); specifications specification status comment navigation timing level 2the definition of 'tojson()' in that specification. working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceNavigationTiming.type - Web APIs
he browser's reload operation or location.reload(). back_forward navigation is through the browser's history traversal operation. prerender navigation is initiated by a prerender hint. this property is read only . syntax perfentry.type; return value a string which is one of the values listed above. example the following example illustrates this property's usage. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceNavigationTiming.unloadEventEnd - Web APIs
agent finishes the unload event of the previous document. if there is no previous document, this property value is 0. syntax perfentry.unloadeventend; return value a timestamp representing a time value equal to the time immediately after the user agent finishes the unload event of the previous document. example the following example illustrates this property's usage. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceNavigationTiming.unloadEventStart - Web APIs
agent starts the unload event of the previous document. if there is no previous document, this property returns 0. syntax perfentry.unloadeventstart; return value a timestamp representing the time value equal to the time immediately before the user agent starts the unload event of the previous document. example the following example illustrates this property's usage. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.initiatorType - Web APIs
string that represents the type of resource that initiated the performance event. the value of this string is as follows: if the initiator is a element, the property returns the element's localname. if the initiator is a css resource, the property returns "css". if the initiator is a xmlhttprequest object, the property returns "xmlhttprequest". if the initiator is a performancenavigationtiming object, the property returns an empty string (""). note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax resource.initiatortype; return value a string representing the type of resource that initiated the performance event, as specified above. example function print_performanceentries() { // use getentriesbytype() to just get the "resource" events var p = performance.getentriesbytyp...
... candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.redirectEnd - Web APIs
the redirectend read-only property returns a timestamp immediately after receiving the last byte of the response of the last redirect. when fetching a resource, if there are multiple http redirects, and any of the redirects have an origin that is different from the current document, and the timing allow check algorithm passes for each redirected resource, this property returns the time immediately after receiving the last byte of the response of the last redirect; otherwise, zero is returned. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax resource.redirectend; return value a timestamp immediately after receiving the last byte of the response of the last redirect. example in the following example, the value of the *start and *end properties of all "resource" type events are l...
... candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.redirectStart - Web APIs
note: this feature is available in web workers. ...
... candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.toJSON() - Web APIs
the tojson() method is a serializer that returns a json representation of the performanceresourcetiming object. syntax json = resourceperfentry.tojson(); arguments none return value json a json object that is the serialization of the performanceresourcetiming object as a map with entries from the closest inherited interface and with entries for each of the serializable attributes. ...
...h entries for each of the serializable attributes. example // get a resource performance entry var perfentries = performance.getentriesbytype("resource"); var entry = perfentries[0]; // get the json and log it var json = entry.tojson(); var s = json.stringify(json); console.log("performanceentry.tojson = " + s); specifications specification status comment resource timing level 2the definition of 'tojson' in that specification. working draft ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.workerStart - Web APIs
if the resource is not intercepted by a service worker the property will always return 0. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax resource.workerstart; value a domhighrestimestamp. example in the following example, the value of the *start and *end properties of all "resource" type events are logged. ...
... working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.connectEnd - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.connectend read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, where the connection is opened network. if the transport layer reports an error and the connection establishment is started again, the last connection establisment end time is given. if a persistent connection is used, the value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. a connection is considered as opened when all secure connection handshake, or socks authentication, is terminated. ...
... opened network. if the transport layer reports an error and the connection establishment is started again, the last connection establisment end time is given. if a persistent connection is used, the value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. a connection is considered as opened when all secure connection handshake, or socks authentication, is terminated. syntax time = performancetiming.connectend; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.connectend' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.connectStart - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.connectstart read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, where the request to open a connection is sent to the network. if the transport layer reports an error and the connection establishment is started again, the last connection establisment start time is given. if a persistent connection is used, the value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. ...
...long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, where the request to open a connection is sent to the network. if the transport layer reports an error and the connection establishment is started again, the last connection establisment start time is given. if a persistent connection is used, the value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. syntax time = performancetiming.connectstart; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.connectstart' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

WebGL2RenderingContext.getUniformIndices() - Web APIs
the webgl2renderingcontext.getuniformindices() method of the webgl 2 api retrieves the indices of a number of uniforms within a webglprogram. syntax sequence<gluint> gl.getuniformindices(program, uniformnames); parameters program a webglprogram containing uniforms whose indices to query. uniformnames an array of domstring specifying the names of the uniforms to query. return value an array of gluint containing the uniform indices. examples var uniformindices = gl.getuniformindices(program, ['ubored', 'ubogreen', 'uboblue']); specifications specification status comment webgl 2.0the definition of 'getuniformindices' in that specification. editor's draft initial definition for webgl. ...
...value an array of gluint containing the uniform indices. examples var uniformindices = gl.getuniformindices(program, ['ubored', 'ubogreen', 'uboblue']); specifications specification status comment webgl 2.0the definition of 'getuniformindices' in that specification. editor's draft initial definition for webgl. opengl es 3.0the definition of 'glgetuniformindices' in that specification. standard man page of the (similar) opengl api. ...

WebGLRenderingContext.getProgramInfoLog() - Web APIs
the webglrenderingcontext.getprograminfolog returns the information log for the specified webglprogram object. it contains errors that occurred during failed linking or validation of webglprogram objects. syntax gl.getprograminfolog(program); parameters program the webglprogram to query. return value a domstring that contains diagnostic messages, warning messages, and other information about the last linking or validation operation. when a webglprogram object is initially created, its information log will be a string of length 0. ...
...ssages, and other information about the last linking or validation operation. when a webglprogram object is initially created, its information log will be a string of length 0. examples checking program errors var program = gl.createprogram(); // attach pre-existing shaders gl.attachshader(program, vertexshader); gl.attachshader(program, fragmentshader); gl.linkprogram(program); gl.getprograminfolog(program); specifications specification status comment webgl 1.0the definition of 'getprograminfolog' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. opengl es 2.0the definition of 'glgetprograminfolog' in that specification. standard man page of the opengl api. ...

Window.minimize() - Web APIs
the window.minimize() method sets the window to a minimized state. a way to undo this method programatically is by calling window.moveto(). browser compatibility the compatibility table in this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...
... window.moveto(). browser compatibility the compatibility table in this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...

min-zoom - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the min-zoom css descriptor sets the minimum zoom factor of a document defined by the @viewport at-rule. the browser will not zoom out any further than this, whether automatically or at the user's request. a zoom factor of 1.0 or 100% corresponds to no zooming. larger values are zoomed in. smaller values are zoomed out. syntax /* keyword value */ min-zoom: auto; /* <number> values */ min-zoom: 0.8; min-zoom: 2.0; /* <percentage> value */ min-zoom: 150%; values auto the user agent will set the document's lower zoom factor limit. <number> a non-negative number limiting the minimum value of the zoom factor. <percentage> a non-negative percentage limiting the minimum value of the zoom factor. formal definition related at-rule@viewportinitial valueautopercentagesthe zoom factor ...
...<number> a non-negative number limiting the minimum value of the zoom factor. <percentage> a non-negative percentage limiting the minimum value of the zoom factor. formal definition related at-rule@viewportinitial valueautopercentagesthe zoom factor itselfcomputed valueauto, or a non-negative number or percentage as specified formal syntax auto | <number> | <percentage> examples setting min zoom factor @viewport { min-zoom: 2.0; } specifications specification status comment css device adaptationthe definition of '"min-zoom" descriptor' in that specification. working draft initial definition ...

Timing-Allow-Origin - HTTP
the timing-allow-origin response header specifies origins that are allowed to see values of attributes retrieved via features of the resource timing api, which would otherwise be reported as zero due to cross-origin restrictions. header type response header forbidden header name no syntax timing-allow-origin: * timing-allow-origin: <origin>[, <origin>]* directives * the server may specify "*" as a wildcard, thereby allowing any origin to see timing resources. <origin> specifies a uri that may see the timing resources. you can specify multiple origins, separated by commas. ...
... header forbidden header name no syntax timing-allow-origin: * timing-allow-origin: <origin>[, <origin>]* directives * the server may specify "*" as a wildcard, thereby allowing any origin to see timing resources. <origin> specifies a uri that may see the timing resources. you can specify multiple origins, separated by commas. examples to allow any resource to see timing resources: timing-allow-origin: * to allow https://developer.mozilla.org to see timing resources, you can specify: timing-allow-origin: https://developer.mozilla.org specifications specification status comment resource timing level 3the definition of 'timing-allow-origin' in that specification. editor's draft initial definition. ...

customindex - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home customindex not in seamonkey 1.x type: integer this value is the index of the toolbar in the list of the custom toolbars. the value is updated automatically by the toolbar customization dialog. ...

min - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home min type: integer the minimum value the control's value may take. the default value is 0. ...

minheight - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home minheight type: string (representing an integer) the minimum height of the element. this corresponds to the min-height css property. ...

minwidth - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home minwidth type: string (representing an integer) the minimum width of the element. this corresponds to the min-width css property. ...

textbox.min - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home min type: integer the minimum value the textbox's value may take. the default value is 0. ...

textbox.minResultsForPopup - Archive of obsolete content
the default value is 1. a zero value will always open the popup unless the textbox is empty. this can be used to display additional items that are not autocomplete results. ...

DOMMenuItemInactive - Archive of obsolete content
general info specification xul interface event bubbles yes cancelable yes target element default action none properties property type description target read only eventtarget the event target (the topmost target in the dom tree). type read only domstring the type of event. bubbles read only boolean whether the event normally bubbles or not. cancelable read only boolean whether the event is cancellable or not. ...

amIndicator - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference amindicator type: string the string value displayed for hours between midnight and noon, defaulting to am. this value is determined from the user's locale. ...

minResultsForPopup - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference minresultsforpopup type: integer gets and sets the value of the minresultsforpopup (or minresultsforpopup) attribute. ...

minute - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference minute type: integer the currently selected minute from 0 to 59. set this property to change the selected minute. ...

pmIndicator - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference pmindicator type: string the string value displayed for hours between noon and midnight, defaulting to pm. this value is determined from the user's locale. ...

-ms-content-zoom-limit-min - Archive of obsolete content
the -ms-content-zoom-limit-min css property is a microsoft extension that specifies the minimum zoom factor. initial value100%applies tonon-replaced block-level elements and non-replaced inline-block elementsinheritednopercentagesthe smallest allowed zoom factor. a zoom factor of 100% corresponds to no zooming. larger values zoom in. smaller values zoom out.computed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete syntax values <percentage> the minimum zoom factor. formal syntax <percentage> specifications not part of any specification. remarks this property constrains the limit for touch zooming as well as values of the mscontentzoomfactor property. this property has no effect on non-zoomable elements. see -ms-content-zooming for details on zoomable elements. starting with w...

-ms-content-zooming - Archive of obsolete content
initial valuezoom for the top level element, none for all other elementsapplies tonon-replaced block-level elements and non-replaced inline-block elementsinheritednocomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete syntax values none the initial value of all elements except the top-level element. the element is not zoomable. zoom the initial value of the top-level element. the element is zoomable. formal syntax none | zoom specifications not part of any specification. remarks this property has no effect unless overflow is permitted on both the x- and y-axes. by default, zoom-enabled elements can be zoomed by the user via pinch-zoom. ...

-ms-scroll-limit-x-min - Archive of obsolete content
the -ms-scroll-limit-x-min css property is a microsoft extension that specifies the minimum value for the element.scrollleft property. initial value0applies tonon-replaced block-level elements and non-replaced inline-block elementsinheritednocomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete syntax values <length> the minimum value for the scrollleft property. if the value is negative, then 0 is used. formal syntax <length> specifications not part of any specification. remarks this property has no effect on non-scrollable elements. the specified behavior of the -ms-scroll-limit-x-min property is only applicable at a mscontentzoomfactor of 1; the behavior of this property is undefined at other zoom factors. this property requires windows 8 or later. ...

-ms-scroll-limit-y-min - Archive of obsolete content
the -ms-scroll-limit-y-min css property is a microsoft extension that specifies the minimum value for the element.scrolltop property. initial value0applies tonon-replaced block-level elements and non-replaced inline-block elementsinheritednocomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete syntax values <length> the minimum value for the scrolltop property. if the value is negative, then 0 is used. formal syntax <length> specifications not part of any specification. remarks this property has no effect on non-scrollable elements. the specified behavior of the -ms-scroll-limit-y-min property is only applicable at a mscontentzoomfactor of 1; the behavior of this property is undefined at other zoom factors. this property requires windows 8 or later. ...

High-level programming language - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
a high-level programming language has a significant abstraction from the details of computer operation. it is designed to be easily understood by humans and for this reason they must be translated by another software. unlike low-level programming languages, it may use natural language elements, or may automate (or even entirely hide) significant areas of computing systems, making the process of developing simpler and more understandable relative to a lower-level language. the amount of abstraction provided defines how "high-level" a programming language is. the idea of a language automatically translatable into machine code, but nearer to human logic, was introduced in computer science in the 1950s, especially thanks to the work of john backus (ibm), to whom it owes the first high-le...

RTSP: Real-time streaming protocol - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
real-time streaming protocol (rtsp) is a network protocol that controls how the streaming of a media should occur between a server and a client. basically, rtsp is the protocol that describes what happens when you click "pause"/"play" when streaming a video. if your computer were a remote control and the streaming server a television, rtsp would describe how the instruction of the remote control affects the tv. learn more general knowledge rtsp on wikipedia rfc 7826 (one of the documents that specifies precisely how the protocol works) ...

Resource Timing - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
diagnosing performance issues requires performance data at the granularity of the resource. the resource timing api is a javascript api that is able to capture timing information for each individual resource that is fetched when a page is loaded. ...

minification - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
minification is the process of removing unnecessary or redundant data without affecting how a resource is processed by the browser. minification can include the removal of code comments, white space, and unused code, as well as the shortening of variable and function names. minification is used to improve web performance by reducing file size. it is generally an automated step that occurs at build time. as minification makes code less legible to humans, developer tools have 'prettification' features that can add white space back into the code to make it a bit more legible. ...

How Mozilla determines MIME Types
mozilla uses the unknown decoder to find a mime type. file uris for file: uris, mozilla will ask the externalhelperappservice for a mime type. ftp like http uris without a mime type, ftp uris go through the unknown decoder. unknown decoder located at netwerk/streamconv/converters/nsunknowndecoder.cpp, the interesting part starts at line 287, the ssnifferentries array together with the determinecontenttype function. it does the following: checks the start of the file for "magic numbers"; this can currently detect pdf and postscript. if the file starts with <?xml, asks the externalhelperappservice for a mime type for the uri. this is done because the generic text/xml mime type does not work for xul files, and xhtml files get a different dom when interpreted as text/xml. the image li...

Renaming With Pork
source code. most refactoring toolchains are ui-based. typically they require loading the entire project into an ide. usually, ides require one to use their build system. pork does not yet have a ui, but it is also build-system agnostic and scales to large codebases. these notes are based on tools pork refactoring toolchain [required]. see installing pork. filterdiff from patchutils renaming a class 1. make two copies of the source(analysis and test). this isn't strictly required, but will save time. 2. the first copy will be an analysis copy. convince gcc to create annotated .ii files while compiling the analysis copy. typically, make cxxflags="-wp,-k,-w0 -save-temps" will work. note the -k,-w0 options are passed down to the mcpp preprocessor such that it can annotate files with ...

nsIDiskCacheStreamInternal
1.0 66 introduced gecko 2.0 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) method overview void closeinternal(); methods closeinternal() we use this method internally to close nsdiskcacheoutputstream under the cache service lock. ...

heapMinimize
...

nsIProgrammingLanguage
constant value description unknown 0 cplusplus 1 c++ javascript 2 javascript python 3 python perl 4 perl java 5 java zx81_basic 6 zx81 basic javascript2 7 javascript 2 ruby 8 ruby php 9 php tcl 10 tcl max 10 this will be kept at the largest index. ...

Filter Incoming Mail
the, you've got components.interfaces.nsimsgdbhdr from where you can modify the mail. by example, to modify the mail subject : var newmaillistener = { msgadded: function(amsghdr) { if( !amsghdr.isread ) { // here we are, a new mail has popped // let get a javascript string object from the subject property // querying mime conversion interface var mimeconvert = components.classes["@mozilla.org/messenger/mimeconverter;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsimimeconverter); var subject = mimeconvert.decodemimeheader(amsghdr.subject, null, false, true); // here with have a string to modify with javascript. ...

Examine and edit HTML - Firefox Developer Tools
navigating the html html breadcrumbs at the bottom on the html pane is a breadcrumbs toolbar. this shows the complete hierarchy through the document for the branch containing the selected element: hovering over a breadcrumb highlights that element in the page. the breadcrumbs bar has its own keyboard shortcuts. searching the page inspector's search box matches all markup in the current document and in any frames. to start searching the markup, click in the search box to expand it or press ctrl + f , or cmd + f on a mac. there are three types of searches that are performed automatically depending on what you enter, a full text search, a css selector search, and an xpath search. ...

AnimationEffect.getTiming() - Web APIs
the animationeffect.gettiming() method of the animationeffect interface returns an effecttiming object containing the timing properties for the animation effect. syntax animationtiming = animation.gettiming(); returns an effecttiming object. specifications specification status comment web animationsthe definition of 'animationeffect.gettiming()' in that specification. working draft editor's draft. ...

AnimationEffect.updateTiming() - Web APIs
the updatetiming() method of the animationeffect interface updates the specified timing properties for an animation effect. syntax animation.updatetiming(timing); parameters timing an optionaleffecttiming object containing the timing properties to update. return value none. specifications specification status comment web animationsthe definition of 'animationeffect.updatetiming()' in that specification. working draft editor's draft. ...

AudioParam.minValue - Web APIs
the minvalue read-only property of the audioparam interface represents the minimum possible value for the parameter's nominal (effective) range. syntax var minval = audioparam.minvalue; value a floating-point number indicating the minimum value permitted for the parameter's nominal range. the default value of minvalue is the minimum negative single-precision floating-point value (-340,282,346,638,528,859,811,704,183,484,516,925,440). example const audioctx = new audiocontext(); const gainnode = audioctx.creategain(); console.log(gainnode.gain.minvalue); // -3.4028234663852886e38 specifications specification status comment web audio apithe definition of 'minvalue' in that specification. working draft ...

DeviceProximityEvent.min - Web APIs
the min property provides the minimum distance the sensor can report, in centimeters. syntax var value = instanceofdeviceproximityevent.min; value a positive number indicating the minimum distance, in centimeters (cm), the device's proximity sensor can report. ...

Performance.timing - Web APIs
this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performance.timing read-only property returns a performancetiming object containing latency-related performance information. this property is not available in workers. syntax timinginfo = performance.timing; specifications specification status comment navigation timing level 2 working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceLongTaskTiming.attribution - Web APIs
specifications specification status comment long tasks api 1the definition of 'attribution' in that specification. working draft initial definition. browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.connectEnd - Web APIs
candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.connectStart - Web APIs
candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.decodedBodySize - Web APIs
working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.domainLookupEnd - Web APIs
candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.domainLookupStart - Web APIs
candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.encodedBodySize - Web APIs
working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.fetchStart - Web APIs
candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.nextHopProtocol - Web APIs
working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.requestStart - Web APIs
candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.responseEnd - Web APIs
candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.responseStart - Web APIs
candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.secureConnectionStart - Web APIs
candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceResourceTiming.transferSize - Web APIs
working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceServerTiming.description - Web APIs
the description read-only property returns a domstring value of the server-specified metric description, or an empty string. syntax servertiming.description; specifications specification status comment server timingthe definition of 'description' in that specification. working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceServerTiming.duration - Web APIs
the duration read-only property returns a double that contains the server-specified metric duration, or value 0.0. syntax servertiming.duration; specifications specification status comment server timingthe definition of 'duration' in that specification. working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceServerTiming.name - Web APIs
the name read-only property returns a domstring value of the server-specified metric name. syntax servertiming.name; specifications specification status comment server timingthe definition of 'name' in that specification. working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceServerTiming.toJSON - Web APIs
the tojson() method of the performanceservertiming interface returns a domstring that is the json representation of the performanceservertiming object. syntax var json = performanceservertiming.tojson() parameters none. return value a domstring containing json. exceptions none. specifications specification status comment server timingthe definition of 'tojson' in that specification. working draft initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.domComplete - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.domcomplete read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, when the parser finished its work on the main document, that is when its document.readystate changes to 'complete' and the corresponding readystatechange event is thrown. syntax time = performancetiming.domcomplete; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.domcomplete' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.domContentLoadedEventEnd - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.domcontentloadedeventend read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in milliseconds since the unix epoch, right after all the scripts that need to be executed as soon as possible, in order or not, has been executed. syntax time = performancetiming.domcontentloadedeventend; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.domcontentloadedeventend' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.domContentLoadedEventStart - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.domcontentloadedeventstart read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, right before the parser sent the domcontentloaded event, that is right after all the scripts that need to be executed right after parsing has been executed. syntax time = performancetiming.domcontentloadedeventstart; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.domcontentloadedeventstart' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.domLoading - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.domloading read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, when the parser started its work, that is when its document.readystate changes to 'loading' and the corresponding readystatechange event is thrown. syntax time = performancetiming.domloading; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.domloading' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.domainLookupEnd - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.domainlookupend read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, where the domain lookup is finished. if a persistent connection is used, or the information is stored in a cache or a local resource, the value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. syntax time = performancetiming.domainlookupend; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.domainlookupend' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.domainLookupStart - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.domainlookupstart read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, where the domain lookup starts. if a persistent connection is used, or the information is stored in a cache or a local resource, the value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. syntax time = performancetiming.domainlookupstart; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.domainlookupstart' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.fetchStart - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.fetchstart read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, the browser is ready to fetch the document using an http request. this moment is before the check to any application cache. syntax time = performance.timing.fetchstart; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.fetchstart' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.loadEventEnd - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface's performancenavigationtiming.loadeventend read-only property instead. the legacy performancetiming.loadeventend read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, when the load event handler terminated, that is when the load event is completed. if this event has not yet been sent, or is not yet completed, it returns 0. syntax time = performancetiming.loadeventend; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.loadeventend' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.loadEventStart - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface's performancenavigationtiming.loadeventstart read-only property instead.. the legacy performancetiming.loadeventstart read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, when the load event was sent for the current document. if this event has not yet been sent, it returns 0. syntax time = performancetiming.loadeventstart; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.loadeventstart' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.navigationStart - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.navigationstart read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in milliseconds since the unix epoch, right after the prompt for unload terminates on the previous document in the same browsing context. if there is no previous document, this value will be the same as performancetiming.fetchstart. syntax time = performancetiming.navigationstart; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.navigationstart' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.redirectEnd - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.redirectend read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, the last http redirect is completed, that is when the last byte of the http response has been received. if there is no redirect, or if one of the redirect is not of the same origin, the value returned is 0. syntax time = performancetiming.redirectend; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.redirectend' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.redirectStart - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.redirectstart read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, the first http redirect starts. if there is no redirect, or if one of the redirect is not of the same origin, the value returned is 0. syntax time = performancetiming.redirectstart; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.redirectstart' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.requestStart - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.requeststart read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, when the browser sent the request to obtain the actual document, from the server or from a cache. if the transport layer fails after the start of the request and the connection is reopened, this property will be set to the time corresponding to the new request. syntax time = performancetiming.requeststart; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.requeststart' in that specification. recommendation ...

PerformanceTiming.responseEnd - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.responseend read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, when the browser received the last byte of the response, or when the connection is closed if this happened first, from the server from a cache or from a local resource. syntax time = performancetiming.responseend; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.responseend' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.responseStart - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.responsestart read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment in time (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) when the browser received the first byte of the response from the server, cache, or local resource. syntax time = performancetiming.responsestart; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.responsestart' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.secureConnectionStart - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.secureconnectionstart read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, where the secure connection handshake starts. if no such connection is requested, it returns 0. syntax time = performancetiming.secureconnectionstart; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.secureconnectionstart' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.unloadEventEnd - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.unloadeventend read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, the unload event handler finishes. if there is no previous document, or if the previous document, or one of the needed redirects, is not of the same origin, the value returned is 0. syntax time = performancetiming.unloadeventend; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.unloadeventend' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

PerformanceTiming.unloadEventStart - Web APIs
this interface of this property is deprecated in the navigation timing level 2 specification. please use the performancenavigationtiming interface instead. the legacy performancetiming.unloadeventstart read-only property returns an unsigned long long representing the moment, in miliseconds since the unix epoch, the unload event has been thrown. if there is no previous document, or if the previous document, or one of the needed redirects, is not of the same origin, the value returned is 0. syntax time = performancetiming.unloadeventstart; specifications specification status comment navigation timingthe definition of 'performancetiming.unloadeventstart' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

TaskAttributionTiming.containerId - Web APIs
specifications specification status comment long tasks api 1the definition of 'containerid' in that specification. working draft initial definition. browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. ...

TaskAttributionTiming.containerName - Web APIs
the containername readonly property of the taskattributiontiming interface returns the container's name attribute. a container is the iframe, embed or object etc. that is being implicated, on the whole, for a long task. syntax var containername = taskattributiontiming.containername; value a domstring containing the container's name attribute. specifications specification status comment long tasks api 1the definition of 'containername' in that specification. working draft initial definition. ...

TaskAttributionTiming.containerSrc - Web APIs
the containersrc readonly property of the taskattributiontiming interface returns the container's src attribute. a container is the iframe, embed or object etc. that is being implicated, on the whole, for a long task. syntax var containersrc = taskattributiontiming.containersrc; value a domstring containing the container's src attribute. specifications specification status comment long tasks api 1the definition of 'containersrc' in that specification. working draft initial definition. ...

TaskAttributionTiming.containerType - Web APIs
specifications specification status comment long tasks api 1the definition of 'containertype' in that specification. working draft initial definition. browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...

USBDevice.claimInterface() - Web APIs
the claiminterface() method of the usbdevice interface returns a promise that resolves when the requested interface is claimed for exclusive access. syntax var promise = usbdevice.claiminterface(interfacenumber) parameters interfacenumber the index of one of the interfaces supported by the device. interfaces are device-specific. return value a promise. example the following example shows claiminterface() in the context of connecting to a usb device. async function connectdevice(usbdevice) { await usbdevice.open(); if (usbdevice.configuration === null) await usbdevice.selectconfiguration(1); await usbdevice.claiminterface(0); } specifications specification status comment webusbthe definition of 'claiminterface()' in that specification. dra...

USBDevice.deviceVersionMinor - Web APIs
the deviceversionminor read only property of the usbdevice interface the minor version number of the device in a semantic versioning scheme. syntax var serialnumber = usbdevice.deviceversionminor value a number. specifications specification status comment webusbthe definition of 'deviceversionminor' in that specification. draft initial definition. ...

USBDevice.deviceVersionSubminor - Web APIs
the deviceversionsubminor read only property of the usbdevice interface the patch version number of the device in a semantic versioning scheme. syntax var serialnumber = usbdevice.deviceversionsubminor value a number. specifications specification status comment webusbthe definition of 'deviceversionsubminor' in that specification. draft initial definition. ...

USBDevice.usbVersionMinor - Web APIs
the usbversionminor read only property of the usbdevice interface is one of three properties that declare the usb protocol version supported by the device. the other two properties are usbdevice.usbversionmajor and usbdevice.usbversionsubminor. syntax var serialnumber = usbdevice.usbversionminor value the second of three properties that declare the usb protocol version supported by the device. specifications specification status comment webusbthe definition of 'usbversionminor' in that specification. draft initial definition. ...

USBDevice.usbVersionSubminor - Web APIs
the usbversionsubminor read only property of the usbdevice interface is one of three properties that declare the usb protocol version supported by the device. the other two properties are usbdevice.usbversionmajor and usbdevice.usbversionminor. syntax var serialnumber = usbdevice.usbversionsubminor value the first of three properties that declare the usb protocol version supported by the device. specifications specification status comment webusbthe definition of 'usbversionsubminor' in that specification. draft initial definition. ...

WebGLShaderPrecisionFormat.rangeMin - Web APIs
the read-only webglshaderprecisionformat.rangemin property returns the base 2 log of the absolute value of the minimum value that can be represented. examples var canvas = document.getelementbyid('canvas'); var gl = canvas.getcontext('webgl'); gl.getshaderprecisionformat(gl.vertex_shader, gl.medium_float).rangemin; // 127 gl.getshaderprecisionformat(gl.fragment_shader, gl.low_int).rangemin; // 24 specifications specification status comment webgl 1.0the definition of 'webglshaderprecisionformat.rangemin' in that specification. recommendation initial definition. ...

Worker.terminate() - Web APIs
the terminate() method of the worker interface immediately terminates the worker. this does not offer the worker an opportunity to finish its operations; it is simply stopped at once. syntax myworker.terminate(); parameters none. returns void. example the following code snippet shows creation of a worker object using the worker() constructor, which is then immediately terminated. var myworker = new worker('worker.js'); myworker.terminate(); specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'worker.terminate()' in that specification. living standard ...

math:min() - EXSLT
xslt/xpath reference: xslt elements, exslt functions, xpath functions, xpath axes math:min() returns the minimum value of a node-set. to compute the minimum value of the node-set, the node set is sorted into ascending order as it would be using xsl:sort() with a data type of number. the minimum value is then the first node in the sorted list, converted into a number. note: syntax math:min(nodeset) parameters nodeset the node-set whose lowest value is to be returned. returns a result tree fragment representing the lowest valued node's numeric value as a string. specifications exslt - math:min browser compatibility supported in gecko 1.9 and later. ...

Meta programming - JavaScript
: 42 } } let p = new proxy({}, handler) p.a = 1 console.log(p.a, p.b) // 1, 42 the proxy object defines a target (an empty object here) and a handler object, in which a get trap is implemented. here, an object that is proxied will not return undefined when getting undefined properties, but will instead return the number 42. additional examples are available on the proxy reference page. terminology the following terms are used when talking about the functionality of proxies. handler placeholder object which contains traps. traps the methods that provide property access. (this is analogous to the concept of traps in operating systems.) target object which the proxy virtualizes. it is often used as storage backend for the proxy. invariants (semantics that remain unchanged) regar...

Date.prototype.getMinutes() - JavaScript
the getminutes() method returns the minutes in the specified date according to local time. syntax dateobj.getminutes() return value an integer number, between 0 and 59, representing the minutes in the given date according to local time. examples using getminutes() the second statement below assigns the value 15 to the variable minutes, based on the value of the date object xmas95. var xmas95 = new date('december 25, 1995 23:15:30'); var minutes = xmas95.getminutes(); console.log(minutes); // 15 specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'date.prototype.getminutes' in that specification. ...

Date.prototype.getUTCMinutes() - JavaScript
the getutcminutes() method returns the minutes in the specified date according to universal time. syntax dateobj.getutcminutes() return value an integer number, between 0 and 59, representing the minutes in the given date according to universal time. examples using getutcminutes() the following example assigns the minutes portion of the current time to the variable minutes. var today = new date(); var minutes = today.getutcminutes(); specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'date.prototype.getutcminutes' in that specification. ...

Transforming XML with XSLT - XSLT: Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations
s, see eric meyer's css pages. our focus here is on the second type of stylesheet that gecko supports: the xslt stylesheet. xslt stands for extensible stylesheet language/transform and the name is apt. xslt allows a stylesheet author to transform a primary xml document in two significant ways: manipulating and sorting the content, including a wholesale reordering of it if so desired, and transforming the content into a different format (and in the case of firefox, the focus is on converting it on the fly into html which can then be displayed by the browser). xslt/xpath reference elements xsl:apply-imports (supported) xsl:apply-templates (supported) xsl:attribute (supported) xsl:attribute-set (supported) xsl:call-template (supported) xsl:choose (supported) xsl:comment (supported) ...

Index - Web APIs
property. the returned string explains the error and should offer suggestions for how to correct it. 32 addresserrors.country api, addresserrors, error, payment request, payment request api, property, reference, validation, country, payment an object based on addresserrors includes a country property if during validation of the address the specified value of country was determined to be invalid. the value is a string describing the error and should offer suggestions for how to correct it. 33 addresserrors.dependentlocality api, addresserrors, error, locality, payment request, payment request api, property, read-only, reference, dependentlocality, payment an object based on addresserrors includes a dependentlocality property when the address's depende...
... 50 ambientlightsen...
...ghtsensor interface of the the sensor apis returns the current light level or illuminance of the ambient light around the hosting device. 49 ambientlightsensor.ambientlightsensor() api, ambient light sensor api, ambientlightsensor, constructor, reference the ambinentlightsensor() constructor creates a new ambientlightsensor object, which returns the current light level or illuminance of the ambient light around the hosting device. 50 ambientlightsensor.illuminance api, ambient light level api, generic sensor api, property, reference, sensor, sensor apis, sensors, illuminance the illuminance property of the ambientlightsensor interface returns the current light level in lux of the ambient light level around the hosting device. 51 analysernod...
...And 320 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
and periodic timers. 63 ui add-on sdk, add-ons, extensions, reference provides access to button, toolbar, and sidebar ui objects. 64 url add-on sdk construct, validate, and parse urls. 66 widget add-on sdk create a simple user interface for an add-on in firefox's add-on bar. 67 windows add-on sdk enumerate and examine open browser windows, open new windows, and listen for window events. 68 low-level apis no summary! 69 /loader create commonjs module loaders. 70 chrome the chrome module gives an add-on sdk add-on access to the components object, which in turn gives it access to a large set of privileged low-level firefox apis. 71 cons...
...use content scripts to interact with web content. 78 core/heritage helper functions for inheritance. 79 core/namespace provides an api for creating namespaces for objects, which effectively may be used for creating fields that are not part of objects public api. 80 core/promise implementation of promises to make asynchronous programming easier. 81 dev/panel enables you to extend the firefox developer tools. 82 event/core the event/core module allows the creation of apis to broadcast and subscribe to events. 83 event/target create objects that broadcast events. 84 frame/hidden-frame creates firefox frames (i.e. xul <iframe> elements) that are...
...ndow add-ons, extensions, needscontent no summary! 203 preferences add-ons, code snippets, extensions, guide, mozilla, preferences no summary! 204 progress listeners add-ons, extensions no summary! 205 queryselector dom no summary! 206 rosetta c, dom, html, htmlscriptelement, javascript, non-javascript, programming languages no summary! 207 running applications add-ons, code snippets, extensions no summary! 208 svg animation needscontent no summary! 209 svg general code snippets no summary! 210 scrollbar code snippets no summary! 211 sidebar add-ons, code snippets, extensions no summary! 21...
...And 78 more matches

Index - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
this glossary provides definitions of words and abbreviations you need to know to successfully understand and build for the web. ...
...n http error code meaning "bad gateway". 4 alpn alpn, draft, glossary, needscontent, tls application-layer protocol negotiation (alpn) is a tls extension which indicates what application layer protocol is negotiating the encryped connection without requiring additional round trips. 5 api codingscripting, glossary, infrastructure an api (application programming interface) is a set of features and rules that exist inside a software program (the application) enabling interaction with it through software - as opposed to a human user interface. the api can be seen as a simple contract (the interface) between the application offering it and other items, such as third party software or hardware. 6 aria accessibility, glossary aria (acces...
...l codes into digital form. since 2007, utf-8 superseded it on the web. 9 atag atag, accessibility, authoring tool accessibility guidelines, glossary atag (authoring tool accessibility guidelines) is a w3c recommendation for building accessible-authoring tools that produce accessible contents. 10 abstraction abstraction, coding, codingscripting, glossary, programming language abstraction in computer programming is a way to reduce complexity and allow efficient design and implementation in complex software systems. it hides the technical complexity of systems behind simpler apis. 11 accessibility accessibility, glossary web accessibility (a11y) refers to best practices for keeping a website usable despite physical and technical rest...
...And 63 more matches

Index
api, intermediate, intro, nss, tools a high-level overview to the internals of network security services (nss) software developed by the mozilla.org projects traditionally used its own implementation of security protocols and cryptographic algorithms, originally called netscape security services, nowadays called network security services (nss). ...
... nss offers lots of functionality; we'll walk through the list of modules, design principles, and important relevant standards. ...
... nss offers lots of functionality; we'll walk through the list of modules, design principles, and important relevant standards. ...
...And 50 more matches

Command line crash course - Learn web development
previous overview: understanding client-side tools next in your development process you'll undoubtedly be required to run some command in the terminal (or on the "command line" — these are effectively the same thing). this article provides an introduction to the terminal, the essential commands you'll need to enter into it, how to chain commands together, and how to add your own command line interface (cli) tools. prerequisites: familiarity with the core html, css, and javascript languages. objective: to understand what the terminal/command line is, what basic commands you should learn, and how to install new command line tools. welcome to the terminal the terminal is a text interface for executing text-based programs. if you're running any tooling...
...ls later on in this chapter, and we’ll learn more about package registries in the next chapter. one of the biggest criticisms of the command line is that it lacks hugely in user experience. viewing the command line for the first time can be a daunting experience: a blank screen and a blinking cursor, with very little obvious help available on what to do. ...
...ine for the first time can be a daunting experience: a blank screen and a blinking cursor, with very little obvious help available on what to do. on the surface they’re far from welcoming but there’s a lot you can do with them, and we promise that, with a bit of guidance and practise, using them will get easier! ...
...And 47 more matches

Index
imple javascript or c++ component (implementing the nsisimple interface). here is how to make the same component in python using pyxpcom. 7 fun with xbl and xpconnect xbl, xpcom, xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect no summary! 8 generating guids add-ons, developing mozilla, developing_mozilla:tools, extensions, tools, xpcom guids are used in mozilla programming for identifying several types of entities, including xpcom interfaces (this type of guids is callled iid), components (cid), and legacy add-ons—like extensions and themes—that were created prior to firefox 1.5. add-ons can (and should) be identified with ids of the form extensionname@organization.tld since firefox 1.5. 9 generic factory xpcom most xpcom factories can be ...
... xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect components.interfaces is a read-only object whose properties are interfaces indexed by their names. 23 components.interfacesbyid xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect components.interfacesbyid is a read-only array of classes indexed by iid. 24 components.issuccesscode xpcom, xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect determines whether a given xpcom return code (that is, an nsresult value) indicates the success or failure of an operation, returning true or false respectively. 25 components.lastresult xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect no summary! 26 components.manager xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect components.manager is a convenience reflection of the global native compone...
...nternal knowledge of javascript objects referencing large (trees of) xpcom objects and know when they are no longer reachable. in this case it can be important to be able to force a garbage collection cycle from javascript. 38 components.utils.getglobalforobject add-ons, developing mozilla, extensions, javascript, xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect this method is used to determine the global object with which an object is associated. this is the global object in place at the time the object was created, which is to say the global object used when executing the script that created the object. 39 components.utils.getweakreference xpcom, xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect this method was introduced in firefox 3 and is used for obtaining a weak reference ...
...And 39 more matches

Index - Learn web development
shing, theory it's a lot of work to create a professional website, so if you're new to web development, we encourage you to start small. you won't build another facebook right away, but it's not hard to get your own simple website online, so we'll start there. 37 css basics beginner, css, codingscripting, learn, styling, web, l10n:priority like html, css is not a programming language. it's not a markup language either. css is a style sheet language. css is what you use to selectively style html elements. for example, this css selects paragraph text, setting the color to red: 38 dealing with files beginner, codingscripting, files, guide, html, l10n:priority, theory, website when you are working on a website locally on your computer, you should ke...
...he related files in a single folder that mirrors the published website's file structure on the server. this folder can live anywhere you like, but you should put it somewhere where you can easily find it, maybe on your desktop, in your home folder, or at the root of your hard drive. 39 html basics beginner, codingscripting, html, learn, web, l10n:priority html is not a programming language; it is a markup language that defines the structure of your content. html consists of a series of elements, which you use to enclose, or wrap, different parts of the content to make it appear a certain way, or act a certain way. the enclosing tags can make a word or image hyperlink to somewhere else, can italicize words, can make the font bigger or smaller, and so on. for example, take...
...you'll really start to benefit from understanding what's happening in the background. 41 installing basic software beginner, browser, learn, setup, tools, webmechanics, l10n:priority, text editor that looks like a scary list, but fortunately, you can get started in web development without knowing anything about most of these. in this article, we'll just set you up with a bare minimum — a text editor and some modern web browsers. 42 javascript basics beginner, codingscripting, javascript, learn, web, l10n:priority javascript ("js" for short) is a full-fledged dynamic programming language that can add interactivity to a website. it was invented by brendan eich (co-founder of the mozilla project), the mozilla foundation, and the mozilla corporation. ...
...And 32 more matches

Index
y js::deflatestringtoutf8buffer 18 boolean_to_jsval jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey boolean_to_jsval converts a bool argument, b, to a boolean jsval. 19 double_to_jsval jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey double_to_jsval is the inverse of js::tonumber. 20 int_fits_in_jsval jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey determines if a specified c integer value, i, lies within the range allowed for integer jsvals. if so, int_fits_in_jsval returns true, and i can be cast to jsval by calling int_to_jsval(i). otherwise, int_fits_in_jsval returns false. in this case, the application can still convert i to a jsval using js_newnumbervalue. 21 int_to_jsval jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey int_to_jsva...
...chain. 38 js::deflatestringtoutf8buffer jsapi reference, refere, spidermonkey js::deflatestringtoutf8buffer encodes src as utf8. the caller must either ensure dst has enough space to encode the entire string, or pass the length of the buffer as dstlenp. in which case, the function will encode characters from the string until the buffer is exhausted. does not write the null terminator. 39 js::doublenanvalue jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::doublenanvalue returns a value of type js::value that represents an ieee floating-point quiet not-a-number (nan). 40 js::doublevalue jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::doublevalue converts a c floating-point number of type double to js::value,...
...nce(2), spidermonkey js::float32value converts a c floating-point number of type float to js::value, the type of javascript values. 44 js::getdeflatedutf8stringlength jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::getdeflatedutf8stringlength returns the length of the char buffer required to encode s as utf8. the returned length does not include the null-terminator. 45 js::getfirstargumentastypehint jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::getfirstargumentastypehint converts first argument of @@toprimitive method to jstype. 46 js::getselfhostedfunction jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::getselfhostedfunction creates a new javascript function implemented in self-hoste...
...And 30 more matches

Using CSS transitions - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
between two states are often called implicit transitions as the states in between the start and final states are implicitly defined by the browser. css transitions let you decide which properties to animate (by listing them explicitly), when the animation will start (by setting a delay), how long the transition will last (by setting a duration), and how the transition will run (by defining a timing function, e.g. linearly or quick at the beginning, slow at the end). which css properties can be transitioned? the web author can define which property has to be animated and in which way. this allows the creation of complex transitions. as it doesn't make sense to animate some properties, the list of animatable properties is limited to a finite set. note: the set of properties that can be an...
...class="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height:125px;} .box { width: 100px; height: 100px; background-color: red; font-size: 20px; left: 0px; top: 0px; position:absolute; -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; -webkit-transition-duration: 0.5s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; transition-duration: 0.5s; transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; } .box1{ transform: rotate(270deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(270deg); width: 50px; height: 50px; background-color: blue; color: yellow; font-size: 18px; left...
...orm: rotate(270deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(270deg); width: 50px; height: 50px; background-color: blue; color: yellow; font-size: 18px; left: 150px; top: 25px; position: absolute; -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; -webkit-transition-duration: 0.5s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transformv color; transition-duration: 0.5s; transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.class...
...And 29 more matches

sslfnc.html
s the function returns one of these values: if successful, secsuccess. if unsuccessful, secfailure. use pr_geterror to retrieve the error code. description nss_init opens the certn.db, keyn.db, and secmod.db files (wheren is a numeric digit) in the specified directory. nss_init isnot idempotent, so call it only once. nss_init opens the database files read-only. if you are performing operations that require write permission, for example s/mime operations such as adding a certificate, use nss_initreadwrite instead. before calling nss_init, your program must call pr_init. the policy flags for all cipher suites are turned off by default, disallowing all cipher suites. therefore, an application cannot use nss to perform any cryptographic operations until after it enables app...
...if successful, secsuccess. if unsuccessful, secfailure. use pr_geterror to retrieve the error code. description nss_initreadwrite opens the certn.db, keyn.db, and secmod.db files (wheren is a numeric digit) with both read and write permission in the specified directory. nss_initreadwrite isnot idempotent, so call it only once. use nss_initreadwrite rather than nss_init if you are performing operations that require write permission, such as some s/mime operations. before calling nss_initreadwrite, your program must call pr_init. the policy flags for all cipher suites are turned off by default, disallowing all cipher suites. therefore, an application cannot use nss to perform any cryptographic operations until after it enables appropriate cipher suites by calling one of the ssl e...
...ion and will not have certificate-based authentication, tamper detection, or encryption. ssl_request_certificate is a server option that requests a client to authenticate itself. ssl_require_certificate is a server option that requires a client to authenticate itself (only if ssl_request_certificate is also on). if client does not provide certificate, the connection terminates. default state is a third state similar to on, that provides backward compatibility with older netscape server products. ssl_handshake_as_client controls the behavior of pr_accept,. if this option is off, the pr_accept configures the ssl socket to handshake as a server. if it is on, then pr_accept configures the ssl socket to handshake as a client, even though it accepted the con...
...And 28 more matches

<input type="time"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
<input> elements of type time create input fields designed to let the user easily enter a time (hours and minutes, and optionally seconds). the control's user interface will vary from browser to browser. support is good in modern browsers, with safari being the sole major browser not yet implementing it; in safari, and any other browsers that don't support <time>, it degrades gracefully to <input type="text">. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...on't support <time>, it degrades gracefully to <input type="text">. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. appearance chrome and opera in chrome/opera the time control is simple, with slots to enter hours and minutes in 12 or 24-hour format depending on operating system locale, and up and down arrows to increment and decrement the currently selected component. in some versions, an "x" button is provided to clear the control's value. 12-hour 24-hour chrome 83 in chrome 83, the ui controls have been updated with a new look and feel. the new element is functionally identical to the old one, but has a s...
...d one, but has a similar ui to edge. 24-hour firefox firefox's time control is very similar to chrome's, except that it doesn't have the up and down arrows. it also uses a 12- or 24-hour format for inputting times, based on system locale. an "x" button is provided to clear the control's value. 12-hour 24-hour edge the edge time control is somewhat more elaborate, opening up an hour and minute picker with sliding reels. it, like chrome, uses a 12- or 24-hour format for inputting times, based on system locale: 12-hour 24-hour value a domstring representing a time, or empty. events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, readonly, and step idl attributes value, valueasdate, valueasnumber, and list. ...
...And 27 more matches

WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope.setInterval() - Web APIs
heets.push(new sheet(aitems[nitem])); /* uncomment the following line if you have previously hidden your elements via css: */ // aitems[nitem].style.visibility = "visible"; } bstart = false; } nintervid = setinterval(typewrite, this.rate); btyping = true; }; this.pause = function () { clearinterval(nintervid); btyping = false; }; this.terminate = function () { ocurrent.nodevalue += spart; spart = ""; for (nidx; nidx < asheets.length; scroll(asheets[nidx++], 0, false)); clean(); }; } /* usage: */ var otwexample1 = new typewriter(/* elements: */ '#article, h1, #info, #copyleft', /* frame rate (optional): */ 15); /* default frame rate is 100: */ var otwexample2 = new typewriter('#controls'); /* you can also change t...
...proin ac ante a felis ornare vehicula. fusce pellentesque lacus vitae eros convallis ut mollis magna pellentesque. pellentesque placerat enim at lacus ultricies vitae facilisis nisi fringilla. in tincidunt tincidunt tincidunt. </div> <h1>javascript typewriter</h1> <div id="arti...
...proin ac ante a felis ornare vehicula. fusce pellentesque lacus vitae eros convallis ut mollis magna pellentesque. pellentesque placerat enim at lacus ultricies vitae facilisis nisi fringilla. in tincidunt tincidunt tincidunt. </div> <h1>javascript typewriter</h1> <div id="article"> <p>lorem...
...And 26 more matches

<input>: The Input (Form Input) element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
e. <input type="password" name="password"/> radio a radio button, allowing a single value to be selected out of multiple choices with the same name value. <input type="radio" name="radio"/> range a control for entering a number whose exact value is not important. displays as a range widget defaulting to the middle value. used in conjunction min and max to define the range of acceptable values. <input type="range" name="range" min="0" max="25"/> html5 reset a button that resets the contents of the form to default values. not recommended. <input type="reset" name="reset"/> search a single-line text field for entering search strings. line-breaks are automatically removed from the inpu...
...and relevant keyboard in supporting browsers and devices with dynamic keyboards. <input type="url" name="url"/> html5 week a control for entering a date consisting of a week-year number and a week number with no time zone. <input type="week" name="week"/> html5 obsolete values datetime a control for entering a date and time (hour, minute, second, and fraction of a second) based on utc time zone. <input type="datetime" name="datetime"/> html5 attributes the <input> element is so powerful because of its attributes; the type attribute, described with examples above, being the most important. since every <input> element, regardless of type, is based on the htmlinputelement interface, they technically share t...
...whether to allow multiple values name all name of the form control. submitted with the form as part of a name/value pair. pattern password, text, tel pattern the value must match to be ...
...And 26 more matches

Web audio codec guide - Web media technologies
the processing of audio data to encode and decode it is handled by an audio codec (coder/decoder). in this article, we look at audio codecs used on the web to compress and decompress audio, what their capabilities and use cases are, and offer guidance when choosing audio codecs to use for your content. ...
... encoded audio there are two general categories of factors that affect the encoded audio which is output by an audio codec's encoder: details about the source audio's format and contents, and the codec and its configuration during the encoding process. for each factor that affects the encoded audio, there is a simple rule that is nearly always true: because the fidelity of digital audio is determined by the granularity and precision of the samples taken to convert it into a data stream, the more data used to represent the digital version of the audio, the more closely the sampled sound will match the source material. the effect of source audio format on encoded audio output because encoded audio inherently uses fewer bits to represent each sample, the source audio format may actually have...
...nformation out of imperfect or noisy audio. they strip away audio frequencies that aren't used much, tolerate loss of precision in the decoded output, and use other methods to lose audio content, quality, and fidelity to produce smaller encoded media. upon decoding, the output is, to varying degrees, still understandable. the specific codec used—and the compression configuration selected—determine how close to the original, uncompressed audio signal the output seems to be when heard by the human ear. because of the differences in how lossy codecs work compared to lossless ones, especially the fact that lossless ones have to be much more conservative with their compression, lossy codecs nearly always result in significantly smaller compressed audio than lossless codecs do. generally spea...
...And 24 more matches

<input type="datetime-local"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...pera and edge on desktop and most modern versions of mobile browsers having usable implementations. in other browsers, these degrade gracefully to simple <input type="text"> controls. the control is intended to simply represent a local date and time, not necessarily the user's local date and time. in other words, an implementation should allow any valid combination of year, month, day, hour, and minute - even if such a combination is invalid in the user's local time zone (such as times within a daylight saving time spring-forward transition gap). some mobile browsers (particularly on ios) do not currently implement this correctly. because of the limited browser support for datetime-local, and the variations in how the inputs work, it may currently still be best to use a framework or library...
... one thing to note is that the displayed date and time formats differ from the actual value; the displayed date and time are formatted according to the user's locale as reported by their operating system, whereas the date/time value is always formatted yyyy-mm-ddthh:mm. when the above value submitted to the server, for example, it will look like partydate=2017-06-01t08:30. note: also bear in mind that if such data is submitted via http get, the colon character will need to be escaped for inclusion in the url parameters, e.g. partydate=2017-06-01t08%3a30. see encodeuri() for one way to do this. you can also get and set the date value in javascript using the htmlinputelement.value property, for example: var datecontrol = document.queryselector('input[type="datetime-local"]'); datecontro...
...And 22 more matches

Web Replay
ewinding when disabled, firefox records a page signifcantly faster. default true. devtools.recordreplay.fastlogpoints when enabled, firefox web replay evaluates logpoints consecutively. logpoints cannot have side-effects or diverge from the recording in any othe way in this mode. default false. devtools.recordreplay.logging when enabled, firefox will log web replay's internal actions to the terminal, which is helpful when debugging hangs and crashes. default false architecture there are several main components to the project: the record/replay infrastructure records enough information during recording so that the replayed process can run and produce the same observable behaviors. ipc integration allows a replaying process to communicate with the chrome process using ipdl and shared ...
...e still maintaining communication with the chrome process. debugger integration allows the js debugger to read the information it needs from a replaying process and control the process's execution (resume/rewind). the debugger is not allowed to change the replaying process's observable state. record/replay infrastructure broadly, reliable record/replay is achieved by controlling for non-determinism in the browser. this non-determinism originates from two sources: intra-thread and inter-thread. intra-thread non-deterministic behaviors are non-deterministic even in the absence of actions by other threads, and inter-thread non-deterministic behaviors are those affected by interleaving execution with other threads, and which always behave the same given the same interleaving. intra-thread...
... browser. this non-determinism originates from two sources: intra-thread and inter-thread. intra-thread non-deterministic behaviors are non-deterministic even in the absence of actions by other threads, and inter-thread non-deterministic behaviors are those affected by interleaving execution with other threads, and which always behave the same given the same interleaving. intra-thread non-determinism is recorded and later replayed for each thread. these behaviors mainly originate from system calls (i/o and such). inter-thread non-determinism is handled by first assuming the program is data race free: shared memory accesses which would otherwise race are either protected by locks or use apis that perform atomic operations. if we record and later replay the order in which threads acquire ...
...And 21 more matches

Mozilla internal string guide
uffer of characters. the 8-bit and 16-bit string classes have completely separate base classes, but share the same apis. as a result, you cannot assign a 8-bit string to a 16-bit string without some kind of conversion helper class or routine. for the purpose of this document, we will refer to the 16-bit string classes in class documentation. ...
...nsa[c]string is the base of the string classes (since it imposes fewer requirements) and ns[c]string is a class derived from it. ...
...convention for wide and narrow string classes wide narrow nsastring nsacstring nsstring nscstring nsautostring nsautocstring etc... the string classes distinguish, as part of the type hierarchy, between strings that must have a null-terminator at the end of their buffer (ns[c]string) and strings that are not required to have a null-terminator (nsa[c]string). nsa[c]string is the base of the string classes (since it imposes fewer requirements) and ns[c]string is a class derived from it. functions taking strings as parameters should generally take one of these four types. in order to avoid unnecessary copying of string data (which can have significant performance cost), the string classes support different ownership models. all stri...
...And 18 more matches

3D collision detection - Game development
this article provides an introduction to the different bounding volume techniques used to implement collision detection in 3d environments. followup articles will cover implementations in specific 3d libraries. axis-aligned bounding boxes as with 2d collision detection, axis-aligned bounding boxes (aabb) are the quickest algorithm to determine whether the two game entities are overlapping or not. this consists of wrapping game entities in a non-rotated (thus axis-aligned) box and checking the positions of these boxes in the 3d coordinate space to see if they are overlapping. the axis-aligned constraint is there because of performance reasons. the overlapping area between two non-rotated boxes can be checked with logical comparisons alone, whereas rotated boxes require additional trigo...
...t the entity contained inside. note: check out the bounding volumes with three.js article to see a practical implementation of this technique. point vs. aabb checking if a point is inside an aabb is pretty simple — we just need to check whether the point's coordinates fall inside the aabb; considering each axis separately. ...
...ntained inside. note: check out the bounding volumes with three.js article to see a practical implementation of this technique. point vs. aabb checking if a point is inside an aabb is pretty simple — we just need to check whether the point's coordinates fall inside the aabb; considering each axis separately. ...
...And 17 more matches

MathML Accessibility in Mozilla
hml windows mac linux accessfu diagonal of a regular pentagon video video video / x+2 __________ x plus 2 __________ x+2 x plus 2 x + y ab __________ a over b __________ fraction start, a over b, end of fraction fraction start. a over b. fraction end. a numerator b denominator fraction ab\frac a b ab __________ a over b __________ fraction start, a over b, end of fraction. see webkit's bug 146454 fraction without bar, start. a over b. fraction end. a numerator b denominator fraction without bar ab __________ a sub b __________ a, subscript b a. ...
... root of a __________ 3 + 4 root of a, end of root 3 plus 4 root of a. root end. a base 3+4 root index root a34 __________ the 3 over 4 root of a __________ fraction start, 3 over 4, end of fraction root of a, end of root fraction start. 3 over 4. fraction end. root of a. root end. a base 3 numerator 4 denominator root-index fraction ab __________ the the square root of b root of a __________ square root of b, end of root root of a, end of root square root of b. root end. root of a. root end. a base b square root root-index root ab __________ the square root of the quantity a over b end root __________...
... root of a, end of root square root of b. root end. root of a. root end. a base b square root root-index root ab __________ the square root of the quantity a over b end root __________ square root of fraction start, a over b, end of fraction, end of root square root of fraction start. a over b. fraction end. root end. ...
...And 17 more matches

Establishing a connection: The WebRTC perfect negotiation pattern - Web APIs
fect negotiation is that the same code is used for both the caller and the callee, so there's no repetition or otherwise added levels of negotiation code to write. perfect negotiation works by assigning each of the two peers a role to play in the negotiation process that's entirely separate from the webrtc connection state: a polite peer, which uses ice rollback to prevent collisions with incoming offers. a polite peer, essentially, is one which may send out offers, but then responds if an offer arrives from the other peer with "okay, never mind, drop my offer and i'll consider yours instead." an impolite peer, which always ignores incoming offers that collide with its own offers. it never apologizes or gives up anything to the polite peer. any time a collision occurs, the impolite peer ...
...stead." an impolite peer, which always ignores incoming offers that collide with its own offers. it never apologizes or gives up anything to the polite peer. any time a collision occurs, the impolite peer wins. this way, both peers know exactly what should happen if there are collisions between offers that have been sent. responses to error conditions become far more predictable. how you determine which peer is polite and which is impolite is generally up to you. it could be as simple as assigning the polite role to the first peer to connect to the signaling server, or you could do something more elaborate like having the peers exchange random numbers and assigning the polite role to the winner. ...
...s to error conditions become far more predictable. how you determine which peer is polite and which is impolite is generally up to you. it could be as simple as assigning the polite role to the first peer to connect to the signaling server, or you could do something more elaborate like having the peers exchange random numbers and assigning the polite role to the winner. however you make the determination, once these roles are assigned to the two peers, they can then work together to manage signaling in a way that doesn't deadlock and doesn't require a lot of extra code to manage. an important thing to keep in mind is this: the roles of caller and callee can switch during perfect negotiation. if the polite peer is the caller and it sends an offer but there's a collision with the impolite pee...
...And 17 more matches

Viewpoints and viewers: Simulating cameras in WebXR - Web APIs
e scene. there are a few articles about the fundamental math, geometry, and other concepts behind webgl and webxr which may be useful to read before or while reading this one, including: explaining basic 3d theory matrix math for the web webgl model view projection geometry and reference spaces in webxr ed. note: most diagrams used in this article to show how the camera moves while performing standard movements was taken from an article on the filmmakeriq web site; namely, from this image which is found all over the web, however, and though we assume these are under a permissive license due to their frequent reuse, ownership is not certain. we hope that it's freely usable; if not, and you're the owner, please let us know and we'll find or produce new diagrams. or, if you're happy to ...
... the camera or by moving everything around the camera. and that's our solution. since we can't move the camera, we move the world around it. our renderer needs to know where we imagine the camera to be, then alter the position of every visible object to simulate that position and orientation. thus, instead of referring to an actual camera object, the term camera is used in webgl and webxr programming to refer to an object describing the position and viewing direction of a hypothetical viewer of the scene, whether there's an actual object present in 3d space or not. points of view since the camera is a virtual object which, rather than necessarily representing a physical object in the virtual world, represents a viewer's position and viewing direction, it's useful to think about the kinds o...
...nd viewing direction of a hypothetical viewer of the scene, whether there's an actual object present in 3d space or not. points of view since the camera is a virtual object which, rather than necessarily representing a physical object in the virtual world, represents a viewer's position and viewing direction, it's useful to think about the kinds of situation that call for the use of a camera. ...
...And 17 more matches

<input type="range"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. if the user's browser doesn't support type range, it will fall back and treat it as a text input. value a domstring containing the string representation of the selected numeric value; use valueasnumber to get the value as a number. ...
... list, value, and valueasnumber methods stepdown() and stepup() validation there is no pattern validation available; however, the following forms of automatic validation are performed: if the value is set to something which can't be converted into a valid floating-point number, validation fails because the input is suffering from a bad input. the value won't be less than min. ...
...uffering from a bad input. the value won't be less than min. the default is 0. the value won't be greater than max. the default is 100. the value will be a multiple of step. the default is 1. value the value attribute contains a domstring which contains a string representation of the selected number. the value is never an empty string (""). the default value is halfway between the specified minimum and maximum—unless the maximum is actually less than the minimum, in which case the default is set to the value of the min attribute. ...
...And 17 more matches

Introduction to SSL - Archive of obsolete content
dshake the new internet engineering task force (ietf) standard protocol called transport layer security (tls) is based on ssl. the details of the protocol are available in request for comments (rfc): 2246,the tls protocol version 1.0. some red hat products already support tls. most other red hat products plan to support the protocol in future versions. this document is primarily intended for administrators of red hat server products, but the information it contains may also be useful for developers of applications that support ssl. the document assumes that you are familiar with the basic concepts of public-key cryptography, as summarized in "introduction to public-key cryptography." the ssl protocol the transmission control protocol/internet protocol (tcp/ip) governs the transport and r...
...ll information sent between a client and a server to be encrypted by the sending software and decrypted by the receiving software, thus providing a high degree of confidentiality. confidentiality is important for both parties to any private transaction. in addition, all data sent over an encrypted ssl connection is protected with a mechanism for detecting tampering-that is, for automatically determining whether the data has been altered in transit. the ssl protocol includes two sub-protocols: the ssl record protocol and the ssl handshake protocol. the ssl record protocol defines the format used to transmit data. the ssl handshake protocol involves using the ssl record protocol to exchange a series of messages between an ssl-enabled server and an ssl-enabled client when they first establish ...
...client to each other, transmitting certificates, and establishing session keys. clients and servers may support different cipher suites, or sets of ciphers, depending on factors such as the version of ssl they support, company policies regarding acceptable encryption strength, and government restrictions on export of ssl-enabled software. among its other functions, the ssl handshake protocol determines how the server and client negotiate which cipher suites they will use to authenticate each other, to transmit certificates, and to establish session keys. key-exchange algorithms like kea and rsa key exchange govern the way in which the server and client determine the symmetric keys they will both use during an ssl session. the most commonly used ssl cipher suites use rsa key exchange. the ss...
...And 16 more matches

UI pseudo-classes - Learn web development
n-range and :out-of-range: target form controls that are valid/invalid according to form validation constraints set on them, or in-range/out-of-range. :enabled and :disabled, and :read-only and :read-write: target enabled or disabled form controls (e.g. with the disabled html attribute set), and read-write or read-only form controls (e.g. with the readonly html attribute set). :checked, :indeterminate, and :default: respectively target checkboxes and radio buttons that are checked, in an indeterminate state (neither checked or not checked), and the default selected option when the page loads (e.g. an <input type="checkbox"> with the checked attribute set, or an <option> element with the selected attribute set). there are many others too, but the ones listed above are the most obviously us...
...really important, fundamental concept in form validation is whether a form control's data is valid or not (in the case of numerical data, we can also talk about in-range and out-of-range data). form controls with constraint limitations can be targeted based on these states. :valid and :invalid you can target from control using the :valid and :invalid pseudo-classes. some points worth bearing in mind: controls with no constraint validation will always be valid, and therefore matched with :valid. controls with required set on them that have no value are counted as invalid — they will be matched with :invalid and :required. controls with built-in validation, such as <input type="email"> or <input type="url"> are (matched with) :invalid when the data entered into them does not match the ...
... that have no value are counted as invalid — they will be matched with :invalid and :required. controls with built-in validation, such as <input type="email"> or <input type="url"> are (matched with) :invalid when the data entered into them does not match the pattern they are looking for (but they are valid when empty). controls whose current value is outside the range limits specified by the min and max attributes are (matched with) :invalid, but also matched by :out-of-range, as you'll see later on. there are some other ways to make an element matched by :valid/:invalid, as you'll see in the client-side form validation article. but we'll keep things simple for now. let's go in and look at a simple example of :valid/:invalid (see valid-invalid.html for the live version, and also check...
...And 16 more matches

Inputs and input sources - Web APIs
t just about showing the user a wholly virtual scene or augmenting reality by adding to or altering the world around them. in order to make an experience that's fulfilling and engaging, the user needs to be able to interact with it. to that end, webxr provides support for a variety of kinds of input devices. in this guide, we'll look at how to use webxr's input device management features to determine what input sources are available and how to then monitor those sources for inputs in order to handle user interactivity with your virtual or augmented environment. inputs in webxr fundamentally, inputs in webxr fall into two basic categories: targeting and actions. targeting is the specification of a point in space by the user's input. this may involve the user simply tapping on a spot on the ...
...o be set to none if the controller isn't hand-held, or if it's unknown which hand the controller is in. handedness can be used for various things, including selecting an appropriate mesh to use to represent the controller in the view and to help present it in the correct hand if drawing hands on the display. ...
... your app uses the notion of "main hand" and "off hand" for determining the functionality of a controller; in a game, for example, the main hand controller may be the player's weapon while the off hand controller might be used to control the positioning of a shield. targeting ray mode the targeting ray mode is a string found in the targetraymode property. it describes the technique used to determine the targeting ray and how it should be shown to the user if presented visually. when the targeting ray mode is gaze, the ray's origin is at the viewer and simply aims in the direction the user is facing. ...
...And 16 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
76 control xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 77 crop xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 78 curpos xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 79 current xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 80 currentset needshelp, xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 81 customindex xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 82 customizable xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 83 cycler xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 84 datasources xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 85 datepicker.type xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 86 datepicker.value ...
... summary! 190 menuactive xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 191 menuitem.key xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 192 menuitem.name xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 193 menuitem.type xul attributes, xul reference more information on adding checkmarks to menus in the xul tutorial 194 min xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 195 minheight xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 196 minresultsforpopup xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 197 minwidth xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 198 mode no summary! 199 modifiers xul attributes, xul reference ...
... 367 textbox.disablehistory xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 368 textbox.empty xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 369 textbox.forcecomplete no summary! 370 textbox.ignoreblurwhilesearching no summary! 371 textbox.label xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 372 textbox.min xul, xul attribute, xul reference no summary! 373 textbox.minresultsforpopup no summary! 374 textbox.onblur xul, xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 375 textbox.onchange xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 376 textbox.onfocus xul, xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 377 text...
...And 15 more matches

Introduction to Public-Key Cryptography - Archive of obsolete content
crypts, or unscrambles, the information after receiving it. while in transit, the encrypted information is unintelligible to an intruder. tamper detection allows the recipient of information to verify that it has not been modified in transit. any attempt to modify data or substitute a false message for a legitimate one will be detected. authentication allows the recipient of information to determine its origin-that is, to confirm the sender's identity. nonrepudiation prevents the sender of information from claiming at a later date that the information was never sent. the sections that follow introduce the concepts of public-key cryptography that underlie these capabilities. certificates and authentication managing certificates certificates and authentication a certificate identi...
... digital signature of the issuing ca. the ca's digital signature allows the certificate to function as a "letter of introduction" for users who know and trust the ca but don't know the entity identified by the certificate. for more information about the role of cas, see "how ca certificates are used to establish trust". authentication confirms an identity authentication is the process of confirming an identity. in the context of network interactions, authentication involves the confident identification of one party by another party. authentication over networks can take many forms. certificates are one way of supporting authentication. network interactions typically take place between a client, such as browser software running on a personal computer, and a server, such as the software and...
...r must supply a name and password separately for each new server the user wishes to use during a work session. the client sends the name and password across the network, either in the clear or over an encrypted ssl connection. the server looks up the name and password in its local password database and, if they match, accepts them as evidence authenticating the user's identity. the server determines whether the identified user is permitted to access the requested resource, and if so allows the client to access it. with this arrangement, the user must supply a new password for each server, and the administrator must keep track of the name and password for each user, typically on separate servers. proper implementation does not store passwords in plaintext. instead it concatenates the pas...
...And 15 more matches

Working with data
pe is an array type of unspecified length, the following steps are taken: if the value is a size value, a new array of that length is created, with its cells ready to accept values of the same type as those in the specified array. this is the same as new arraytype(type.elementtype, value). if the type represents a javascript string (that is, an array of jschar characters followed by a null terminator), a copy of that string is created and returned. if the type is an array of 8-bit characters and value is a utf-16 string, the new cdata object is the result of converting the utf-16 string to utf-8, with a null terminator. if the value is a javascript array object and it has a non-negative length, a new array is created and the contents of the array specified by value are converted to cdat...
...see wrong ways of casting, and explanation on why this is the right way to cast an array (explained by matching constructor's) see here: githubgist :: _ff-addon-tutorial-jsctypes_castingarrays data and pointers a cdata object represents a c value in memory. you can always get a pointer to the c value using the cdata object's address() method. objects can share memory it's important to keep in mind that two (or more) cdata objects can share the same memory block for their contents. this will happen, for example, when type casting. this is called aliasing. the shared memory can be whole or in part. for example: const point = new ctypes.structtype("point", [{x: ctypes.int32_t}, {y: ctypes.int32_t}]); const rect = new ctypes.structtype("rect", [{topleft: point}, {bottomright: point}]); var...
... in particular, comparing two different objects that are represented under-the-hood as javascript objects using the == or === operators will always return false. this affects comparisons of pointers, integers that are the same size as pointers, and 64-bit integers. you can work around this by serializing these values using the tostring() method and comparing using the resulting string. see determining if two pointers are equal for an example of how this works when comparing pointers. example: checking the value of an integer if, for example, you need to see if the value of an integer is 5, you can do so like this: var t = ctypes.int32_t(5); if (t.tostring() == "ctypes.int32_t(5)") { // it's 5 } working with strings c functions expect strings to be arrays of characters, with the end...
...And 15 more matches

Index - Firefox Developer Tools
found 158 pages: # page tags and summary 1 firefox developer tools developing mozilla, guide, tools, web development, web development:tools, l10n:priority firefox developer tools is a set of web developer tools built into firefox. you can use them to examine, edit, and debug html, css, and javascript. 2 3d view html, tools, web development, web development:tools when you click on the 3d view button, the page goes into 3d view mode; in this mode, you can see your page presented in a 3d view in which nested blocks of html are increasingly "tall," projecting outward from the bottom of the page. this view makes it easy to visualize the nesting of your content. 3 accessibility inspector accessibility, accessibility in...
...iew:": 39 basic operations before firefox 50, the memory tool is not enabled by default. to enable it, open the developer tool settings, and check the "memory" box under "default firefox developer tools": 40 dom allocation example this article describes a very simple web page that we'll use to illustrate some features of the memory tool. ...
...this is useful for understanding the "retained size" of objects allocated by your site: that is, the size of the objects themselves plus the size of the objects that they keep alive through references. ...
...And 15 more matches

Box-shadow generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
<div class="ui-checkbox" data-topic='inset'></div> </div> <div class="slidergroup"> <div class="ui-slider-name"> position x </div> <div class="ui-slider-btn-set" data-topic="posx" data-type="sub"></div> <div class="ui-slider" data-topic="posx" data-min="-500" data-max="500" data-step="1"> </div> <div class="ui-slider-btn-set" data-topic="posx" data-type="add"></div> <div class="ui-slider-input" data-topic="posx" data-unit="px"></div> </div> <div class="slidergroup"> <div class="ui-slider-name"> position y </div> ...
...ass="ui-slider-input" data-topic="posx" data-unit="px"></div> </div> <div class="slidergroup"> <div class="ui-slider-name"> position y </div> <div class="ui-slider-btn-set" data-topic="posy" data-type="sub"></div> <div class="ui-slider" data-topic="posy" data-min="-500" data-max="500" data-step="1"> </div> <div class="ui-slider-btn-set" data-topic="posy" data-type="add"></div> <div class="ui-slider-input" data-topic="posy" data-unit="px"></div> </div> <div class="slidergroup"> <div class="ui-slider-name"> blur </div> <div...
...div class="ui-slider-input" data-topic="posy" data-unit="px"></div> </div> <div class="slidergroup"> <div class="ui-slider-name"> blur </div> <div class="ui-slider-btn-set" data-topic="blur" data-type="sub"></div> <div class="ui-slider" data-topic="blur" data-min="0" data-max="200" data-step="1"> </div> <div class="ui-slider-btn-set" data-topic="blur" data-type="add"></div> <div class="ui-slider-input" data-topic="blur" data-unit="px"></div> </div> <div class="slidergroup"> <div class="ui-slider-name"> spread </div> <div ...
...And 15 more matches

Numbers and dates - JavaScript
x123456789abcdef // 81985529216486900 0xa // 10 exponentiation 1e3 // 1000 2e6 // 2000000 0.1e2 // 10 number object the built-in number object has properties for numerical constants, such as maximum value, not-a-number, and infinity. you cannot change the values of these properties and you use them as follows: var biggestnum = number.max_value; var smallestnum = number.min_value; var infinitenum = number.positive_infinity; var neginfinitenum = number.negative_infinity; var notanum = number.nan; you always refer to a property of the predefined number object as shown above, and not as a property of a number object you create yourself. the following table summarizes the number object's properties. properties of number property description ...
... var notanum = number.nan; you always refer to a property of the predefined number object as shown above, and not as a property of a number object you create yourself. the following table summarizes the number object's properties. ...
... same as the global parsefloat() function. ...
...And 15 more matches

SVG documentation index - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
e direction angle for the light source on the xy plane (clockwise), in degrees from the x axis. 30 basefrequency filters, svg, svg attribute the basefrequency attribute represents the base frequency parameter for the noise function of the <feturbulence> filter primitive. ...
...the shifted object might be a sub- or superscript. 33 bbox deprecated, svg, svg attribute the bbox attribute defines the maximal bounding box of a font. ...
...the shifted object might be a sub- or superscript. 33 bbox deprecated, svg, svg attribute the bbox attribute defines the maximal bounding box of a font. ...
...And 15 more matches

MCD, Mission Control Desktop, AKA AutoConfig - Archive of obsolete content
worse this time , as even after applying those compilation options mentioned above, i now get the following error message while stating thunderbird with autoconfig (autoconf.js having pref('general.config.filename','thunderbird.cfg'); ) and thunderbird.cfg calling getldap* functions to retrieve cn and mail address of the current user. netscape.cfg/autoconfig failed. please contact your system administrator. error: getldapattibutes failed: [exception... "component returned failure code: 0xc1f30001 (ns_error_not_initialized) [nsildapurl.spec]" nsresult: "0xc1f30001 (ns_error_not_initialized)" location: "js frame :: file:////usr/lib/thunderbird-3.0b2/defaults/autoconfig/prefcalls.js :: getldapattributes :: line 174" data: no] bug 295329 had been re-opened . autoconfig option and ldap ...
...hunderbird 2.x beta 2 recently (2007/03/21) i've tested with thunderbird 2 beta 2 (2007/01/16) to check if autoconfig + ldap is still supported . apprently it's ok . autonfig api is there, ldap call works fine, good !. my tests were on windows vista, and i noticed at least one difference, it is that paths changed; now the profile is in (for my procacci user sample): c:\users\procacci\appdata\roaming\thunderbird\profiles\v6we4uku.default start in debug mode in comand line interface: debug with displayerror() here's the result, i used the displayerror() method ( not the best way :-( see bug 206294 ) to show environment and ldap variables in order to check that it worked fine. just setting mozilla_debug=1 (see js code in thunderbird.cfg) allow that message to appear , it's very usef...
...inally call processldapvalues , "2)" just above. // getldapattributes("ldap2.int-evry.fr","ou=people,dc=int-evry,dc=fr","uid=" + env_user,"uid,cn,mail,labeleduri"); // close the try, and call the catch() } catch(e) {displayerror("lockedpref", e);} if ldap call are uncommented in the preference file above, then i get a popup with: netscape.cfg/autoconfig failed. please contact your system administrator. error: getldapattibutes failed: [exception... "could not convert javascript argument arg 0 [nsisupports.queryinterface]" nsresult: "0x80570009 (ns_error_xpc_bad_convert_js)" location: "js frame :: prefcalls.js :: getldapattributes :: line 177" data: no] autoconfig (pref) and ldap support in packages add ldap support in firefox 1.5 a least from firefox 1.5, autoconfig is compiled ...
...And 14 more matches

Mozilla Crypto FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
ublic domain and a full open source crypto implementation is being added to the mozilla code base. information in the faq also reflects the new u.s. encryption export regulations published on january 14, 2000, the release on february 11, 2000, of source code for ssl, s/mime, and general pki functionality for use in the mozilla project, and the "bernstein advisory" issued by the bureau of export administration on february 17, 2000. the questions in this faq address mozilla's support for encryption and related security functionality, information important to mozilla contributors relating to encryption functionality in mozilla, and general questions on u.s. regulation of encryption technology. cryptographic functionality in mozilla have all the issues with mozilla and crypto now been resolved...
...related security functionality, information important to mozilla contributors relating to encryption functionality in mozilla, and general questions on u.s. regulation of encryption technology. cryptographic functionality in mozilla have all the issues with mozilla and crypto now been resolved? almost. now that the rsa patent is in the public domain, mozilla crypto development can proceed with minimal restrictions. in the near future the mozilla code base will include a complete open source cryptographic library, and mozilla will include ssl support as a standard feature. after the u.s. government relaxed u.s. export regulations in january 2000 to allow export of source code for open source software implementing encryption, the major remaining legal obstacle to mozilla crypto development ...
... key and certificate database (with which the psm key and certificate database format is compatible). information for mozilla contributors i want to mirror the mozilla ftp site. do i need to do anything with regard to u.s. encryption export controls? no, you do not. as long as you are simply mirroring the mozilla site as is, you do not need to provide any notification to the bureau of export administration or nsa. if you are outside the u.s. you do not need to provide such notification in any case, but you may need to take other actions to comply with laws and regulations in your own country concerning encryption technologies. as a mirror of the mozilla ftp site you will automatically be distributing open source encryption code as well. if you are a u.s. resident and/or your mirror site i...
...And 14 more matches

Browser Detection and Cross Browser Support - Archive of obsolete content
informations. improper browser detection can lead to web maintenance nightmares. rethinking the basics of when and how to detect user agents is crucial to creating maintainable, cross browser web content. this article reviews several approaches to browser detection, their usefulness in specific circumstances to arrive at a common sense approach to browser detection. quick tip if you must determine if a visitor is using a gecko-based browser, simply test navigator.product == 'gecko' or look for the string 'gecko/' in the navigator.useragent. note that some other browsers such as safari are reporting (like gecko) in their user agent strings and can confuse simple tests. introduction in an ideal world, we could author html, xml, css and javascript and only worry about the w3c and ecma st...
...owsers such as safari are reporting (like gecko) in their user agent strings and can confuse simple tests. introduction in an ideal world, we could author html, xml, css and javascript and only worry about the w3c and ecma standards. however, we don't quite live in such a world yet. due to bugs, incomplete implementations of the standards and legacy browsers, web developers must be able to determine which browser a visitor is using and provide the appropriate content and scripting code path. although browser detection is perhaps the most common scripting task that every web developer faces, it seems that the variety of different strategies in use for detecting browsers is unlimited. as a member of the netscape evangelism team who has spent over a year investigating existing web content, i ...
... gecko was designed from the ground up to be compliant with the w3c html, w3c css, w3c xml, w3c dom, and ecmascript (javascript) standards. it also includes compatibility features which allow it to reasonably handle legacy content which was developed for earlier generations of browsers such as netscape navigator 4 as well as features which provide compatibility with inte...
...And 14 more matches

Introduction to the server side - Learn web development
overview: first steps next welcome to the mdn beginner's server-side programming course! in this first article, we look at server-side programming from a high level, answering questions such as "what is it?", "how does it differ from client-side programming?", and "why it is so useful?". after reading this article you'll understand the additional power available to websites through server-side coding. prerequisites: basic computer literacy. a basic understanding of what a web server is. objective: to gain familiarity with what server-side programming is, what it can do, and how it differs from client-side programming. most large-scale websites use server-side code to dynamically display different data when needed, generally pulled out of a database sto...
...sing stored credit card details to streamline subsequent payments. it can even allow interaction with users of the site, sending notifications and updates via email or through other channels. all of these capabilities enable much deeper engagement with users. in the modern world of web development, learning about server-side development is highly recommended. what is server-side website programming? web browsers communicate with web servers using the hypertext transfer protocol (http). when you click a link on a web page, submit a form, or run a search, an http request is sent from your browser to the target server. the request includes a url identifying the affected resource, a method that defines the required action (for example to get, delete, or post the resource), and may include ad...
... of storing large amounts of content than using static websites). a dynamic site can return different data for a url based on information provided by the user or stored preferences and can perform other operations as part of returning a response (e.g. sending notifications). most of the code to support a dynamic website must run on the server. creating this code is known as "server-side programming" (or sometimes "back-end scripting"). the diagram below shows a simple architecture for a dynamic website. as in the previous diagram, browsers send http requests to the server, then the server processes the requests and returns appropriate http responses. requests for static resources are handled in the same way as for static sites (static resources are any files that don't change —typicall...
...And 14 more matches

Bytecode Descriptions
uint24_t immediate operand as an int32value. double operands: (double val) stack: ⇒ val push the 64-bit floating-point immediate operand as a doublevalue. if the operand is a nan, it must be the canonical nan (see js::detail::canonicalizenan). bigint operands: (uint32_t bigintindex) stack: ⇒ bigint push the bigint constant script->getbigint(bigintindex). string operands: (uint32_t atomindex) stack: ⇒ string push the string constant script->getatom(atomindex). format: jof_atom symbol operands: (uint8_t symbol (the js::symbolcode of the symbol to use)) stack: ⇒ symbol push a well-known symbol. symbol must be in range for js::symbolcode. expressions unary operators void stack: val ⇒ undefined pop the top value on the stack, discard it, and push undefined. implements: t...
...ue on the top of the stack. implements: import calls. importmeta stack: ⇒ import.meta push the import.meta object. this must be used only in module code. objects creating objects newinit stack: ⇒ obj create and push a new object with no properties. format: jof_ic newobject, newobjectwithgroup operands: (uint32_t baseobjindex) stack: ⇒ obj create and push a new object of a predetermined shape. the new object has the shape of the template object script->getobject(baseobjindex). subsequent initprop instructions must fill in all slots of the new object before it is used in any other way. for jsop::newobject, the new object has a group based on the allocation site (or a new group if the template's group is a singleton). for jsop::newobjectwithgroup, the new object has the same gro...
...h value val. val may be magicvalue(js_elements_hole). if it is, this does nothing. this never calls setters or proxy traps. array must be an array object created by jsop::newarray with length > index, and never used except by jsop::initelemarray. implements: arrayaccumulation, the third algorithm, step 4, in the common case where nextindex is known. format: jof_elem, jof_propinit, jof_ic initeleminc stack: array, index, val ⇒ array, (index + 1) initialize an array element array[index++] with value val. val may be magicvalue(js_elements_hole). if it is, no element is defined, but the array length and the stack value index are still incremented. this never calls setters or proxy traps. array must be an array object created by jsop::newarray and never used except by jsop::initelemarray and ...
...And 14 more matches

Using the Multiple Accounts API
ties structure the account system consists of: the account manager (nsimsgaccountmanager): there is a single account manager in the the client, which maintains the list of accounts, servers, etc. it is also responsible for the creation of any new account-related objects. the account manager maintains the main list of accounts. accounts (nsimsgaccount): an account consists of a single incoming server, and one or more identities. an account is merely a container to bind incoming servers and identities together. incoming servers (nsimsgincomingserver): an incoming server represents a remote message store such as a pop, imap, or nntp server. it holds all the information necessary to retrieve mail from the remote server, such as hostname, user login name, and biff settings. identities (...
...ins all the information necessary to compose and outgoing mail message. it includes a user's full name and e-mail address. smtp servers (nsismtpserver): an smtp server is not tied to any of the above and can be retrieved from the smtp service (nsismtpservice). here's an example of a common setup. ...
...(nsismtpserver): an smtp server is not tied to any of the above and can be retrieved from the smtp service (nsismtpservice). here's an example of a common setup. ...
...And 14 more matches

Plug-in Basics - Plugins
er than disk space when it is not loaded. the next section, understanding the runtime model, describes these stages in more detail. understanding the runtime model plug-ins are dynamic code modules that are associated with one or more mime types. when the browser starts, it enumerates the available plug-ins (this step varies according to platform), reads resources from each plug-in file to determine the mime types for that plug-in, and registers each plug-in library for its mime types. the following stages outline the life of a plug-in from loading to deletion: when gecko encounters data of a mime type registered for a plug-in (either embedded in an html page or in a separate file), it dynamically loads the plug-in code into memory, if it hasn't been loaded already, and it creates a new...
...ins, where profile directory is the directory of the current user profile. ~/.mozilla/plugins. /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins (the 64-bit firefox checks /usr/lib64/mozilla/plugins as well). /usr/lib64/firefox/plugins (for 64-bit firefox) note: firefox nightly checks a subset of these locations. also some linux distributions provide a system browser configured differently. advanced: you can determine which directories a gecko program checks with the linux strace command, for example: strace -e open /usr/bin/firefox 2>&1 | grep plugin but with version firefox-41.0.2 we can not check. i found other way how check which paths support firefox : $ strace -y /usr/bin/firefox 2>&1 | grep acces | grep -v search | grep plugins access("/home/user_name/.mozilla/firefox/dqh2nb5k.default-1441864569209/...
...ied by the plug-in. on windows, installed plug-ins are automatically configured to handle the mime types that they support. if multiple plug-ins handle the same mime type, the first plug-in registered handles the mime type. for information about the way mime types are assigned, see registering plug-ins. checking plug-ins by mime type the enabledplugin property in javascript can be used to determine which plug-in is configured for a specific mime type. though plug-ins may support multiple mime types and each mime type may be supported by multiple plug-ins, only one plug-in can be configured for a mime type. the enabledplugin property is a reference to a plugin object that represents the plug-in that is configured for the specified mime type. you might need to know which plug-in is configur...
...And 14 more matches

Background Tasks API - Web APIs
concepts and usage the main thread of a web browser is centered around its event loop. ...
...ction which runs the callback passed into our implementation of requestidlecallback(). the callback is passed an object which conforms to idledeadline, with didtimeout set to false and a timeremaining() method which is implemented to give the callback 50 milliseconds of time to begin with. each time timeremaining() is called, it subtracts the elapsed time from the original 50 milliseconds to determine the amount of time left. as a result, while our shim doesn't constrain itself to the amount of idle time left in the current event loop pass like the true requestidlecallback(), it does at least limit the callback to no more than 50 milliseconds of run time per pass. the implementation of our shim for cancelidlecallback() is much simpler: window.cancelidlecallback = window.cancelidlecallback ...
...callback to provide an estimate of how long the idle period is expected to last, as well as whether or not the callback is running because its timeout period has expired. the window interface is also augmented by this api to offer the new requestidlecallback() and cancelidlecallback() methods. example in this example, we'll take a look at how you can use requestidlecallback() to run time-consuming, low-priority tasks during time the browser would otherwise be idle. in addition, this example demonstrates how to schedule updates to the document content using requestanimationframe(). below you'll find only the html and javascript for this example. the css is not shown, since it's not particularly crucial to understanding this functionality. html content in order to be oriented about what ...
...And 14 more matches

Lighting a WebXR setting - Web APIs
because the webxr device api relies on other technologies—namely, webgl and frameworks based upon it—to perform all rendering, texturing, and lighting of a scene, the same general lighting concepts apply to webxr settings or scenes as to any other webgl-generated display. however, there are issues and details to keep in mind while creating your lighting code, especially for augmented reality (ar) applications. this guide discusses these topics. ...
... upon it—to perform all rendering, texturing, and lighting of a scene, the same general lighting concepts apply to webxr settings or scenes as to any other webgl-generated display. however, there are issues and details to keep in mind while creating your lighting code, especially for augmented reality (ar) applications. this guide discusses these topics. and while this article provides brief reminders as to how lighting works in general, it is not by any means a tutorial in lighting or a guide to how to create a properly-lit 3d scene. flashback: simulating lighting in 3d although this article isn't a comprehensive guide to lighting a 3d scene, it's useful to provide a brief reminder as to how lighting works in general. fundamentally, simulating lighting in a virtual scene involves comput...
...ulating lighting in a virtual scene involves computing how much light from each light source is received by the eye after interacting with and reflecting off of each object in the scene. reflection of light a diagram showing how the angle of reflection corresponds to the angle of incidence. every object we see, we see because the object either emits or reflects light (or both). the incoming light ray—the incident ray—arrives at an angle known as the angle of incidence. the angle of incidence, Θi, is the angle between the incident ray and the surface's normal vector. for rough surfaces, light is reflected equally in every direction. however, glossy, mirror-like surfaces reflect most of the light in a direction whose angle of reflection, Θr, is equal to the angle of incidence,...
...And 14 more matches

Digital audio concepts - Web media technologies
sampling audio audio is an inherently analog feature of the natural world. as an object vibrates, it causes the molecules surrounding it to vibrate as well. ...
...g into digital form. the audio bandwidth is also affected by the codec, if it chooses to discard any frequency bands while encoding the sound. sound enters the computer through a microphone or other input in the form of a stream of electrons whose voltage varies to represent the amplitude of the sound wave. this analog signal is then converted into digital form by a circuit that captures the incoming wave's amplitude at regular intervals, converting that data into a number in a form that is understood by the audio recording system. each of these captured moments is a sample. by chaining all the samples together, you can approximately represent the original wave, as seen in the diagram below. in this example, the blue line represents the samples taken from the audio waveform, which is blac...
... the majority of day-to-day audio in use today. for 16-bit stereo audio, each sample taken from the analog signal is recorded as two 16-bit integers, one for the left channel and one for the right. that means each sample requires 32 bits of memory. at the common sample rate of 48 khz (48,000 samples per second), this means each second of audio occupies 192 kb of memory. therefore, a typical three-minute song requires about 34.5 mb of memory. that's a lot of storage, but worse, it's an insane amount of network bandwidth to use for a relatively short piece of audio. that's why most digital audio is compressed. the process of compressing and decompressing audio is performed by encoding and decoding it using an audio codec (coder/decoder). over the years, a large variety of codecs have been deve...
...And 14 more matches

Client-side form validation - Learn web development
uld always perform security checks on any form-submitted data on the server-side as well as the client-side, because client-side validation is too easy to bypass, so malicious users can still easily send bad data through to your server. read website security for an idea of what could happen; implementing server-side validation is somewhat beyond the scope of this module, but you should bear it in mind. what is form validation? go to any popular site with a registration form, and you will notice that they provide feedback when you don't enter your data in the format they are expecting. you'll get messages such as: "this field is required" (you can't leave this field blank). "please enter your phone number in the format xxx-xxxx" (a specific data format is required for it to be considered...
...brary). using built-in form validation one of the most significant features of html5 form controls is the ability to validate most user data without relying on javascript. this is done by using validation attributes on form elements. we've seen many of these earlier in the course, but to recap: required: specifies whether a form field needs to be filled in before the form can be submitted. minlength and maxlength: specifies the minimum and maximum length of textual data (strings) min and max: specifies the minimum and maximum values of numerical input types type: specifies whether the data needs to be a number, an email address, or some other specific preset type. pattern: specifies a regular expression that defines a pattern the entered data needs to follow. if the data entered ...
...for example, validates the inputs value against a well-formed email address pattern or a pattern matching a comma-separated list of email addresses if it has the multiple attribute. note: the <textarea> element doesn't support the pattern attribute. constraining the length of your entries you can constrain the character length of all text fields created by <input> or <textarea> by using the minlength and maxlength attributes. a field is invalid if it has a value and that value has fewer characters than the minlength value or more than the maxlength value. browsers often don't let the user type a longer value than expected into text fields. a better user experience than just using maxlength is to also provide character count feedback in an accessible manner and let them edit their conte...
...And 13 more matches

Video and Audio APIs - Learn web development
seful for video playback, but it does have advantages. one big issue with the native browser controls is that they are different in each browser — not very good for cross-browser support! another big issue is that the native controls in most browsers aren't very keyboard-accessible. you can solve both these problems by hiding the native controls (by removing the controls attribute), and programming your own with html, css, and javascript. in the next section we'll look at the basic tools we have available to do this. the htmlmediaelement api part of the html5 spec, the htmlmediaelement api provides features to allow you to control video and audio players programmatically — for example htmlmediaelement.play(), htmlmediaelement.pause(), etc. this interface is available to both <audio> an...
...download our media-player-start.zip and unzip it into a new directory on your hard drive. if you downloaded our examples repo, you'll find it in javascript/apis/video-audio/start/ at this point, if you load the html you should see a perfectly normal html5 video player, with the native controls rendered. exploring the html open the html index file. ...
... each button, since we're not providing a human-readable label inside the tags. the contents of aria-label attributes are read out by screenreaders when their users focus on the elements that contain them. there is also a timer <div>, which will report the elapsed time when the video is playing. just for fun, we are providing two reporting mechanisms — a <span> containing the elapsed time in minutes and seconds, and an extra <div> that we will use to create a horizontal indicator bar that gets longer as the time elapses. to get an idea of what the finished product will look like, check out our finished version. exploring the css now open the css file and have a look inside. the css for the example is not too complicated, but we'll highlight the most interesting bits here. first o...
...And 13 more matches

Places utilities for JavaScript
, string type, nsinavhistoryresultnode container, int index, boolean copy); nsinavhistoryresult getfoldercontents(int afolderid, boolean aexcludeitems, boolean aexpandqueries); boolean showaddbookmarkui(nsiuri auri, string atitle, string adescription, int adefaultinsertionpoint, boolean ashowpicker, boolean aloadinsidebar, string akeyword, string apostdata); boolean showminimaladdbookmarkui(nsiuri auri, string atitle, string adescription, int adefaultinsertionpoint, boolean ashowpicker, boolean aloadinsidebar, string akeyword, string apostdata); boolean showaddlivemarkui(nsiuri afeeduri, nsiuri asiteuri, string atitle, string adescription, int adefaultinsertionpoint, boolean ashowpicker); boolean showminimaladdlivemarkui(nsiuri afeeduri, nsiuri asi...
..., boolean aloadinsidebar, string akeyword, string apostdata); boolean showaddlivemarkui(nsiuri afeeduri, nsiuri asiteuri, string atitle, string adescription, int adefaultinsertionpoint, boolean ashowpicker); boolean showminimaladdlivemarkui(nsiuri afeeduri, nsiuri asiteuri, string atitle, string adescription, int adefaultinsertionpoint, boolean ashowpicker); boolean showminimaladdmultibookmarkui(array nsiuri aurilist); boolean showbookmarkproperties(int aid); boolean showfolderproperties(int aid); boolean showaddfolderui(string atitle, int adefaultinsertionpoint, boolean ashowpicker); array object getannotationsforuri(nsiuri auri); array object getannotationsforitem(int aitemid); void setannotationsforuri(nsiuri ...
...ring(string key) parameters key the name of the string to get. return type returns a string from the default places stringbundle. nodeis() there are a ton of nodeis(something) functions in here to check properties of a bookmark node. ...
...And 13 more matches

Signaling and video calling - Web APIs
n different networks to locate one another. this process is called signaling and involves both devices connecting to a third, mutually agreed-upon server. through this third server, the two devices can locate one another, and exchange negotiation messages. in this article, we will further enhance the websocket chat first created as part of our websocket documentation (this article link is forthcoming; it isn't actually online yet) to support opening a two-way video call between users. you can try out this example on glitch, and you can remix the example to experiment with it as well. you can also look at the full project on github. note: if you try out the example on glitch, please note that any changes made to the code will immediately reset any connections. in addition, there is a short ...
... connections. in addition, there is a short timeout period; the glitch instance is for quick experiments and testing only. the signaling server establishing a webrtc connection between two devices requires the use of a signaling server to resolve how to connect them over the internet. a signaling server's job is to serve as an intermediary to let two peers find and establish a connection while minimizing exposure of potentially private information as much as possible. how do we create this server and how does the signaling process actually work? first we need the signaling server itself. webrtc doesn't specify a transport mechanism for the signaling information. you can use anything you like, from websocket to xmlhttprequest to carrier pigeons to exchange the signaling information between...
...ablishment (ice) comes in. exchanging ice candidates two peers need to exchange ice candidates to negotiate the actual connection between them. every ice candidate describes a method that the sending peer is able to use to communicate. each peer sends candidates in the order they're discovered, and keeps sending candidates until it runs out of suggestions, even if media has already started streaming. an icecandidate event is sent to the rtcpeerconnection to complete the process of adding a local description using pc.setlocaldescription(offer). once the two peers agree upon a mutually-compatible candidate, that candidate's sdp is used by each peer to construct and open a connection, through which media then begins to flow. if they later agree on a better (usually higher-performance) candid...
...And 13 more matches

splitter - Archive of obsolete content
state style classes tree-splitter examples <!-- this bar has some styling associated with it. the vbox is used to hold the .png image that a user clicks on to resize the search bar.--> <splitter tooltiptext="resize the search box" oncommand="alert('the splitter was dragged')"> <vbox id="example_vbox" /> </splitter> attributes collapse type: one of the values below determines which side of the splitter is collapsed when its grippy is clicked. if this attribute is not specified, the splitter will not cause a collapse. you should put a grippy element inside the splitter when it is used for collapsing. none no collapsing occurs. before when the grippy is clicked, the element immediately before the splitter in the same parent is collapsed so that its width o...
...the splitter in the same parent is collapsed so that its width or height is 0. after when the grippy is clicked, the element immediately after the splitter in the same parent is collapsed so that its width or height is 0. both either the element immediately before the splitter, or the element immediately after the splitter can be collapsed, if the size of that element would fall below the minimum size due to the position of the splitter. resizeafter type: one of the values below this attribute indicates which element to the right or below the splitter should be resized when the splitter is repositioned. closest the element immediately to the right or below the splitter resizes. farthest the element that is the farthest away from the splitter to the right or be...
...ding on the value of the collapsed attribute, is currently displayed. collapsed the content either before or after the splitter is collapsed and is not visible. dragging the user is current adjusting the position of the splitter, typically by dragging it with the mouse. substate type: one of the values below on splitters which have state="collapsed" and collapse="both", determines which direction the splitter is actually collapsed in. since collapse="both" is a gecko 1.9+ feature, this will have no effect on earlier versions. before the element immediately before the splitter is collapsed. after the element immediately after the splitter is collapsed. properties inherited properties align, , allowevents, , boxobject, builder, , , , classname, , ,...
...And 12 more matches

Anatomy of a video game - Game development
to it when it is called. that callback function will be executed at a suitable time before the next repaint. here is an example of a simple main loop: window.main = function () { window.requestanimationframe( main ); // whatever your main loop needs to do }; main(); // start the cycle note: in each of the main() methods discussed here, we schedule a new requestanimationframe before performing our loop contents. that is not by accident and it is considered best practice. calling the next requestanimationframe early ensures the browser receives it on time to plan accordingly even if your current frame misses its vsync window. the above chunk of code has two statements. the first statement creates a function as a global variable called main(). this function does some work and also tel...
...dow.requestanimationframe(). the second statement calls the main() function, defined in the first statement. because main() is called once in the second statement and every call of it places itself in the queue of things to do next frame, main() is synchronized to your framerate. of course this loop is not perfect. before we discuss ways to change it, let us discuss what it already does well. timing the main loop to when the browser paints to the display allows you to run your loop as frequently as the browser wants to paint. you are given control over each frame of animation. it is also very simple because main() is the only function getting looped. a first person shooter (or a similar game) presents a new scene once every frame. you cannot really get more smooth and responsive than that. ...
...ou could create it as an immediately-invoked function expression (iife). /* * starting with the semicolon is in case whatever line of code above this example * relied on automatic semicolon insertion (asi). the browser could accidentally * think this whole example continues from the previous line. the leading semicolon * marks the beginning of our new line if the previous one was not empty or terminated. */ ;(function () { function main() { window.requestanimationframe( main ); // your main loop contents } main(); // start the cycle })(); when the browser comes across this iife, it will define your main loop and immediately queue it for the next frame. it will not be attached to any object and main (or main() for methods) will be a valid unused name in the rest of the appli...
...And 12 more matches

Localization and Plurals
can have different rules. plural form: for a particular plural rule, there can be multiple forms of a word, such as "page" and "pages". in this case, there are 2 forms, but other languages can have 1 or many more. if you're here for pluralrule in the chrome/global/intl.properties file, you'll need to figure out what plural rule to choose for your localization. this plural rule is used to determine how many plural forms are needed for each word that needs to be localized, with plurals in mind. for all other properties files that link to this page, you'll need to provide enough plural forms of the desired word, and separate them with semi-colons (;). if you don't know how many plural forms you need, check the pluralrule number in chrome/global/intl.properties, and look up the corresponding...
...60, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 75, 76, 77, …, 112, 113, ..., 212, 213, ... examples the following are some examples for various languages and a brief thought processes. french some french speaking places treat 0 as plural while others treat it as singular. the only other singular is 1 while everything else is plural. so pick either plural rule #1 or #2. pluralrule=2 seconds=seconde;secondes minutes=minute;minutes hours=heure;heures days=jour;jours like many other times when localizing words, gender agreement might force you to rearrange words in a way that the gender is always the same. (seconde vs jour) chinese a word doesn't change if there is a different number in front of it, so all numbers use the same plural form. with just one plural form, it has to be plural rule #0. for e...
...nt might force you to rearrange words in a way that the gender is always the same. (seconde vs jour) chinese a word doesn't change if there is a different number in front of it, so all numbers use the same plural form. with just one plural form, it has to be plural rule #0. for each word to localize, it's just like localizing a single word with no semi-colons needed. ...
...And 12 more matches

JSAPI User Guide
s to other libraries and programs that can make life easier when using spidermonkey and jsapi. what spidermonkey does the javascript engine compiles and executes scripts containing javascript statements and functions. the engine handles memory allocation for the objects needed to execute scripts, and it cleans up—garbage collects—objects it no longer needs. the word javascript may bring to mind features such as event handlers (like onclick), dom objects, window.open, and xmlhttprequest. but in mozilla, all of these features are actually provided by other components, not the spidermonkey engine itself. spidermonkey provides a few core javascript data types—numbers, strings, arrays, objects, and so on—and a few methods, such as array.push. it also makes it easy for each application t...
...and variables (like window) the application wants to provide; see custom objects below. each time the application runs a js script (using, for example, js_evaluatescript), it provides the global object for that script to use. as the script runs, it can create global functions and variables of its own. all of these functions, classes, and variables are stored as properties of the global object. a minimal example each of the three key elements described in the previous section requires a few jsapi calls: the runtime: use js_newruntime to create it and js_destroyruntime to clean it up when you're done. when your application is done with spidermonkey altogether, use js_shutdown to free any remaining cached resources. (this is a mere nicety if the process is about to exit anyway. but as th...
...s. this may seem like a lot of pieces for a simple application. it amounts to about 80 lines of code, as shown below. but the jsapi is designed to scale to applications that need many global objects. it is a fine-grained api, supporting many different combinations of the parts, and giving applications precise control over how spidermonkey behaves. here is the boilerplate code necessary for a minimal jsapi application. it contains everything described above. #include "jsapi.h" using namespace js; // the class of the global object. static jsclass globalclass = { "global", jsclass_global_flags, js_propertystub, js_deletepropertystub, js_propertystub, js_strictpropertystub, js_enumeratestub, js_resolvestub, js_convertstub, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr,...
...And 12 more matches

Shell global objects
if the property is omitted or v is null, don't attribute the source to any dom element. elementattributename if present and not undefined, t...
...if the property is omitted or v is null, don't attribute the source to any dom element. elementattributename if present and not undefined, the name of property of elemen...
... info linenumber starting line number for error messages and debug info columnnumber starting column number for error messages and debug info global global in which to execute the code newcontext if true, create and use a new cx (default: false) catchtermination if true, catch termination (failure without an exception value, as for slow scripts or out-of-memory) and return 'terminated' element if present with value v, convert v to an object o and mark the source as being attached to the dom element o. if the property is omitted or v is null, don't attribute the source to any dom element. elementattributename if present and not undefined, the name of property of element that holds this code. this is what debugger.source.prototype.elementattributename returns. sour...
...And 12 more matches

Performance API - Web APIs
p whose value that depends on the navigation start and scope. if the scope is a window, the value is the time the browser context was created and if the scope is a worker, the value is the time the worker was created. the tojson() method returns a serialization of the performance object, for those attributes that can be serialized. properties the performance interface has two properties. the timing property returns a performancetiming object containing latency-related performance information such as the start of navigation time, start and end times for redirects, start and end times for responses, etc. the navigation property returns a performancenavigation object representing the type of navigation that occurs in the given browsing context, such as the page was navigated to from history,...
...on time, start and end times for redirects, start and end times for responses, etc. the navigation property returns a performancenavigation object representing the type of navigation that occurs in the given browsing context, such as the page was navigated to from history, the page was navigated to by following a link, etc. interfaces performance provides methods and properties containing timing-related performance information for the given page. performanceentry provides methods and properties the encapsulate a single performance metric that is part of the performance timeline. performanceframetiming provides methods and properties containing frame timing data about the browser's event loop. performancemark an abstract interface for performance entries with an entry type of "mark...
... performance.mark() to add a named domhighrestimestamp (the mark) to the browser's performance timeline. performancemeasure an abstract interface for performance entries with an entry type of "measure". entries of this type are created by calling performance.measure() to add a nameddomhighrestimestamp (the measure) between two marks to the browser's performance timeline. ...
...And 12 more matches

WebGL constants - Web APIs
h, rbg and alpha, or separately). constant name value description zero 0 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to turn off a component. one 1 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to turn on a component. src_color 0x0300 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to multiply a component by the source elements color. one_minus_src_color 0x0301 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to multiply a component by one minus the source elements color. src_alpha 0x0302 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to multiply a component by the source's alpha. one_minus_src_alpha 0x0303 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to multiply a component by one minus the source's alpha. ...
.... src_alpha 0x0302 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to multiply a component by the source's alpha. one_minus_src_alpha 0x0303 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to multiply a component by one minus the source's alpha. dst_alpha 0x0304 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to multiply a component by the destination's alpha. one_minus_dst_alpha 0x0305 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to multiply a component by one minus the destination's alpha. dst_color 0x0306 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to multiply a component by the destination's color. one_minus_dst_color 0x0307 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to multiply a component by one minus the destination's color. ...
...ination's alpha. dst_color 0x0306 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to multiply a component by the destination's color. one_minus_dst_color 0x0307 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to multiply a component by one minus the destination's color. src_alpha_saturate 0x0308 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to multiply a component by the minimum of source's alpha or one minus the destination's alpha. constant_color 0x8001 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to specify a constant color blend function. one_minus_constant_color 0x8002 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncseparate to specify one minus a constant color blend function. constant_alpha 0x8003 passed to blendfunc or blendfuncsepara...
...And 12 more matches

WebGL best practices - Web APIs
complicated api, and it's often not obvious what the recommended ways to use it are. this page tackles recommendations across the spectrum of expertise, and not only highlights dos and don'ts, but also details why. you can rely on this document to guide your choice of approach, and ensure you're on the right track no matter what browser or hardware your users run. general topics address and eliminate webgl errors your application should run without generating any webgl errors (as returned by geterror). every webgl error is reported in the web console as a javascript warning with a descriptive message. after too many errors (32 in firefox), webgl stops generating descriptive messages, which really hinders debugging. the only errors a well-formed page generates are out_of_memory and contex...
...nal by gracefully adapting to the case there they are not supported. ...
... angle_instanced_arrays ext_blend_minmax oes_element_index_uint oes_standard_derivatives oes_vertex_array_object webgl_debug_renderer_info webgl_lose_context (see also: https://jdashg.github.io/misc/webgl/webgl-feature-levels.html) consider polyfilling these into webglrenderingcontext, like: https://github.com/jdashg/misc/blob/master/webgl/webgl-v1.1.js universally supported limits the minimum requirements for webgl are quite low. in practice, effectively all systems support at least the following: max_cube_map_texture_size: 4096 max_renderbuffer_size: 4096 max_texture_size: 4096 max_viewport_dims: [4096,4096] max_vertex_texture_image_units: 4 max_texture_image_units: 8 max_combined_texture_image_units: 8 max_vertex_attribs: 16 max_varying_vecto...
...And 12 more matches

Using the Web Animations API - Web APIs
0.3. currently, there should be at least two keyframes specified (representing the starting and ending states of the animation sequence). if your keyframe list has only one entry, element.animate() may throw a notsupportederror exception in some browsers until they are updated. so to recap, the keys are equally spaced by default unless you specify an offset on a key. ...
...cified (representing the starting and ending states of the animation sequence). if your keyframe list has only one entry, element.animate() may throw a notsupportederror exception in some browsers until they are updated. so to recap, the keys are equally spaced by default unless you specify an offset on a key. handy, no? representing timing properties we’ll also need to create an object of timing properties (an animationeffecttimingproperties object) corresponding to the values in alice’s animation: var alicetiming = { duration: 3000, iterations: infinity } you’ll notice a few differences here from how equivalent values are represented in css: for one, the duration is in milliseconds as opposed to seconds — 3000 not 3s. like windowtimers.settimeout() and window.requestanim...
...rences here from how equivalent values are represented in css: for one, the duration is in milliseconds as opposed to seconds — 3000 not 3s. like windowtimers.settimeout() and window.requestanimationframe(), the web animations api only takes milliseconds. the other thing you’ll notice is that it’s iterations, not iteration-count. ...
...And 12 more matches

Web video codec guide - Web media technologies
ressed video data, it's necessary to compress it significantly in order to store it, let alone transmit it over a network. imagine the amount of data needed to store uncompressed video: a single frame of high definition (1920x1080) video in full color (4 bytes per pixel) is 8,294,400 bytes. at a typical 30 frames per second, each second of hd video would occupy 248,832,000 bytes (~249 mb). a minute of hd video would need 14.93 gb of storage. a fairly typical 30 minute video conference would need about 447.9 gb of storage, and a 2-hour movie would take almost 1.79 tb (that is, 1790 gb). not only is the required storage space enormous, but the network bandwidth needed to transmit an uncompressed video like that would be enormous, at 249 mb/sec—not including audio and overhead. this is...
...video. additionally, in saturated portions of the image (that is, where colors are pure and intense, such as a bright, pure red [rgba(255, 0, 0, 1)]), color depths below 10 bits per component (10-bit color) allow banding, where gradients cannot be represented without visible stepping of the colors. depending on the codec, higher color depths may result in larger compressed file sizes. ...
...lors. depending on the codec, higher color depths may result in larger compressed file sizes. the determining factor is what internal storage format is used for the compressed data. frame rate primarily affects the perceived smoothness of the motion in the image. to a point, the higher the frame rate, the smoother and more realistic the motion will appear. eventually the point of diminishing returns is reached. see frame rate below for details. assuming the frame rate is not reduced during encoding, higher frame rates cause larger compressed video sizes. motion compression of video typically works by comparing frames, finding where they differ, and constructing records containing enough information to update the previous frame to approximate the appearance of the...
...And 12 more matches

preserveAspectRatio - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"> <defs> <path id="smiley" d="m50,10 a40,40,1,1,1,50,90 a40,40,1,1,1,50,10 m30,40 q36,35,42,40 m58,40 q64,35,70,40 m30,60 q50,75,70,60 q50,75,30,60" /> </defs> <!-- (width>height) meet --> <svg preserveaspectratio="xmidymid meet" x="0" y="0" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="20" height="10"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <svg preserveaspectratio="xminymid meet" x="25" y="0" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="20" height="10"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <svg preserveaspectratio="xmaxymid meet" x="50" y="0" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="20" height="10"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <!-- (width>height) slice --> <svg preserveaspectratio="xmidymin slice" x="0" y="15" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="20" height="10"><use href="#smiley" /></sv...
..."0 0 100 100" width="20" height="10"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <svg preserveaspectratio="xmidymid slice" x="25" y="15" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="20" height="10"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <svg preserveaspectratio="xmidymax slice" x="50" y="15" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="20" height="10"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <!-- (width<height) meet --> <svg preserveaspectratio="xmidymin meet" x="75" y="0" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="10" height="25"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <svg preserveaspectratio="xmidymid meet" x="90" y="0" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="10" height="25"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <svg preserveaspectratio="xmidymax meet" x="105" y="0" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="10" height="25"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <!-- (width<height) slice --> ...
...ox="0 0 100 100" width="10" height="25"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <svg preserveaspectratio="xmidymid meet" x="90" y="0" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="10" height="25"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <svg preserveaspectratio="xmidymax meet" x="105" y="0" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="10" height="25"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <!-- (width<height) slice --> <svg preserveaspectratio="xminymid slice" x="120" y="0" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="10" height="25"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <svg preserveaspectratio="xmidymid slice" x="135" y="0" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="10" height="25"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <svg preserveaspectratio="xmaxymid slice" x="150" y="0" viewbox="0 0 100 100" width="10" height="25"><use href="#smiley" /></svg> <!-- none --> <svg preser...
...And 12 more matches

NSS API Guidelines
ng/decoding, error types and numbers, oid handling, and secure random number generation. utility for any layer lib/util base64.h, ciferfam.h, nssb64.h, nssb64t.h, nsslocks.h, nssrwlk.h, nssrwlkt.h, portreg.h, pqgutil.h, secasn1.h, secasn1t.h, seccomon.h, secder.h, secdert.h, secdig.h, secdigt.h, secitem.h, secoid.h, secoidt.h, secport.h, secrng.h, secrngt.h, secerr.h, watcomfx.h naming conventions this section describes the rules that (ideally) should be followed for naming and identifying new files, functions, and data types. cvs id each file should include a cvs id string for identification. the preferred format is: "@(#) $rcsfile: nss-guidelines.html, v $ $revision: 48936 $ $date: 2009-08-11 07:45:57 -0700 (tue, 11 aug 2009) $ $name$" you can pu...
... 11 aug 2009) $ $name$" you can put the string in a comment or in a static char array. use #ifdef debug to include the array in debug builds only. the advantage of using an array is that you can use strings(1) to pull the id tags out of a (debug) compiled library. you can even put them in header files; the header files are protected from double inclusion. the only catch is that you have to determine the name of the array. here is an example from lib/base/baset.h: #ifdef debug static const char baset_cvs_id[] = "@(#) $rcsfile: nss-guidelines.html, v $ $revision: 48936 $ $date: 2009-08-11 07:45:57 -0700 (tue, 11 aug 2009) $ $name$"; #endif /* debug */ the difference, between this and id, is that id has some useless information (every file is "experimental"), and do...
...ence, between this and id, is that id has some useless information (every file is "experimental"), and doesn't have name. name is the tag (if any) from which this file was pulled. if you're good with tagging your releases, and then checking out (or exporting!) from the tag for your build, this saves you from messing around with specific files revision numbers. header files we have a preferred naming system for include files. we had been moving towards one, for some time, but for the nss 3.0 project we finally wrote it down. data types function prototypes public nss____t.h nss____.h friend (only if required) nss____tf.h nss____f.h nss-private ____t.h ____.h module-private ____tm.h ____m.h the files on the ...
...And 11 more matches

grid-auto-columns - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. if a grid item is positioned into a column that is not explicitly sized by grid-template-columns, implicit grid tracks are created to hold it. this can happen either by explicitly positioning into a column that is out of range, or by the auto-placement algorithm creating additional columns. ...
...reating additional columns. ...
...* keyword values */ grid-auto-columns: min-content; grid-auto-columns: max-content; grid-auto-columns: auto; /* <length> values */ grid-auto-columns: 100px; grid-auto-columns: 20cm; grid-auto-columns: 50vmax; /* <percentage> values */ grid-auto-columns: 10%; grid-auto-columns: 33.3%; /* <flex> values */ grid-auto-columns: 0.5fr; grid-auto-columns: 3fr; /* minmax() values */ grid-auto-columns: minmax(100px, auto); grid-auto-columns: minmax(max-content, 2fr); grid-auto-columns: minmax(20%, 80vmax); /* fit-content() values */ grid-auto-columns: fit-content(400px); grid-auto-columns: fit-content(5cm); grid-auto-columns: fit-content(20%); /* multiple track-size values */ grid-auto-columns: min-content max-content auto; grid-auto-columns: 100px 150px 390px; grid-auto-columns: 10% 33.3%; grid-...
...And 11 more matches

<input type="number"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
id="number" type="number" value="42"> additional attributes in addition to the attributes commonly supported by all <input> types, inputs of type number support these attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element that contains the optional pre-defined autocomplete options max the maximum value to accept for this input min the minimum value to accept for this input placeholder an example value to display inside the field when it's empty readonly a boolean attribute indicating whether the value is read-only step a stepping interval to use when using up and down arrows to adjust the value, as well as for validation list the values of the list attribute is the id of a <da...
...e suggestions, not requirements: users can select from this predefined list or provide a different value. max the maximum value to accept for this input. if the value entered into the element exceeds this, the element fails constraint validation. if the value of the max attribute isn't a number, then the element has no maximum value. this value must be greater than or equal to the value of the min attribute. min the minimum value to accept for this input. if the value of the element is less than this, the element fails constraint validation. if a value is specified for min that isn't a valid number, the input has no minimum value. this value must be less than or equal to the value of the max attribute. placeholder the placeholder attribute is a string that provides a brief hint to the...
...ly setting the htmlinputelement.value property. note: because a read-only field cannot have a value, required does not have any effect on inputs with the readonly attribute also specified. step the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhere to, or the special value any, which is described below. only values which are equal to the basis for stepping (min if specified, value otherwise, and an appropriate default value if neither of those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring number...
...And 11 more matches

HTML documentation index - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
lements beginner, development, guide, html, html5, web html (hypertext markup language) elements historically were categorized as either "block-level" elements or "inline-level" elements. by default, a block-level element occupies the entire space of its parent element (container), thereby creating a "block." this article helps to explain what this means. 5 dash adaptive streaming for html 5 video guide, html, html5 dynamic adaptive streaming over http (dash) is an adaptive streaming protocol. 6 date and time formats used in html date, element, format, html, iso 8601, input, reference, string, time, week, datetime, datetime-local, del, ins, month, month-year, week-year certain html elements use date and/or time values. the formats of the str...
..., x-ms-acceleratorkey the x-ms-acceleratorkey attribute accessibly declares that an accelerator key has been assigned to an element: the element is activated via javascript when the key(s) are pressed on a keyboard. 35 x-ms-format-detection attribute, html, html:microsoft extensions, non-standard, reference, x-ms-format-detection the x-ms-format-detection attribute determines whether data formats within the element’s text, like phone numbers, are automatically converted to followable links. 36 html attribute reference attribute, attributes, beginner, configuring, element attributes, elements, html, reference, settings, web elements in html have attributes; these are additional values that configure the elements or adjust their behavior in vari...
...e a cors settings attribute. 40 html attribute: max attribute, attributes, constraint validation, html, reference the max attribute defines the maximum value that is acceptable and valid for the input containing the attribute. if the value of the element is greater than this, the element fails constraint validation. this value must be greater than or equal to the value of the min attribute. if the max attribute is present by is not specified or is invalid, no max value is applied. if the max attribute is valid and a non-empty value is greater than the maximum allowed by the max attribute, constraint validation will prevent form submission. 41 html attribute: maxlength attribute, attributes, constraint validation the maxlength attribute defines the max...
...And 11 more matches

Server-side web frameworks - Learn web development
to get files or data from the server may encode what data is required in url parameters or within the url structure. an http post request to update a resource on the server will instead include the update information as "post data" within the body of the request. the http request may also include information about the current session or user in a client-side cookie. web frameworks provide programming-language-appropriate mechanisms to access this information. for example, the httprequest object that django passes to every view function contains methods and properties for accessing the target url, the type of request (e.g. an http get), get or post parameters, cookie and session data, etc. django can also pass information encoded in the structure of the url by defining "capture patterns" in t...
...name value in a list item. #best/templates/best/index.html <!doctype html> <html lang="en"> <body> {% if youngest_teams %} <ul> {% for team in youngest_teams %} <li>{{ team.team_name }}</li> {% endfor %} </ul> {% else %} <p>no teams are available.</p> {% endif %} </body> </html> how to select a web framework numerous web frameworks exist for almost every programming language you might want to use (we list a few of the more popular frameworks in the following section). with so many choices, it can become difficult to work out what framework provides the best starting point for your new web application. some of the factors that may affect your decision are: effort to learn: the effort to learn a web framework depends on how familiar you are with the unde...
... might want to use (we list a few of the more popular frameworks in the following section). with so many choices, it can become difficult to work out what framework provides the best starting point for your new web application. ...
...And 10 more matches

Handling common JavaScript problems - Learn web development
snippet in how to make an http request) so developers only have to write one simple bit of code (see jquery.ajax()). jquery (or whatever library you are using) will then handle the differences in the background, so you don't have to. things have improved significantly since then; modern browsers do a good job of supporting "classic javascript features", and the requirement to use such code has diminished as the requirement to support older browsers has lessened (although bear in mind that they have not gone away altogether). these days, most cross-browser javascript problems are seen: when poor-quality browser-sniffing code, feature-detection code, and vendor prefix usage block browsers from running code they could otherwise use just fine. when developers make use of new/nascent javascr...
... fixing general javascript problems as we said in the previous article on html/css, you should make sure your code is working generally, before going on to concentrate on the cross-browser issues. if you are not already familiar with the basics of troubleshooting javascript, you should study that article before moving on. there are a number of common javascript problems that you will want to be mindful of, such as: basic syntax and logic problems (again, check out troubleshooting javascript). making sure variables, etc. are defined in the correct scope, and you are not running into conflicts between items declared in different places (see function scope and conflicts). confusion about this, in terms of what scope it applies to, and therefore if its value is what you intended. you can r...
... homepage provides an online linter, which allows you to enter your javascript code on the left and provides an output on the right, including metrics, warnings, and errors. code editor plugins it is not very convenient to have to copy and paste your code over to a web page to check its validity several times. what you really want is a linter that will fit into your standard workflow with the minimum of hassle. many code editors have linter plugins, for example github's atom code editor has a jshint plugin available. to install it: install atom (if you haven't got an up-to-date version already installed) — download it from the atom page linked above. go to atom's preferences... dialog (e.g. by choosing atom > preferences... on mac, or file > preferences... on windows/linux) and cho...
...And 10 more matches

Linear-gradient Generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ml content <div id="container"> <div id="gradient-container" data-alpha="true"> </div> <div id="controls"> <div class="section"> <div class="title"> active point </div> <div class="property"> <div class="ui-input-slider" data-topic="point-position" data-info="position" data-unit="px" data-min="-1000" data-value="0" data-max="1000" data-sensivity="5"></div> <div id="delete-point" class="button"> delete point </div> </div> <div class="ui-color-picker" data-topic="picker"></div> </div> <div class="section"> <div class="title"> active axis </div> <div class="property"> ...
... <div data-value='px'> pixels (px) </div> <div data-value='%'> percentage (%) </div> </div> <div id="delete-axis" class="button"> delete line </div> </div> <div class="property"> <div class="ui-slider" data-topic="axis-rotation" data-info="rotation" data-min="-180" data-value="0" data-max="180"></div> </div> </div> <div id="tool-section" class="section"> <div class="title"> tool settings </div> <div class="property"> <div class="name"> alpha background </div> <div id="canvas-bg"></div> <div id="add-axis" class="button">...
... position: absolute; bottom: 0; right: 0; } [data-resize='both']:hover { cursor: nw-resize !important; } [data-resize='width']:hover { cursor: w-resize !important; } [data-resize='height']:hover { cursor: n-resize !important; } /** * main container */ #container { width: 1000px; height: 100%; display: table; margin: 0 auto; } #gradient-container { width: 450px; height: 250px; min-width: 8px; min-height: 8px; margin: 100px auto; border: 1px solid #ddd; position: relative; } #gradient-container[data-alpha="true"]:after { content: ""; width: 100%; height: 100%; background: url('images/canvas-pattern.png'); position: absolute; z-index: -1; } /** * gradient axis */ .gradient-axis { width: 125%; height: 4px; margin: -3px 0 0 0; border: 1px solid #ccc; posit...
...And 10 more matches

HTTP Index - HTTP
s not match any of the origins permitted by the access-control-allow-origin header. 24 reason: cors header 'access-control-allow-origin' missing cors, corsmissingalloworigin, cross-origin, error, http, https, messages, reasons, security, console, troubleshooting the response to the cors request is missing the required access-control-allow-origin header, which is used to determine whether or not the resource can be accessed by content operating within the current origin. 25 reason: cors header ‘origin’ cannot be added cors, corsoriginheadernotadded, cross-origin, error, http, https, messages, reasons, security, console, troubleshooting the user agent was unable to add the required origin header to the http request. all cors requests must have an o...
... http conditional requests conditional requests, guide, http http has a concept of conditional requests, where the result, and even the success of a request, can be changed by comparing the affected resources with the value of a validator. such requests can be useful to validate the content of a cache, and sparing a useless control, to verify the integrity of a document, like when resuming a download, or when preventing to lose updates when uploading or modifying a document on the server. 45 http cookies advertising, browser, cookies, cookies article, guide, http, history, javascript, privacy, protocols, server, storage, web development, data, request, tracking an http cookie (web cookie, browser cookie) is a small piece of data that a server sends to the user...
...lient of its choice with the content-encoding response header. 52 accept-language accept-language, content negotiation, http, http header, reference, request header the accept-language request http header advertises which languages the client is able to understand, and which locale variant is preferred. (by languages, we mean natural languages, such as english, and not programming languages.) using content negotiation, the server then selects one of the proposals, uses it and informs the client of its choice with the content-language response header. browsers set adequate values for this header according to their user interface language and even if a user can change it, this happens rarely (and is frowned upon as it leads to fingerprinting). 53 accept-patch ...
...And 10 more matches

Using Promises - JavaScript
you might see this ...
...ok down the chain for .catch() handlers or onrejected. this is very much modeled after how synchronous code works: try { const result = syncdosomething(); const newresult = syncdosomethingelse(result); const finalresult = syncdothirdthing(newresult); console.log(`got the final result: ${finalresult}`); } catch(error) { failurecallback(error); } this symmetry with asynchronous code culminates in the async/await syntactic sugar in ecmascript 2017: async function foo() { try { const result = await dosomething(); const newresult = await dosomethingelse(result); const finalresult = await dothirdthing(newresult); console.log(`got the final result: ${finalresult}`); } catch(error) { failurecallback(error); } } it builds on promises, e.g. dosomething() is the...
...finalresult = await dothirdthing(newresult); console.log(`got the final result: ${finalresult}`); } catch(error) { failurecallback(error); } } it builds on promises, e.g. dosomething() is the same function as before. you can read more about the syntax here. promises solve a fundamental flaw with the callback pyramid of doom, by catching all errors, even thrown exceptions and programming errors. this is essential for functional composition of asynchronous operations. promise rejection events whenever a promise is rejected, one of two events is sent to the global scope (generally, this is either the window or, if being used in a web worker, it's the worker or other worker-based interface). the two events are: rejectionhandled sent when a promise is rejected, after that reje...
...And 10 more matches

Web Performance
clickable? are pop-ups quick to load and display, and do they animate smoothly as they do so? web performance includes both objective measurements like time to load, frames per second, and time to become interactive, and subjective experiences of how long it felt like it took the content to load. the longer it takes for a site to respond, the more users will abandon the site. it is important to minimize the loading and response times and add additional features to conceal latency by making the experience as available and interactive as possible, as soon as possible, while asynchronously loading in the longer tail parts of the experience. there are tools, apis, and best practices that help us measure and improve web performance. we cover them in this section: key performance guides a...
...sitions/animations where possible. if your animations are really complex, you may have to rely on javascript-based animations instead.lazy loadinglazy loading is a strategy to identify resources as non-blocking (non-critical) and load these only when needed. it is a way of shorten the critical rendering path length, what would translate into improved page load times. navigation and resource timingsnavigation timings are metrics measuring a browser's document navigation events. resource timings are detailed network timing measurements regarding the loading of an application's resources.optimizing startup performanceregardless of platform, it's always a good idea to start up as quickly as possible. since that's a universal issue, we won't be focusing on it too much here. instead, we're goin...
...um) are two approaches for monitoring and providing insight into web performance. in this article we define and compare these two performance monitoring approaches.populating the page: how browsers worka developer should strive to achieve these two goals. ...
...And 10 more matches

Chapter 5: Let's build a Firefox extension - Archive of obsolete content
e, type about:config into firefox’s location bar and open the preferences window; find the preferences listed in table 1 and double-click on them to set them accordingly. some of these preferences do not exist—to create them, right-click, select “new>boolean”, and type in the name and set the value accordingly. install the dom inspector the dom inspector is an extension that lets you examine html and xul dom tree structures, javascript objects and css properties, etc. this is not required for developing extensions, but it is handy to have around. install extensions for firefox from the mozilla add-ons website. optional - install firebug and chromebug chromebug is used by the firebug development team to develop firebug. you can use it to help debug firefox extensions as well as t...
...he target xul document overlays it with another xul document cross-package overlay: adding a cross manifest permits one xul file to overlay another without any xul-overlay instruction. figure 2: invoking a cross-package overlay (fixme: not really explicit and not a figure) conclusion this has been a brief introduction to chrome that probably leaves a lot of unanswered questions. if you keep in mind the following three points at the very least, the next section, developing a simple extension, should help flesh out your understanding. an extension’s gui, or chrome, can consist of three kinds of package: content, locale, and skin. use a cross-package overlay on top of browser.xul to add a button or menu item to the firefox browser window. the chrome manifest plays two important roles: ...
...r window. the chrome manifest plays two important roles: it registers the contents of the chrome packages, and invokes the cross-package overlay. developing a simple extension: hello world in this section, we will write an extremely simple “hello world” extension that only displays the time.3 phase 1: test install our first step will be to perform a test installation consisting of the minimum code needed to add a new menu item to the tools menu (figure 3). fixme: figure 3: menu after phase 1 complete source file structure first set up the work folders you’ll use to organize your extension’s source files. the folder can be wherever you want, but for the purposes of this guide, we’ll assume it’s at c:\extensions\helloworld . create folders and files in your work folder as...
...And 9 more matches

jspage - Archive of obsolete content
ilter($defined); },indexof:function(c,d){var a=this.length;for(var b=(d<0)?math.max(0,a+d):d||0;b<a;b++){if(this[b]===c){return b;}}return -1;},map:function(d,e){var c=[]; for(var b=0,a=this.length;b<a;b++){c[b]=d.call(e,this[b],b,this);}return c;},some:function(c,d){for(var b=0,a=this.length;b<a;b++){if(c.call(d,this[b],b,this)){return true; }}return false;},associate:function(c){var d={},b=math.min(this.length,c.length);for(var a=0;a<b;a++){d[c[a]]=this[a];}return d;},link:function(c){var a={}; for(var e=0,b=this.length;e<b;e++){for(var d in c){if(c[d](this[e])){a[d]=this[e];delete c[d];break;}}}return a;},contains:function(a,b){return this.indexof(a,b)!=-1; },extend:function(c){for(var b=0,a=c.length;b<a;b++){this.push(c[b]);}return this;},getlast:function(){return(this.length)?this[this.l...
...bind:b,arguments:a}); },bindwithevent:function(b,a){return this.create({bind:b,arguments:a,event:true});},attempt:function(a,b){return this.create({bind:b,arguments:a,attempt:true})(); },delay:function(b,c,a){return this.create({bind:c,arguments:a,delay:b})();},periodical:function(c,b,a){return this.create({bind:b,arguments:a,periodical:c})(); }});number.implement({limit:function(b,a){return math.min(a,math.max(b,this));},round:function(a){a=math.pow(10,a||0);return math.round(this*a)/a;},times:function(b,c){for(var a=0; a<this;a++){b.call(c,a,this);}},tofloat:function(){return parsefloat(this);},toint:function(a){return parseint(this,a||10);}});number.alias("times","each"); (function(b){var a={};b.each(function(c){if(!number[c]){a[c]=function(){return math[c].apply(null,[this].concat($a(argu...
...var a=0; a<this;a++){b.call(c,a,this);}},tofloat:function(){return parsefloat(this);},toint:function(a){return parseint(this,a||10);}});number.alias("times","each"); (function(b){var a={};b.each(function(c){if(!number[c]){a[c]=function(){return math[c].apply(null,[this].concat($a(arguments)));};}});number.implement(a); })(["abs","acos","asin","atan","atan2","ceil","cos","exp","floor","log","max","min","pow","sin","sqrt","tan"]);string.implement({test:function(a,b){return((typeof a=="string")?new regexp(a,b):a).test(this); },contains:function(a,b){return(b)?(b+this+b).indexof(b+a+b)>-1:this.indexof(a)>-1;},trim:function(){return this.replace(/^\s+|\s+$/g,"");},clean:function(){return this.replace(/\s+/g," ").trim(); },camelcase:function(){return this.replace(/-\d/g,function(a){return a.charat(...
...And 9 more matches

Table Layout Strategy - Archive of obsolete content
sictablelayoutstrategy::initialize). later the column widths are balanced by basictablelayoutstrategy::balancecolumnwidths or the fixed layout counter part. in the following the basic table layout strategy is discussed. the functionality is distributed over a large number of subroutines as shown in the chart below. the words the table layout is width oriented and knows the following widths: minimum content width - min the minimum width that is required to layout the content, all linebreak possibilities will be used percent width - pct the cell width specified in percent, fixed width - fix the cell width specified as px, mm etc., proportional width - prop the cell width specified via 1*, 2* etc. and the desired width - des the width the content could fill without any linebreaks.
...d as px, mm etc., proportional width - prop the cell width specified via 1*, 2* etc. and the desired width - des the width the content could fill without any linebreaks. cells can be members of colspans. these colspans have to distribute their space to the columns they include. this information is hold in the adjusted width's. due to this there are 10 width informations for every column. ...
...ortional width - prop the cell width specified via 1*, 2* etc. and the desired width - des the width the content could fill without any linebreaks. cells can be members of colspans. these colspans have to distribute their space to the columns they include. this information is hold in the adjusted width's. due to this there are 10 width informations for every column. ...
...And 9 more matches

Learn XPI Installer Scripting by Example - Archive of obsolete content
e written in javascript using xpinstall engine syntax defined in the xpinstall api reference. most installation scripts, including the one discussed here, take the following basic form (in pseudo-code and with links to the sections in which these installation steps are documented): initinstall(); if (verify_space()) { err = add_dirs_and_files; register_files; if (err==success) { performinstall() }; else { cancelinstall() }; } as you can see in the code listing, the verification process at the top is on lines 1 to 18; the file addition process, here part of the main installation block, is on lines 24 to 41; the registration part of the main installation block is on lines 42-58; and the execution at the end of the main block is on lines 59 to 71. if you choose not to register t...
...on process at the top is on lines 1 to 18; the file addition process, here part of the main installation block, is on lines 24 to 41; the registration part of the main installation block is on lines 42-58; and the execution at the end of the main block is on lines 59 to 71. ...
... end of the main block is on lines 59 to 71. if you choose not to register the installed software or do the verifications at the front end of the installation, then at a minimum, the install scripts mustinitialize, add the files to be installed, and execute. note also that when you call methods on the install--as you do so often in installation scripts (getfolder, initinstall, addfile, and performinstall are all examples of common install object methods)--the install object is implicit; like the window object in regular web page scripts, the install object does not need to be prefixed to the method. initializing the installation all installations must begin with initinstall(). the initinstall() method on the install object creates a new installation for the specified software and version. ...
...And 9 more matches

HTML text fundamentals - Learn web development
the eternal silence</h2> <p>our protagonist could not so much as a whisper out of the shadowy figure ...</p> <h3>the specter speaks</h3> <p>several more hours had passed, when all of a sudden the specter sat bolt upright and exclaimed, "please have mercy on my soul!"</p> it's really up to you what the elements involved represent, as long as the hierarchy makes sense. you just need to bear in mind a few best practices as you create such structures: preferably, you should use a single <h1> per page—this is the top level heading, and all others sit below this in the hierarchy. make sure you use the headings in the correct order in the hierarchy. don't use <h3> elements to represent subheadings, followed by <h2> elements to represent sub-subheadings—that doesn't make sense and will l...
...ucture let's jump straight in with a live example. in the example below, add elements to the raw text in the input field so that it appears as a heading and two paragraphs in the output field. if you make a mistake, you can always reset it using the reset button. if you get stuck, press the show solution button to see the answer. playable code <h2>live output</h2> <div class="output" style="min-height: 50px;"> </div> <h2>editable code</h2> <p class="a11y-label">press esc to move focus away from the code area (tab inserts a tab character).</p> <textarea id="code" class="input" style="min-height: 100px; width: 95%">my short story i am a statistician and my name is trish. my legs are made of cardboard and i am married to a fish.</textarea> <div class="playable-buttons"> <input id="re...
... all the list items: <ul> milk eggs bread hummus </ul> the last step is to wrap each list item in a <li> (list item) element: <ul> <li>milk</li> <li>eggs</li> <li>bread</li> <li>hummus</li> </ul> active learning: marking up an unordered list try editing the live sample below to create your very own html unordered list. ...
...And 9 more matches

An Overview of XPCOM
this chapter provides a quick tour of xpcom - an introduction to the basic concepts and technologies in xpcom and component development. the brief sections in this chapter introduce the concepts at a very high level, so that we can discuss and use them with more familiarity in the tutorial itself, which describes the creation of a mozilla component called weblock. ...
... be reused in different applications or that can be replaced to change the functionality of existing applications. xpcom not only supports component software development, it also provides much of the functionality that a development platform provides, such as: component management file abstraction object message passing memory management we will discuss the above items in detail in the coming chapters, but for now, it can be useful to think of xpcom as a platform for component development, in which features such as those listed above are provided. gecko although it is in some ways structurally similar to microsoft com, xpcom is designed to be used principally at the application level. the most important use of xpcom is within gecko, an open source, standards compliant, embeddable w...
...ents xpcom allows you to break up large software projects into smaller pieces known as components. they are usually contained in reusable binary libraries (a dll on windows, for example, or a dso on unix), which can include one or more components. when two or more related components are grouped together in a binary library, the library is referred to as a module. modular, component-based programming makes software easier to develop and maintain and has some well-known advantages: benefit description reuse modular code can be reused in other applications and other contexts. updates you can update components without having to recompile the whole application. performance when code is modularized, modules that are not necessary right away can be ...
...And 9 more matches

mozIStorageStatement
(firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) for an introduction on how to use this interface, see the storage overview document. ...
...me(in unsigned long acolumnindex); unsigned long getcolumnindex(in autf8string aname); void reset(); astring escapestringforlike(in astring avalue, in wchar aescapechar); void bindparameters(in mozistoragebindingparamsarray aparameters); mozistoragebindingparamsarray newbindingparamsarray(); void bindutf8stringparameter(in unsigned long aparamindex, in autf8string avalue); void bindstringparameter(in unsigned long aparamindex, in astring avalue); void binddoubleparameter(in unsigned long aparamindex, in double avalue); void bindint32parameter(in unsigned long aparamindex, in long avalue); void bindint64parameter(in unsigned long aparamindex, in long long avalue); void bindnullparameter(in unsi...
...ring avalue); void bindstringparameter(in unsigned long aparamindex, in astring avalue); void binddoubleparameter(in unsigned long aparamindex, in double avalue); void bindint32parameter(in unsigned long aparamindex, in long avalue); void bindint64parameter(in unsigned long aparamindex, in long long avalue); void bindnullparameter(in unsigned long aparamindex); void bindblobparameter(in unsigned long aparamindex, [array,const,size_is(avaluesize)] in octet avalue, in unsigned long avaluesize); mozistoragependingstatement executeasync(mozistoragestatementcallback acallback); boolean executestep(); boolean step(); void execute(); attributes attribute type description column...
...And 9 more matches

Web Video Text Tracks Format (WebVTT) - Web APIs
vtt - this file has no cues. example 3 - common webvtt example with a header and cues webvtt - this file has cues. 14 00:01:14.815 --> 00:01:18.114 - what? - where are we now? 15 00:01:18.171 --> 00:01:20.991 - this is big bat country. 16 00:01:21.058 --> 00:01:23.868 - [ bats screeching ] - they won't get in your hair. they're after the bugs. inner structure of a webvtt file let's re-examine one of our previous examples, and look at the cue structure in a bit more detail. webvtt 00:01.000 --> 00:04.000 - never drink liquid nitrogen. 00:05.000 --> 00:09.000 - it will perforate your stomach. - you could die. in the case of each cue: the first line is started with a time, which is the starting time for showing the text that appears underneath. on the same line, we then have a ...
...start with a hyphen (-), each containing part of the text track to be shown. we can also place comments in our .vtt file, to help us remember important information about the parts of our file. these should be on separate lines, starting with the string note. you'll find more about these in the below section. it is important to not use "extra" blank lines within a cue, for example between the timings line and the cue payload. webvtt is line based; a blank line will close the cue. webvtt comments comments are an optional component that can be used to add information to a webvtt file. comments are intended for those reading the file and are not seen by users. comments may contain newlines but cannot contain a blank line, which is equivalent to two consecutive newlines. a blank line signifie...
... 00:00:04.000 --> 00:00:06.500 position:45%,line-right align:center size:35% what are you waiting for? webvtt cues a cue is a single s...
...And 9 more matches

Geometry and reference spaces in WebXR - Web APIs
provided here to cover how the physical position and orientation of the user's head, as well as potentially other parts of their body such as the hands, are mapped into the digital world, as well as how the relative positions of both physical and virtual objects are tracked as they move around, so that the scene can be properly rendered and composited. fundamentals of 3d geometry while we'll examine here the required math operations used to compute the positions, orientations, and movement of objects in virtual space—plus the need to integrate the human viewer of the scene into the mix—a thorough introduction to geometry and the use of matrices and vectors to manage 3d representations of a scene is well beyond the scope of what can be accomplished in this article. you can learn more abo...
... before discussing the details of the geometry of the 3d space used by webxr, it's first useful to understand the units of measure that are applied to the 3d world. lengths and distances webgl measures all distances and lengths in meters. webxr inherits this standard, as well as the fact that the world is a cube two meters wide, two meters tall, and two meters deep. each of the three axes has a minimum value of -1.0 and a maximum of 1.0, with the center of the cube located at (0, 0, 0). this two cubic meter space encompasses the entire universe for the purposes of your code. everything you draw must have its coordinates mapped to fit into this space, either explicitly within your code, or by using a transform to adjust the coordinates of all vertices. the most efficient way, of course, i...
...n the two units for measuring angles. ...
...And 9 more matches

Background audio processing using AudioWorklet - Web APIs
ps. implementing your audio processing algorithm using webassembly can make it perform markedly better. high level overview before we start looking at the use of audioworklet on a step-by-step basis, let's start with a brief high-level overview of what's involved. create module that defines a audio worklet processor class, based on audioworkletprocessor which takes audio from one or more incoming sources, performs its operation on the data, and outputs the resulting audio data. access the audio context's audioworklet through its audioworklet property, and call the audio worklet's domxref("worklet.addmodule", "addmodule()")}} method to install the audio worklet processor module. as needed, create audio processing nodes by passing the processor's name (which is defined by the module) to ...
...sing a javascript module that defines and installs the custom audio processor class. structure of an audio worklet processor an audio worklet processor is a javascript module which consists of the following: a javascript class which defines the audio processor. this class extends the audioworkletprocessor class. the audio processor class must implement a process() method, which receives incoming audio data and writes back out the data as manipulated by the processor. the module installs the new audio worklet processor class by calling registerprocessor(), specifying a name for the audio processor and the class that defines the processor. a single audio worklet processor module may define multiple processor classes, registering each of them with individual calls to registerprocessor()...
...r, for example) is represented as a float32array whose values are the individual audio samples. by specification, each block of audio your process() function receives contains 128 frames (that is, 128 samples for each channel), but it is planned that this value will change in the future, and may in fact vary depending on circumstances, so you should always check the array's length rather than assuming a particular size. it is, however, guaranteed that the inputs and outputs will have the same block length. each input can have a number of channels. a mono input has a single channel; stereo input has two channels. surround sound might have six or more channels. so each input is, in turn, an array of channels. that is, an array of float32array objects. then, there can be multiple inputs, so th...
...And 9 more matches

Border-image generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ass="separator"></div> <div class="property"> <div class="name">draggable</div> <div class="ui-checkbox" data-topic='drag-subject'></div> </div> <div class="property right"> <div class="name">section height</div> <div class="ui-input-slider" data-topic="preview-area-height" data-min="400" data-max="1000"> </div> </div> </div> <div id="preview_section" class="group section"> <div id="subject"> <div class="guideline" data-axis="y" data-topic="slice-top"></div> <div class="guideline" data-axis="x" data-topic="slice-right"></div> <div class="guideline" data-axis="y" data-topi...
..."> <div class="ui-input-slider" data-topic="font-size" data-info="em size" data-unit="px" data-value="12" data-sensivity="3"> </div> </div> <div class="property"> <div class="ui-input-slider" data-topic="preview-width" data-info="width" data-unit=" px" data-min="10" data-max="10000" data-sensivity="3"></div> </div> <div class="property"> <div class="ui-input-slider" data-topic="preview-height" data-info="height" data-unit=" px" data-min="10" data-max="10000" data-sensivity="3"> </div> </div> </div> <div id="output" cl...
...ckground-position: center center; } #remote-url { width: 200px; height: 23px; margin: 10px; padding: 0 5px; border: 1px solid #379b4a; border-radius: 2px; float: left; transition: width 0.5s; } #remote-url:focus { box-shadow: 0px 0px 3px -1px #379b4a; /*#68ace8; */ border-color: rgba(55, 155, 74, 0.5); width: 450px; } /* * visible area */ #preview_section { position: relative; min-height: 400px; } /* image control */ #subject { width: 300px; height: 300px; background-repeat: no-repeat; background-size: 100%; background-color: #fff; border: 1px solid #ccc; position: absolute; z-index: 10; top: 15%; left: 10%; box-shadow: 0 0 3px 0 #bababa; transition-property: width, height; transition-duration: 0.1s; } #subject .guideline { background-color: rgba(255, 25...
...And 9 more matches

Event reference
o be processed. canplay the browser can play the media, but estimates that not enough data has been loaded to play the media up to its end without having to stop for further buffering of content. canplaythrough the browser estimates it can play the media up to its end without stopping for content buffering. complete the rendering of an offlineaudiocontext is terminated. durationchange the duration attribute has been updated. emptied the media has become empty; for example, this event is sent if the media has already been loaded (or partially loaded), and the load() method is called to reload it. ended playback has stopped because the end of the media was reached. loadeddata the first frame of the media has fin...
...een paused. play playback has begun. playing playback is ready to start after having been paused or delayed due to lack of data. ratechange the playback rate has changed. seeked a seek operation completed. seeking a seek operation began. ...
...ot forthcoming. suspend media data loading has been suspended. timeupdate the time indicated by the currenttime attribute has been updated. volumechange the volume has changed. waiting playback has stopped because of a temporary lack of data. progress events event name fired when abort progression has been terminated (not due to an error). error progression has failed. load progression has been successful. loadend progress has stopped (after "error", "abort", or "load" have been dispatched). loadstart progress has begun. progress in progress. timeout progression is terminated due to preset time expiring. storage events change ...
...And 9 more matches

HTML attribute: step - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
tetime-local, number and range types, the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhere to or the keyword any. the step sets the stepping interval when clicking up and down spinner buttons, moving a slider left and right on a range, and validating the different date types. if not explicitly included, step defaults to 1 for number and range, and 1 unit type (minute, week, month, day) for the date/time input types. the value can must be a positive number - integer or float -- or the special value any, which means no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). the default stepping value for number inputs is 1, allowing only integers to be entered, unless the stepping base is not an integer. the default s...
... can must be a positive number - integer or float -- or the special value any, which means no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). the default stepping value for number inputs is 1, allowing only integers to be entered, unless the stepping base is not an integer. the default stepping value for time is 1 second, with 900 being equal to 15 minutes. ...
...ue is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). the default stepping value for number inputs is 1, allowing only integers to be entered, unless the stepping base is not an integer. the default stepping value for time is 1 second, with 900 being equal to 15 minutes. ...
...And 9 more matches

<input type="checkbox"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
s checkboxes allow you to turn single values on and off. where multiple controls exist, radio buttons allow one to be selected out of them all, whereas checkboxes allow multiple values to be selected. value a domstring representing the value of the checkbox. events change and input supported common attributes checked idl attributes checked, indeterminate and value methods select() value a domstring representing the value of the checkbox. this is never seen on the client-side, but on the server this is the value given to the data submitted with the checkbox's name. take the following example: <form> <div> <input type="checkbox" id="subscribenews" name="subscribe" value="newsletter"> <label for="subscribenews">subs...
...u could include an <input type="hidden"> inside the form with the same name and value, generated by javascript perhaps. additional attributes in addition to the common attributes shared by all <input> elements, "checkbox" inputs support the following attributes: attribute description checked boolean; if present, the checkbox is toggled on by default indeterminate a boolean which, if present, indicates that the value of the checkbox is indeterminate rather than true or false value the string to use as the value of the checkbox when submitting the form, if the checkbox is currently toggled on checked a boolean attribute indicating whether or not this checkbox is checked by default (when the page loads). it does not indicate whether...
...note: unlike other input controls, a checkboxes value is only included in the submitted data if the checkbox is currently checked. if it is, then the value of the checkbox's value attribute is reported as the input's value. unlike other browsers, firefox by default persists the dynamic checked state of an <input> across page loads. use the autocomplete attribute to control this feature. indeterminate if the indeterminate attribute is present on the <input> element defining a checkbox, the checkbox's value is neither true nor false, but is instead indeterminate, meaning that it's state cannot be determined or stated in pure binary terms. this may happen, for instance, if the state of the checkbox depends on multiple other checkboxes, and those checkboxes have different values. essentially...
...And 9 more matches

<input type="date"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
timestamp this code finds the first <input> element whose type is date, and sets its value to 2017-06-01 (june 1st, 2017). it then reads that value back in string and number formats. additional attributes along with the attributes common to all <input> elements, date inputs have the following attributes: attribute description max the latest acceptable date min the earliest acceptable date step the stepping interval, when clicking up and down spinner buttons and validating the date max the latest date to accept. if the value entered into the element occurs afterward, the element fails constraint validation. if the value of the max attribute isn't a possible date string in the format yyyy-mm-dd, then the element has no maximum date...
...ate step the stepping interval, when clicking up and down spinner buttons and validating the date max the latest date to accept. if the value entered into the element occurs afterward, the element fails constraint validation. if the value of the max attribute isn't a possible date string in the format yyyy-mm-dd, then the element has no maximum date value. ...
...ating the date max the latest date to accept. if the value entered into the element occurs afterward, the element fails constraint validation. if the value of the max attribute isn't a possible date string in the format yyyy-mm-dd, then the element has no maximum date value. if both the max and min attributes are set, this value must be a date string later than or equal to the one in the min attribute. min the earliest date to accept. ...
...And 9 more matches

x - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
<rect x="120" y="20" width="60" height="60" /> <rect x="220" y="20" width="60" height="60" /> </svg> altglyph warning: as of svg2 <altglyph> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <altglyph>, x defines the x-axis coordinate of the alternate glyph. value list of <length> default value none animatable yes feblend for <feblend>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecolormatrix for <fecolormatrix>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomponenttransf...
...he primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecolormatrix for <fecolormatrix>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomponenttransfer for <fecomponenttransfer>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomposite for <fecomposite>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes feconvolvematrix for...
... area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomposite for <fecomposite>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes feconvolvematrix for <feconvolvematrix>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fediffuselighting for <fediffuselighting>, x defines the minimum x coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fedisplac...
...And 9 more matches

y - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
<rect y="120" x="20" width="60" height="60" /> <rect y="220" x="20" width="60" height="60" /> </svg> altglyph warning: as of svg2 <altglyph> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <altglyph>, y defines the y-axis coordinate of the alternate glyph. value list of <length> default value none animatable yes feblend for <feblend>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecolormatrix for <fecolormatrix>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomponenttransf...
...he primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecolormatrix for <fecolormatrix>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomponenttransfer for <fecomponenttransfer>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomposite for <fecomposite>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes feconvolvematrix for...
... area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fecomposite for <fecomposite>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes feconvolvematrix for <feconvolvematrix>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fediffuselighting for <fediffuselighting>, y defines the minimum y coordinate for the rendering area of the primitive. value <length> | <percentage> default value 0% animatable yes fedisplac...
...And 9 more matches

Advanced text formatting - Learn web development
tion lists; add elements to the raw text in the input field so that it appears as a description list in the output field. you could try using your own terms and descriptions if you like. if you make a mistake, you can always reset it using the reset button. if you get really stuck, press the show solution button to see the answer. playable code <h2>live output</h2> <div class="output" style="min-height: 50px;"> </div> <h2>editable code</h2> <p class="a11y-label">press esc to move focus away from the code area (tab inserts a tab character).</p> <textarea id="code" class="input" style="min-height: 100px; width: 95%"> bacon the glue that binds the world together. eggs the glue that binds the cake together. coffee the drink that gets the world running in the morning. a light brown color.</...
...d for short quotations that don't require paragraph breaks.</q> -- <a href="/docs/web/html/element/q"> <cite>mdn q page</cite></a>.</p> citations are styled in italic font by default. active learning: who said that? time for another active learning example! in this example we'd like you to: turn the middle paragraph into a blockquote, which includes a cite attribute. ...
...the need to eliminate negative self talk" in the third paragraph into an inline quote, and include a cite attribute. wrap the title of each source in <cite> tags and turn each one into a link to that source. the citation sources you need are: http://www.brainyquote.com/quotes/authors/c/confucius.html for the confucius quote http://www.affirmationsforpositivethinking.com for "the need to eliminate negative self talk". if you make a mistake, you can always reset it using the reset button. if you get really stuck, press the show solution button to see the answer. ...
...And 8 more matches

Aprender y obtener ayuda - Learn web development
ere are two main ways in which your brain learns things — focused and diffuse learning: focused learning is what you might more traditionally associate with academic subjects. you concentrate deeply on a low-level topic and solving the specific problems that it brings. you are focused on a narrow area. diffuse learning is more to do with high-level thinking around a wider area. you let your mind wander more widely, and seemingly make random connections between different things. this is more the kind of thinking you do while you are in the shower, or during a coffee break. from the studies that neuroscientists have done on brain activity, we have found out that you can't really engage in both ways of learning — or thinking — at once. so which one should you choose? you might think ...
...roblem, but then figure out the answer when you go for a coffee break (or a walk). you might: know how to fix problem a with tool a. know how to fix problem b with tool b. not know how to fix problem c. let's say you focus on problem c for a while and get frustrated because you can't think how to solve it. but then after going on a walk to get some fresh air, you may well find that as your mind wanders, you suddenly make a connection between tool a and tool b, and realize that you can use them together to fix problem c! it isn't always this simple, but it is also surprising how many times this does happen. this also highlights the importance of taking regular breaks when you are studying in front of the computer. different learning materials it is also worth looking at the different ...
...zilladeveloper, and google chromedevelopers providing many useful videos. many people prefer textual articles for more in-depth learning and reference material, and videos for quick explanations of concepts and new features, but it is really up to you what you prefer to learn from. there is no right and wrong answer here. interactive code playgrounds you might be the kind of person that prefers minimal instructions and would prefer to jump straight in and start playing with code. this is also a reasonable approach, and some learning sites tend to favor it. codecademy for example is a learning site where the tutorials mainly consist of interactive code editors where you have to directly write code and see if the desired result was achieved. many mdn web docs reference pages provide interact...
...And 8 more matches

Getting started with Ember - Learn web development
previous overview: client-side javascript frameworks next in our first ember article we will look at how ember works and what it's useful for, install the ember toolchain locally, create a sample app, and then do some initial setup to get it ready for development. prerequisites: at minimum, it is recommended that you are familiar with the core html, css, and javascript languages, and have knowledge of the terminal/command line. a deeper understanding of modern javascript features (such as classes, modules, etc), will be extremely beneficial, as ember makes heavy use of them. objective: to learn how to install ember, and create a starter app. introducing ember ember is a component-service framework that focuses on the overall web applica...
...ember also has immense backwards and forwards compatibility to help businesses stay up to date with the latest versions of ember and latest community-driven conventions. ...
... help reduce the menial differences between apps — a common goal among all opinionated frameworks, across any language and ecosystem. developers are then more easily able to switch between projects and applications without having to completely relearn the architecture, patterns, conventions, etc. as you work through this series of tutorials, you'll notice ember's opinions — such as strict naming conventions of component files. how does ember relate to vanilla javascript? ember is built on javascript technologies and is a thin layer on top of traditional object-oriented programming, while still allowing developers to utilize functional programming techniques. ember makes use of two main syntaxes: javascript (or optionally, typescript) ember's own templating language, which is loos...
...And 8 more matches

Introduction to automated testing - Learn web development
to handle this efficiently, you should become familiar with automation tools. in this article, we look at what is available, how to use task runners, and how to use the basics of commercial browser test automation apps such as lambdatest, sauce labs, browserstack, and testingbot. prerequisites: familiarity with the core html, css, and javascript languages; an idea of the high level principles of cross-browser testing. ...
...ed at in previous articles manually can be a real pain. fortunately, there are tools to help us automate some of this pain away. there are two main ways in which we can automate the tests we've been talking about in this module: use a task runner such as grunt or gulp, or npm scripts to run tests and clean up code during your build process. this is a great way to perform tasks like linting and minifying code, adding in css prefixes or transpiling nascent javascript features for maximum cross-browser reach, and so on. use a browser automation system like selenium to run specific tests on installed browsers and return results, alerting you to failures in browsers as they crop up. commercial cross-browser testing apps like lambdatest, sauce labs, browserstack, and testingbot are based on sel...
... the ones mentioned above. note: the above two categories are not mutually exclusive. it is possible to set up a task runner to access a service like sauce labs, or lambdatest via an api, run cross browser tests, and return results. we will look at this below as well. using a task runner to automate testing tools as we said above, you can drastically speed up common tasks such as linting and minifying code by using a task runner to run everything you need to run automatically at a certain point in your build process. for example, this could be every time you save a file, or at some other point. inside this section we'll look at how to automate task running with node and gulp, a beginner-friendly option. setting up node and npm most tools these days are based on node.js, so you'll need ...
...And 8 more matches

An overview of NSS Internals
a high-level overview to the internals of network security services (nss) software developed by the mozilla.org projects traditionally used its own implementation of security protocols and cryptographic algorithms, originally called netscape security services, nowadays called network security services (nss). nss is a library written in the c programming language. ...
... nss offers lots of functionality; we'll walk through the list of modules, design principles, and important relevant standards. ...
... nss offers lots of functionality; we'll walk through the list of modules, design principles, and important relevant standards. ...
...And 8 more matches

Python binding for NSS
.com. additional contributors are: miloslav trmač mitr@redhat.com bohuslav kabrda slavek@redhat.com the python-nss binding is still young despite having been utilized in several major software projects. thus it's major version number is still at zero. this is primarily so the developers can make changes to the api as experiece grows with it. for example it is already known there are some naming inconsistencies. elments of the api are probably not ideally partitioned into proper namespaces via python modules. some functionality and interface have already been deprecated due to lessons learned. thus at some point in the future when it is felt the api has solidified and been further proven in the field a 1.0 release will be made. at that point in time existing users of the python-nss api ...
... allow custom include root in setup.py as command line arg. add tls chacha20 poly1305 constants. remove checks for whether a socket is open for reading. it's not possible for the binding to know in all cases, especially if the socket is created from an xternal socket passed in. the following module functions were added: ...
...y1305_sha256 release 1.0.0beta1 release date 2016-02-16 scm tag pynss_release_1_0_0beta1 source download https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/python-nss/releases/pynss_release_1_0_0beta1/src/ change log the primary enhancement in this version is support for python3. ...
...And 8 more matches

nsDependentCString
subclass of nststring that restricts string value to an immutable character sequence. this class does not own its data, so the creator of objects of this type must take care to ensure that a nstdependentstring continues to reference valid memory for the duration of its use. ...
... compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii ...
...operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nscstring data members no public members. methods constructors nsdependentcstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* start a pointer to the start of the string. must not be null. char* end a pointer to the string's null terminator. must not be null. nsdependentcstring(const char*, pruint32) - source parameters char* data a pointer to the string. must not be null. pruint32 length the length of the string. nsdependentcstring(const char*) - source constructs an nsdependentstring when you don't know the length in advance. instead ns_strlen is used to measure the length. parameters char* data a pointer to the string. mu...
...And 8 more matches

Mail composition back end
lso have the ability to save rfc822 files to disk, should you need this data for some reason. included in this functionality is the code to copy the messages to the appropriate locations after delivery (i.e. a "sent" folder) as well as the ability to store messages for features like "drafts" and "templates". several (but not all) of these interfaces are specified in idl. this will change in the coming weeks and allow for developers to write javascript to take advantage of the back end services. also, i will talk about some features though they may not be complete as of yet. i will try to make comments for these exceptions. sending messages the primary responsibility of the back end is for the creation and sending of rfc822 messages. the interface that accomplishes this ...
...nsieditorshell *aeditor, - the editor object for the mail compose operation. if this is not null, the body will be extracted from this object and any embedded objects or links will be sent as part of the message in mhtml nsimsgidentity *auseridentity, - the user identity for the person doing the send operation. this will be needed to determine the appropriate folder for copy operations. nsimsgcompfields *fields, - the message composition fields. this will contain all of the relevant header information for message creation prbool digest_p, - this is a flag that says that most of the documents we are attaching are themselves messages, and so we should ge...
...mpfields *fields, - the message composition fields. this will contain all of the relevant header information for message creation prbool digest_p, - this is a flag that says that most of the documents we are attaching are themselves messages, and so we should generate a multipart/digest container instead of multipart/mixed. (it's a minor difference.) prbool dont_deliver_p, - if "dont_deliver_p" is false, then we actually deliver the message to the smtp and/or nntp server nsmsgdelivermode mode, - mode is the delivery mode. this can be set for the various modes of delivery. these can include nsmsgdelivernow, nsmsgqueueforlater, nsmsgsave, nsmsgsav...
...And 8 more matches

Rendering and the WebXR frame animation callback - Web APIs
by calling the xrsession method requestanimationframe(), providing a callback function, mydrawframe(), whose job is to render the frame. note that this code doesn't have a loop! instead, the frame rendering code—in this case, a function named mydrawframe()—is responsible for scheduling time to draw another frame by once again calling requestanimationframe(). refresh rate and frame rate assuming you've called the xrsession method requestanimationframe() since the last time the screen refreshed, the browser will call your frame renderer callback every time it's ready to repaint your app or site window. in this context, "repaint" simply means the process of ensuring that the screen's displayed content matches what the dom and the elements within are trying to present at the moment. harda...
...hen your callback returns, the browser transfers that backbuffer to the display or xr device, along with anything else that's changed since the last time the screen was refreshed. historically, displays have refreshed 60 times per second. this is due to early displays using the ac electrical grid's current flow waveform, which cycles 60 times per second in the united states (50 in europe), for timing purposes. this figure goes by a number of different names, but they're all equivalent or nearly so: refresh rate vertical refresh rate vertical blanking rate (vbl) vertical sync rate vertical refresh rate there are other similar terms used as well, but regardless of what it's called, the unit of measurement applied is the hertz, or hz. a display that refreshes 60 times per second has a ...
...of the space horizontally), we first need to render the scene from, say, [-0.032, 2.0, 0.0] (32mm to the left of center) and then render it again at [0.032, 2.0, 0.0]. (32mm right of center) this way, we place the positions of the viewer's eyes at an average human pupillary distance of 64mm. that distance (or whatever pupillary distance the xr system is configured to use) is enouigh to allow our minds to see just enough difference due to retinal disparity (the difference in what each retina sees) and the parallax effect to allow our brains to calculate the distance to and depth of objects, thus enabling us to percieve three dimensions despite our retinas only being 2d surfaces. this is illustrated in the diagram below, in which we see how each eye perceives a die located directly in front o...
...And 8 more matches

Advanced techniques: Creating and sequencing audio - Web APIs
we're going to introduce sample loading, envelopes, filters, wavetables, and frequency modulation. if you're familiar with these terms and you're looking for an introduction to their application within with the web audio api, you've come to the right place. demo we're going to be looking at a very simple step sequencer: in practice this is easier to do with a library — the web audio api was built to be built upon. if you are about to embark on building something more complex, tone.js would be a good place to start. ...
...lding something more complex, tone.js would be a good place to start. however, we want to demonstrate how to build such a demo from first principles, as a learning exercise. note: you can find the source code on github as step-sequencer; see the step-sequencer running live also. the interface consists of master controls, which allow us to play/stop the sequencer, and adjust the bpm (beats per minute) to speed up or slow down the "music". there are four different sounds, or voices, which can be played. each voice has four buttons, which represent four beats in one bar of music. when they are enabled the note will sound. when the instrument plays, it will move across this set of beats and loop the bar. each voice also has local controls, which allow you to manipulate the effects or parame...
...is is great, but wouldn't it be nice if we had an amplitude envelope to go with it? let's create a simple one so we get used to the methods we need to create an envelope with the web audio api. let's say our envelope has attack and release. ...
...And 8 more matches

ARIA Test Cases - Accessibility
ers. for more up-to-date examples, see the openajaxalliance aria examples page. or copy-paste: http://oaa-accessibility.org/examples/ for each example we test the "expected" results with assistive technologies, for each browser that at supports wai-aria in. where a failure occurs we will test the browser for api incorrectness, using tools such as msaa inspect. this must be done in order to determine where to file a bug (browser or at). there are several purposes for providing this information: help browser vendors provide correct implementations help at vendors provide correct implementations inform authors as to what actually works reliably in general we're testing with the latest public releases. however, where things don't work we may test with nightly builds if they are availabl...
... several purposes for providing this information: help browser vendors provide correct implementations help at vendors provide correct implementations inform authors as to what actually works reliably in general we're testing with the latest public releases. however, where things don't work we may test with nightly builds if they are available, in order to show what is already fixed in upcoming releases. we can add more screen readers if people are willing to step up and provide test results for them. tested ua/at combinations: dragon 10 with firefox 3 and ie 8 beta 2 jaws 9 & 10 with firefox 3 jaws 9 & 10 with ie beta 2 nvda 0.6p2 with firefox 3 orca with firefox 3 window-eyes 7 with ie 8 beta 2 and firefox 3 voiceover (leopard) with safari 4.0.2 zoom (leopard) with safari...
...r treats any progress updates. the live region markup should not affect how the progress updates are presented. (al) if the screen reader provides a keystroke to announce the current progress, this should work with an aria progressbar as well. jaws - jaws announces the level of progress at each time interval the user selects in jaws configuration. ...
...And 8 more matches

grid-template-columns - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
y. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...e-columns: 100px 1fr; grid-template-columns: [linename] 100px; grid-template-columns: [linename1] 100px [linename2 linename3]; grid-template-columns: minmax(100px, 1fr); grid-template-columns: fit-content(40%); grid-template-columns: repeat(3, 200px); grid-template-columns: subgrid; /* <auto-track-list> values */ grid-template-columns: 200px repeat(auto-fill, 100px) 300px; grid-template-columns: minmax(100px, max-content) repeat(auto-fill, 200px) 20%; grid-template-columns: [linename1] 100px [linename2] repeat(auto-fit, [linename3 linename4] 300px) 100px; grid-template-columns: [linename1 linename2] 100px repeat(auto-fit, [linename1] 300px) [linename3]; /* global values */ grid-template-columns: inhe...
...x) 100px; grid-template-columns: [linename1 linename2] 100px repeat(auto-fit, [linename1] 300px) [linename3]; /* global values */ grid-template-columns: inherit; grid-template-columns: initial; grid-template-columns: unset; values none indicates that there is no explicit grid. any columns will be implicitly generated and their size will be determined by the grid-auto-columns property. <length> a non-negative length, giving the width of the column. <percentage> is a non-negative <percentage> value relative to the inline size of the grid container. if the size of the grid container depends on the size of its tracks, then the percentage must be treated as auto. the intrinsic size contributions of the track may be adjusted to the size of t...
...And 8 more matches

grid-template-rows - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ithub repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...ist> values */ grid-template-rows: 100px 1fr; grid-template-rows: [linename] 100px; grid-template-rows: [linename1] 100px [linename2 linename3]; grid-template-rows: minmax(100px, 1fr); grid-template-rows: fit-content(40%); grid-template-rows: repeat(3, 200px); grid-template-rows: subgrid; /* <auto-track-list> values */ grid-template-rows: 200px repeat(auto-fill, 100px) 300px; grid-template-rows: minmax(100px, max-content) repeat(auto-fill, 200px) 20%; grid-template-rows: [linename1] 100px [linename2] repeat(auto-fit, [linename3 linename4] 300px) 100px; grid-template-rows: [linename1 linename2] 100px repeat(auto-fit, [linename1] 300px) [linename3]; /* global values */ grid-template-rows: inherit; grid...
...inename1] 300px) [linename3]; /* global values */ grid-template-rows: inherit; grid-template-rows: initial; grid-template-rows: unset; this property may be specified as: either the keyword value none or a <track-list> value or an <auto-track-list> value. values none is a keyword meaning that there is no explicit grid. any rows will be implicitly generated and their size will be determined by the grid-auto-rows property. <length> is a non-negative length. <percentage> is a non-negative <percentage> value, relative to the block size of the grid container. if the size of the grid container depends on the size of its tracks, then the percentage must be treated as auto. the intrinsic size contributions of the track may be adjusted to the size of the grid container, and increase ...
...And 8 more matches

<input type="month"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the <datalist> provides ...
... the latest year and month, in the string format discussed in the value section above, to accept. if the value entered into the element exceeds this, the element fails constraint validation. if the value of the max attribute isn't a valid string in "yyyy-mm" format, then the element has no maximum value. this value must specify a year-month pairing later than or equal to the one specified by the min attribute. min the latest year and month to accept, in the same "yyyy-mm" format described above. if the value of the element is less than this, the element fails constraint validation. if a value is specified for min that isn't a valid year and month string, the input has no minimum value. this value must be a year-month pairing which is earlier than or equal to the one specified by the max a...
...he value of the htmlinputelement.value property. note: because a read-only field cannot have a value, required does not have any effect on inputs with the readonly attribute also specified. step the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhere to, or the special value any, which is described below. only values which are equal to the basis for stepping (min if specified, value otherwise, and an appropriate default value if neither of those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring number...
...And 8 more matches

<input type="password"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
boards. note: any forms involving sensitive information like passwords (e.g. login forms) should be served over https; many browsers now implement mechanisms to warn against insecure login forms; see insecure passwords. value a domstring representing a password, or empty events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, inputmode, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size idl attributes selectionstart, selectionend, selectiondirection, and value methods select(), setrangetext(), and setselectionrange() value the value attribute contains a domstring whose value is the current contents of the text editing control being used to enter the password. if the user hasn't entered anyt...
...ue of a password control, line feed and carriage return characters are stripped out of the value. ...
...control, line feed and carriage return characters are stripped out of the value. ...
...And 8 more matches

The "codecs" parameter in common media types - Web media technologies
le with the mime type video/mp4 doesn't say anything about what format the actual media within takes. for that reason, the codecs parameter can be added to the mime type describing media content. with it, container-specific information can be provided. this information may include things like the profile of the video codec, the type used for the audio tracks, and so forth. this guide briefly examines the syntax of the media type codecs parameter and how it's used with the mime type string to provide details about the contents of audio or video media beyond simply indicating the container type. general syntax a basic mime media type is expressed by stating the type of media (audio, video, etc), then a slash character (/), then the container format used to contain the media: audio/mpeg ...
...e default value is 0 (not monochrome). ccc ccc indicates the chroma subsampling as three digits. the first digit is subsampling_x, the second is subsampling_y. if both of those are 1, the third is the value of chroma_sample_position; otherwise, the third digit is always 0. ...
...meter, as well as the value to specify for the constraints component, cc. ...
...And 8 more matches

Element Positioning - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » here we'll look at controlling the position and size of an element. box element positioning so far, we know how to position elements either horizontally or vertically inside a box. we will often need more control over the position and size of elements within the box. for this, we first need to look at how a box works. ...
...er horizontally or vertically inside a box. we will often need more control over the position and size of elements within the box. for this, we first need to look at how a box works. the position of an element is determined by the layout style of its container. for example, the position of a button in a horizontal box is to the right of the previous button, if any. the size of an element is determined by two factors, the size that the element wants to be and the size you specify. the size that an element wants to be is determined by what is in the element. for example, a button's width is determined by the amount of text inside the button. an element will generally be as large as it needs to be to hold its contents, and no larger. some elements, such as textboxes have a default size, which ...
...abel="ok" width="100" height="40"/> however, it is not recommended that you do this. it is not very portable and may not fit in with some themes. a better way is to use style properties, which work similarly to style sheets in html. the following css properties can be used. width this specifies the width of the element. note that the css global skin of the xul application may also specify a min-width for the buttons and other elements, thus if simply setting the width property does not set the button width as you expect, try also to modify the button min-width property. height this specifies the height of the element. by setting either of the two properties, the element will be created with that width and height. if you specify only one size property, the other is calculated as need...
...And 7 more matches

Tree View Details - Archive of obsolete content
this is a fairly tricky process as it involves keeping track of which items have children and also which rows are open and closed. nesting level every row in the tree has a nesting level. ...
...this is a fairly tricky process as it involves keeping track of which items have children and also which rows are open and closed. nesting level every row in the tree has a nesting level. ...
...vel every row in the tree has a nesting level. the topmost rows are at level 0, the children of those rows are at level 1, their children at level 2 and so on. the tree will query the view for each row by calling its getlevel method to find out the level of that row. the view will need to return 0 for the outermost rows and higher values for inner rows. the tree will use this information to determine the hierarchical structure of the rows. in addition to the getlevel method, there is a hasnextsibling function which, given a row, should return true if there is another row afterwards at the same level. this function is used, specifically, to draw the nesting lines along the side of the tree. the getparentindex method is expected to return the parent row of a given row, that is, the row befor...
...And 7 more matches

Grids - Learn web development
it might be better to have tracks that are at least 100 pixels tall and can still expand if more content gets into them. a fairly basic fact about the web is that you never really know how tall something is going to be; addit...
...pixels, in which case it would cause an overflow. it might be better to have tracks that are at least 100 pixels tall and can still expand if more content gets into them. a fairly basic fact about the web is that you never really know how tall something is going to be; additional content or larger font sizes can cause problems with designs that attempt to be pixel perfect in every dimension. ...
...ause an overflow. it might be better to have tracks that are at least 100 pixels tall and can still expand if more content gets into them. a fairly basic fact about the web is that you never really know how tall something is going to be; additional content or larger font sizes can cause problems with designs that attempt to be pixel perfect in every dimension. ...
...And 7 more matches

Tips for authoring fast-loading HTML pages - Learn web development
timizing page load performance is not just for content which will be viewed by narrowband dial-up or mobile device visitors. it is just as important for broadband content and can lead to dramatic improvements even for your visitors with the fastest connections. tips reduce page weight page weight is by far the most important factor in page-load performance. reducing page weight through the elimination of unnecessary whitespace and comments, commonly known as minimization, and by moving inline script and css into external files, can improve download performance with minimal need for other changes in the page structure. tools such as html tidy can automatically strip leading whitespace and extra blank lines from valid html source. other tools can "compress" javascript by reformatting the s...
...g inline script and css into external files, can improve download performance with minimal need for other changes in the page structure. tools such as html tidy can automatically strip leading whitespace and extra blank lines from valid html source. other tools can "compress" javascript by reformatting the source or by obfuscating the source and replacing long identifiers with shorter versions. minimize the number of files reducing the number of files referenced in a web page lowers the number of http connections required to download a page, thereby reducing the time for these requests to be sent, and for their responses to be received. depending on a browser's cache settings, it may send a request with the if-modified-since header for each referenced file, asking whether the file has bee...
...e network node closest to the user, thereby reducing latency. further reading: understanding cdns reduce domain lookups since each separate domain costs time in a dns lookup, the page load time will grow along with the number of separate domains appearing in css link(s) and javascript and image src(es). this may not always be practical; however, you should always take care to use only the minimum necessary number of different domains in your pages. cache reused content make sure that any content that can be cached, is cached, and with appropriate expiration times. in particular, pay attention to the last-modified header. it allows for efficient page caching; by means of this header, information is conveyed to the user agent about the file it wants to load, such as when it was last ...
...And 7 more matches

Cooperative asynchronous JavaScript: Timeouts and intervals - Learn web development
ply omit the value), the function will run as soon as possible. (see the note below on why it runs "as soon as possible" and not "immediately".) more on why you might want to do this later. zero or more values that represent any parameters you want to pass to the function when it is run. note: the specified amount of time (or the delay) is not the guaranteed time to execution, but rather the minimum time to execution. the callbacks you pass to these functions cannot run until the stack on the main thread is empty. as a consequence, code like settimeout(fn, 0) will execute as soon as the stack is empty, not immediately. if you execute code like settimeout(fn, 0) but then immediately after run a loop that counts from 1 to 10 billion, your callback will be executed after a few seconds. i...
...'ve done in our version, but less accurate — you can't guarantee that the callback will fire after exactly 1000ms. a more accurate way would be to run starttime = date.now() to get a timestamp of exactly when the user clicked the start button, and then do date.now() - starttime to get the number of milliseconds after the start button was clicked. you also want to calculate the number of hours, minutes, and seconds as separate values, and then show them together in a string after each loop iteration. from the second counter, you can work out each of these. how would you calculate them? have a think about it: the number of seconds in an hour is 3600. the number of minutes will be the amount of seconds left over when all of the hours have been removed, divided by 60. the number o...
... you'll want to include a leading zero on your display values if the amount is less than 10, so it looks more like a traditional clock/watch. ...
...And 7 more matches

TypeScript support in Svelte - Learn web development
s on dom elements in svelte. we will now learn how to use typescript in svelte applications. first we'll learn what typescript is and what benefits it can bring us. then we'll see how to configure our project to work with typescript files. finally we will go over our app and see what modifications we have to make to fully take advantage of typescript features. prerequisites: at minimum, it is recommended that you are familiar with the core html, css, and javascript languages, and have knowledge of the terminal/command line. you'll need a terminal with node + npm installed to compile and build your app. objective: learn how to configure and use typescript when developing svelte applications. note that our application is fully functional and portin...
... developers working on the same code base. and it is indeed being used by several large-scale projects, like angular 2, vue 3, ionic, visual studio code, jest and even the svelte compiler. nevertheless, some developers prefer to use it even on small projects like the one we are developing. in the end, it's your decision. ...
...er. nevertheless, some developers prefer to use it even on small projects like the one we are developing. in the end, it's your decision. in the following sections we hope to give you more evidence to make up your mind about it. creating a svelte typescript project from scratch you can start a new svelte typescript project using the standard template. all you have to do is run the following terminal commands (run them somewhere where you are storing your svelte test projects — it creates a new directory): npx degit sveltejs/template svelte-typescript-app cd svelte-typescript-app node scripts/setuptypescript.js this creates a starter project that includes typescript support, which you can then modify as you wish. then you'll have to tell npm to download dependencies and start the pr...
...And 7 more matches

Getting started with Svelte - Learn web development
article we'll provide a quick introduction to the svelte framework. we will see how svelte works and what sets it apart from the rest of the frameworks and tools we've seen so far. then we will learn how to setup our development environment, create a sample app, understand the structure of the project, and see how to run it locally and build it for production. prerequisites: at minimum, it is recommended that you are familiar with the core html, css, and javascript languages, and have knowledge of the terminal/command line. svelte is a compiler that generates minimal and highly optimized javascript code from our sources; you'll need a terminal with node + npm installed to compile and build your app. objective: to setup a local svelte development environ...
...d to explore it. note: recently svelte has added official typescript support, one of its most requested features. we'll look at it later on in this tutorial series. we encourage you to go through the svelte tutorial for a really quick introduction to the basic concepts, before returning to this tutorial series to learn how to build something slightly more in-depth. it should take you about 30 minutes to complete. use cases svelte can be used to develop small pieces of an interface or whole applications. you can either start from scratch letting svelte drive your ui or you can incrementally integrate it into an existing application. nevertheless, svelte is particularly appropriate to tackle the following situations: web applications intended for low power devices: applications built ...
... allowing each component to define their own styles without the risk of clashing with other component's styles. it extends javascript by reinterpreting specific directives of the language to achieve true reactivity and ease component state management. the compiler only intervenes in very specific situations and only in the context of svelte components. extensions to the javascript language are minimal and carefully picked in order to not break javascript syntax nor alienate developers. in fact, you will be mostly working with vanilla javascript. first steps with svelte being a compiler, you can't just add a <script src="svelte.js"> tag to your page and import it into your app. you'll have to set up your development environment in order to let the compiler do its job. requirements in or...
...And 7 more matches

Introduction to NSPR
the netscape portable runtime (nspr) api allows compliant applications to use system facilities such as threads, thread synchronization, i/o, interval timing, atomic operations, and several other low-level services in a platform-independent manner. this chapter introduces key nspr programming concepts and illustrates them with sample code. the current implementation of nspr allows developers to compile a single source code base on macintosh (ppc), win32 (nt 3.51, nt 4.0, win'95), and over twenty versions of unix. nspr does not provide a platform for porting existing code. it must be used from the beginning of a software project. ...
.... this chapter introduces key nspr programming concepts and illustrates them with sample code. the current implementation of nspr allows developers to compile a single source code base on macintosh (ppc), win32 (nt 3.51, nt 4.0, win'95), and over twenty versions of unix. nspr does not provide a platform for porting existing code. it must be used from the beginning of a software project. ...
...duces key nspr programming concepts and illustrates them with sample code. the current implementation of nspr allows developers to compile a single source code base on macintosh (ppc), win32 (nt 3.51, nt 4.0, win'95), and over twenty versions of unix. nspr does not provide a platform for porting existing code. it must be used from the beginning of a software project. ...
...And 7 more matches

JIT Optimization Strategies
constants = {}; constants.n = 100; function testarray(array) { for (var i = 0; i < array.length; i++) { if (array[i] > constants.n) return true; } return false; } will have the loop compiled into the following when testarray gets hot. for (var i = 0; i < array.length; i++) { if (array[i] > 100) return true; } when this optimization is successful, property access is eliminated entirely and replaced with an inline constant. getprop_constant attempts to optimize reading a property that contains a uniquely-typed (or "singleton") object. with uniquely-typed objects, it is guaranteed that no other object has that same type. unique (or "singleton") types are assigned to certain kinds of objects, like global objects, top-level functions, and object literals declared at ...
...quely-typed objects, it is guaranteed that no other object has that same type. unique (or "singleton") types are assigned to certain kinds of objects, like global objects, top-level functions, and object literals declared at the top-level of a script. if a property has always contained the same uniquely-typed object, then the engine can use the unique type to map back to a specific object, and eliminate the property access, replacing it with a constant reference to the object. when this optimization is successful, property access is eliminated entirely and replaced with an inline constant. the different success and failure conditions are documented below: getprop_staticname attempts to optimize a property access on window which refers to a property on the global object. getprop_typedobjec...
... property that is not turned into a constant. it compiles down to a single cpu-level load instruction. function someconstructor() { this.x = 10; // x is a definite slot property this.y = 10; // y is a definite slot property somecomplicatedfunctioncall(); this.z = 20; // z is not a definite slot property. } in the above example, the properties x and y can always be determined to exist on any instance of someconstructor at definite locations, allowing the engine to infer deterministically the position of x without a shape guard. this optimization can fail for a number of reasons. if the types observed at the property access are polymorphic (more than one type), this optimization cannot succeed. furthermore, even if the object type is monomorphic, the optimization wi...
...And 7 more matches

nsCString
class declaration this is the canonical null-terminated string class. all subclasses promise null-terminated storage. instances of this class allocate strings on the heap. names: nsstring for wide characters nscstring for narrow characters this class is also known as nsaflat[c]string, where "flat" is used to denote a null-terminated string. method overview constructors operator= get find rfind rfindchar findcharinset rfindcharinset compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading b...
... compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii ...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
...And 7 more matches

nsDependentString
subclass of nststring that restricts string value to an immutable character sequence. this class does not own its data, so the creator of objects of this type must take care to ensure that a nstdependentstring continues to reference valid memory for the duration of its use. ...
...ndcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii ...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
...And 7 more matches

nsString
class declaration this is the canonical null-terminated string class. all subclasses promise null-terminated storage. instances of this class allocate strings on the heap. names: nsstring for wide characters nscstring for narrow characters this class is also known as nsaflat[c]string, where "flat" is used to denote a null-terminated string. method overview constructors operator= get find rfind rfindchar findcharinset rfindcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting ...
...ndcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii ...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
...And 7 more matches

Index
nipulating thunderbird address books. address book interfaces provides an overview of the related interfaces. see an overview of thunderbird components for a general description of the thunderbird user interface and related programmatic interfaces. 9 address book sync client design by richard h. pizzarro <rhp@netscape.com> 10 autoconfiguration in thunderbird administration, enterprise author: ben bucksch please do not change this document without consulting the author 11 autoconfig file format no summary! 12 autoconfig file format definition please see https://wiki.mozilla.org/thunderbird:autoconfiguration:configfileformat. 13 autoconfig: how to create a configuration file autoconfiguration,...
... thunderbird moved to autoconfiguration 15 buddy icons in mail seth spitzer mozilla is now able to show icons in the message header area and the addressbook card pane. for the message pane, the icon we will show is on disk at: <profile home>/nim/<value of pref aim.session.screenname>/picture/<screenname for sender email address>.gif when trying to determine the screenname for the sender, we search the addressbook that we are using for collection. (see this document for info about that.) for the addressbook card pane, the icon will show is on disk at: <profile home>/nim/<value of pref aim.session.screenname>/picture/<screenname for card>.gif if aim.session.screenname is not set, the icon will not appear. if there is no card matching the ...
... see the source for nitty-gritty details or if this page seems to be wrong. glodaindexer provides the core indexing logic. glodamsgindexer has the message-specific stuff, although the actual attribute-providers are found in glodaexplicitattr and glodafundattr. glodaabindexer has the limited address book support. 32 index index found 72 pages: 33 ldap support administration, enterprise, thunderbird this document is intended to "fill in the gaps" about how enterprise customers can leverage and customize ldap support in mozilla thunderbird. it is not intended as an introduction to ldap and mozilla products. it assumes you are already familiar with configuring preferences for deployed builds in addition to setting up thunderbird to use an ldap directory.
...And 7 more matches

Version, UI, and Status Information - Plugins
agent(npp instance); the instance parameter represents the current plug-in instance. this function returns a string that contains the user_agent field of the browser. getting the current version your plug-in should make sure, possibly during initialization, that the version of the plug-in api it is using is compatible with the version the browser is using. to do so, it must find the major and minor version numbers, which are determined when the plug-in and navigator are compiled, and compare them. if the versions are not compatible, the plug-in can let the user know. the plug-in can also use the version number to find out whether a particular feature exists on the version of the browser that the plug-in is running in. the browser and plug-in api major version numbers represent code relea...
...ich are determined when the plug-in and navigator are compiled, and compare them. if the versions are not compatible, the plug-in can let the user know. the plug-in can also use the version number to find out whether a particular feature exists on the version of the browser that the plug-in is running in. the browser and plug-in api major version numbers represent code release numbers, and their minor version numbers represent point release numbers. for example, plug-in api version 6.03 has a major version number of 6 and a point release number of 3. differing version numbers may mean that the current plug-in api and the browser versions are incompatible. changes to the minor version numbers indicate a smaller difference than changes to the major version. changes to the major version number...
...ber of 6 and a point release number of 3. differing version numbers may mean that the current plug-in api and the browser versions are incompatible. changes to the minor version numbers indicate a smaller difference than changes to the major version. changes to the major version numbers probably indicate incompatibility. the plug-in calls the npn_version method to check for changes in major and minor plug-in api version numbers. it gets the values from the plug-in rather than from the browser. ...
...And 7 more matches

Network request details - Firefox Developer Tools
network monitor, which provides more detailed information about the request. the screenshots and descriptions in this section reflect firefox 78. earlier versions appeared similarly, but might not include some functionality. the tabs at the top of this pane enable you to switch between the following pages: headers messages (only for websocket items) cookies params response cache timings security (only for secure pages) stack trace (only when the request has a stack trace, e.g. a script called by another script). clicking the icon at the right-hand end of the toolbar closes the details pane and returns you to the list view. headers tab the headers tab has a toolbar, followed by three main sections. this includes: information about the request status: the respons...
...alue pair is copied. ...
...2019 13:01:39 gmt" }, { "name": "mediawiki-login-suppressed", "value": "true" }, { "name": "p3p", "value": "cp=\"this is not a p3p policy! ...
...And 7 more matches

Checking when a deadline is due - Web APIs
derstands. human-readable dates are quite different, with a number of different representations. recording the date information to provide a reasonable user experience on mobile devices, and to cut down on ambiguities, i decided to create an html form with: a text input for entering a title for your to-do list. this is the least avoidable bit of user typing. number inputs for the hour and minute parts of the deadline. on browsers that support type="number", you get a nice little up and down arrow number picker. on mobile platforms you tend to get a numeric keypad for entering data, which is helpful. on others you just get a standard text input, which is okay. <select> elements for inputting the day, month and year of the deadline. because these values are the most ambiguous for users...
...lso saves on annoying typing for mobile users. the days are recorded as numerical days of the month, the months are recorded as full month names, and the years are recorded as full four digit year numbers. when the form's submit button is pressed, we run the adddata() function, which starts like this: function adddata(e) { e.preventdefault(); if(title.value == '' || hours.value == null || minutes.value == null || day.value == '' || month.value == '' || year.value == null) { note.innerhtml += '<li>data not submitted — form incomplete.</li>'; return; } in this segment, we check to see if the form fields have all been filled in. if not, we drop a message into our developer notifications pane (see the bottom left of the app ui) to tell the user what is going on, and exit out...
...eveloper notifications pane (see the bottom left of the app ui) to tell the user what is going on, and exit out of the function. ...
...And 7 more matches

Performance - Web APIs
an object of this type can be obtained by calling the window.performance read-only attribute. note: this interface and its members are available in web workers, except where indicated below. also, note that performance markers and measures are per context. ...
...at performance markers and measures are per context. if you create a mark on the main thread (or other worker), you cannot see it in a worker thread, and vice versa. properties the performance interface doesn't inherit any properties. performance.navigation read only a legacy performancenavigation object that provides useful context about the operations included in the times listed in timing, including whether the page was a load or a refresh, how many redirections occurred, and so forth. not available in workers. performance.timing read only a legacy performancetiming object containing latency-related performance information. not available in workers. performance.memory read only a non-standard extension added in chrome, this property provides an object with basic memory ...
...rigin read only returns the high resolution timestamp of the start time of the performance measurement. methods the performance interface doesn't inherit any methods. performance.clearmarks() removes the given mark from the browser's performance entry buffer. performance.clearmeasures() removes the given measure from the browser's performance entry buffer. performance.clearresourcetimings() removes all performance entries with a entrytype of "resource" from the browser's performance data buffer. performance.getentries() returns a list of performanceentry objects based on the given filter. performance.getentriesbyname() returns a list of performanceentry objects based on the given name and entry type. performance.getentriesbytype() returns a list of performanceentry object...
...And 7 more matches

Movement, orientation, and motion: A WebXR example - Web APIs
understand the way the functions and data that are used during xr rendering work together. screenshot of this example in action the core of this example—the spinning, textured, lighted cube—is taken from our webgl tutorial series; namely, the penultimate article in the series, covering lighting in webgl. while reading this article and the accompanying source code, it's helpful to keep in mind that the display for a 3d headset is a single screen, divided in half. the left half of the screen is seen only by the left eye, while the right half is only seen by the right eye. rendering the scene for immersive presentation requires multiple renders of the scene—once from the perspective of each eye. when rendering the left eye, the xrwebgllayer has its viewport configured to restrict dra...
...ve a headset. setup and utility functions next, we declare the variables and constants used throughout the application, starting with those used to store webgl and webxr specific information: let polyfill = null; let xrsession = null; let xrinputsources = null; let xrreferencespace = null; let xrbutton = null; let gl = null; let animationframerequestid = 0; let shaderprogram = null; let programinfo = null; let buffers = null; let texture = null; let mouseyaw = 0; let mousepitch = 0; this is followed by a set of constants, mostly to contain various vectors and matrices used while rendering the scene. const viewerstartposition = vec3.fromvalues(0, 0, -10); const viewerstartorientation = vec3.fromvalues(0, 0, 1.0); const cubeorientation = vec3.create(); const cubematrix = mat4.create(); ...
... gl = canvas.getcontext("webgl", { xrcompatible: true }); if (allowmouserotation) { canvas.addeventlistener("pointermove", handlepointermove); canvas.addeventlistener("contextmenu", (event) => { event.preventdefault(); }); } if (allowkeyboardmotion) { document.addeventlistener("keydown", handlekeydown); } shaderprogram = initshaderprogram(gl, vssource, fssource); programinfo = { program: shaderprogram, attriblocations: { vertexposition: gl.getattriblocation(shaderprogram, 'avertexposition'), vertexnormal: gl.getattriblocation(shaderprogram, 'avertexnormal'), texturecoord: gl.getattriblocation(shaderprogram, 'atexturecoord'), }, uniformlocations: { projectionmatrix: gl.getuniformlocation(shaderprogram, 'uprojectionmatrix'), ...
...And 7 more matches

Using Web Workers - Web APIs
e hung off the worker object when used in the main script thread, but not when used in the worker. this is because, inside the worker, the worker is effectively the global scope. note: when a message is passed between the main thread and worker, it is copied or "transferred" (moved), not shared. read transferring data to and from workers: further details for a much more thorough explanation. terminating a worker if you need to immediately terminate a running worker from the main thread, you can do so by calling the worker's terminate method: myworker.terminate(); the worker thread is killed immediately. handling errors when a runtime error occurs in the worker, its onerror event handler is called. it receives an event named error which implements the errorevent interface. the event do...
...you'll see similar constructs in both multiply.js and square.js): myworker.port.onmessage = function(e) { result2.textcontent = e.data; console.log('message received from worker'); } when a message comes back through the port from the worker, we insert the calculation result inside the appropriate result paragraph. about thread safety the worker interface spawns real os-level threads, and mindful programmers may be concerned that concurrency can cause “interesting” effects in your code if you aren't careful. however, since web workers have carefully controlled communication points with other threads, it's actually very hard to cause concurrency problems. there's no access to non-threadsafe components or the dom. and you have to pass specific data in and out of a thread through se...
...steners and help us communicate with the worker: function queryableworker(url, defaultlistener, onerror) { var instance = this, worker = new worker(url), listeners = {}; this.defaultlistener = defaultlistener || function() {}; if (onerror) {worker.onerror = onerror;} this.postmessage = function(message) { worker.postmessage(message); } this.terminate = function() { worker.terminate(); } } then we add the methods of adding/removing listeners: this.addlisteners = function(name, listener) { listeners[name] = listener; } this.removelisteners = function(name) { delete listeners[name]; } here we let the worker handle two simple operations for illustration: getting the difference of two numbers and making an alert after th...
...And 7 more matches

Color picker tool - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
lor info box */ #color-info { width: 360px; float: left; } #color-info .title { width: 100%; padding: 15px; font-size: 18px; text-align: center; background-image: url('https://mdn.mozillademos.org/files/6071/color-wheel.png'); background-repeat:no-repeat; background-position: center left 30%; } #color-info .copy-container { position: absolute; top: -100%; } #color-info .property { min-width: 280px; height: 30px; margin: 10px 0; text-align: center; line-height: 30px; } #color-info .property > * { float: left; } #color-info .property .type { width: 60px; height: 100%; padding: 0 16px 0 0; text-align: right; } #color-info .property .value { width: 200px; height: 100%; padding: 0 10px; font-family: "segoe ui", arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; color:...
...over.png');*/ background-position: bottom left; } #color-palette .controls .lock[locked-state='true'] { /*background-image: url('images/locked.png');*/ background-position: top left ; } #color-palette .controls .lock[locked-state='true']:hover { /*background-image: url('images/lock-hover.png');*/ background-position: top right; } /** * canvas */ #canvas { width: 100%; height: 300px; min-height: 250px; border-top: 1px solid #ddd; background-image: url('https://mdn.mozillademos.org/files/6025/grain.png'); background-repeat: repeat; position: relative; float: left; } #canvas[data-tutorial='drop'] { text-align: center; font-size: 30px; color: #777; } #canvas[data-tutorial='drop']:before { content: "drop colors here to compare"; width: 40%; padding: 30px 9% 70px 11%; b...
...r modify"; width: 40%; font-size: 24px; position: absolute; top: 130px; left: 32%; z-index: 2; } #canvas [data-tutorial='dblclick'] { background-color: #999 !important; } #canvas [data-tutorial='dblclick']:before { content: "double click to activate"; width: 80px; color: #fff; position: absolute; top: 10%; left: 20%; z-index: 2; } #canvas .sample { width: 100px; height: 100px; min-width: 20px; min-height: 20px; position: absolute; border: 1px solid rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.3); } #canvas .sample:hover { cursor: move; } #canvas .sample[data-active='true']:after { content: ""; position: absolute; background: url('https://mdn.mozillademos.org/files/6065/arrow.png') center no-repeat; width: 100%; height: 12px; top: -12px; z-index: 2; } #canvas .sample:hover > * { cu...
...And 7 more matches

Controlling Ratios of Flex Items Along the Main Axis - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ral size of flex items before any growing or shrinking takes place, and to the concept of free space. flex item sizing in order to work out how much space there is available to lay out flex items, the browser needs to know how big the item is to start with. how is this worked out for items that don’t have a width or a height applied using an absolute length unit? there is a concept in css of min-content and max-content — these keywords are defined in the css intrinsic and extrinsic sizing specification, and can be used in place of a length unit. in the live example below for instance i have two paragraph elements that contain a string of text. the first paragraph has a width of min-content. in a browser that supports this keyword you should be able to see that the text has taken all o...
...essentially, the longest word in the string is dictating the size. ...
...essentially, the longest word in the string is dictating the size. the second paragraph has a value of max-content and so it does the opposite. ...
...And 7 more matches

animation - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the animation shorthand css property applies an animation between styles. it is a shorthand for animation-name, animation-duration, animation-timing-function, animation-delay, animation-iteration-count, animation-direction, animation-fill-mode, and animation-play-state. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...tion, animation-timing-function, animation-delay, animation-iteration-count, animation-direction, animation-fill-mode, and animation-play-state. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...e example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...And 7 more matches

clamp() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the clamp() css function clamps a value between an upper and lower bound. clamp() enables selecting a middle value within a range of values between a defined minimum and maximum. it takes three parameters: a minimum value, a preferred value, and a maximum allowed value. the clamp() function can be used anywhere a <length>, <frequency>, <angle>, <time>, <percentage>, <number>, or <integer> is allowed. clamp(min, val, max) is resolved as max(min, min(val, max)) the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. note that using clamp() for font sizes, as in these examples, allows you to set a font-size that grows with t...
...min(val, max)) the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. note that using clamp() for font sizes, as in these examples, allows you to set a font-size that grows with the size of the viewport, but doesn't go below a minimum font-size or above a maximum font-size. it has the same effect as the code in fluid typography but in one line, and without the use of media queries. syntax the clamp() function takes three comma separated expressions as its parameter, in the order of minimum value, preferred value, maximum value. the minimum value is the smallest (most negative) value. this is the lower bound in the range...
...he code in fluid typography but in one line, and without the use of media queries. syntax the clamp() function takes three comma separated expressions as its parameter, in the order of minimum value, preferred value, maximum value. the minimum value is the smallest (most negative) value. this is the lower bound in the range of allowed values. if the preferred value is less than this value, the minimum value will be used. the preferred value is the expression whose value will be used as long as the result is between the minimum and maximum values. the maximum value is the largest (most positive) expression value to which the value of the property will be assigned if the preferred value is greater than this upper bound. the expressions can be math functions (see calc() for more informatio...
...And 7 more matches

grid-auto-rows - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. if a grid item is positioned into a row that is not explicitly sized by grid-template-rows, implicit grid tracks are created to hold it. this can happen either by explicitly positioning into a row that is out of range, or by the auto-placement algorithm creating additional rows. ...
...by the auto-placement algorithm creating additional rows. ...
...ating additional rows. ...
...And 7 more matches

width - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
css property sets an element's width. by default, it sets the width of the content area, but if box-sizing is set to border-box, it sets the width of the border area. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...active example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. the min-width and max-width properties override width. syntax /* <length> values */ width: 300px; width: 25em; /* <percentage> value */ width: 75%; /* keyword values */ width: max-content; width: min-content; width: fit-content(20em); width: auto; /* global values */ width: inherit; width: initial; width: unset; the width property is specified as either: one of the following keyword values: min-content, max-content, fit-content, auto. a <length> or a <percentage>. values <length> defines the width as an absolute value. <percentage> defines the width as a percentage of the conta...
...ed as either: one of the following keyword values: min-content, max-content, fit-content, auto. a <length> or a <percentage>. values <length> defines the width as an absolute value. <percentage> defines the width as a percentage of the containing block's width. auto the browser will calculate and select a width for the specified element. max-content the intrinsic preferred width. min-content the intrinsic minimum width. fit-content(<length-percentage>) uses the fit-content formula with the available space replaced by the specified argument, i.e. min(max-content, max(min-content, <length-percentage>)). accessibility concerns ensure that elements set with a width aren't truncated and don't obscure other content when the page is zoomed to increase text size. mdn unders...
...And 7 more matches

Audio and Video Delivery - Developer guides
, 5000); }) .catch(function onerror(error) { console.log(error.message); }); see mediarecorder api for more details. media source extensions (mse) media source extensions is a w3c working draft that plans to extend htmlmediaelement to allow javascript to generate media streams for playback. allowing javascript to generate streams facilitates a variety of use cases like adaptive streaming and time shifting live streams. encrypted media extensions (eme) encrypted media extensions is a w3c proposal to extend htmlmediaelement, providing apis to control playback of protected content. the api supports use cases ranging from simple clear key decryption to high value video (given an appropriate user agent implementation). license/key exchange is controlled by the application, facil...
...implementation). license/key exchange is controlled by the application, facilitating the development of robust playback applications supporting a range of content decryption and protection technologies. one of the principle uses of eme is to allow browsers to implement drm (digital rights management), which helps to prevent web-based content (especially video) from being copied. adaptive streaming new formats and protocols are being rolled out to facilitate adaptive streaming. adaptive streaming media means that the bandwidth and typically quality of the stream can change in real-time in reaction to the user's available bandwidth. adaptive streaming is often used in conjunction with live streaming where smooth delivery of audio or video is paramount. the main formats used for adaptive s...
...mse defines byte streams according to isobmff and m2ts (both supported in dash, the latter supported in hls). ...
...And 7 more matches

Applying color to HTML elements using CSS - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
of what you'll need to know when using color, including a list of what you can color and what css properties are involved, how you describe colors, and how to actually use colors both in stylesheets and in scripts. we'll also take a look at how to let the user pick a color. then we'll wrap things up with a brief discussion of how to use color wisely: how to select appropriate colors, keeping in mind the needs of people with differing visual capabilities. things that can have color at the element level, everything in html can have color applied to it. instead, let's look at things in terms of the kinds of things that are drawn in the elements, such as text and borders and so forth. for each, we'll see a list of the css properties that apply color to them. at a fundamental level, the color...
...ext and borders and so forth. for each, we'll see a list of the css properties that apply color to them. at a fundamental level, the color property defines the foreground color of an html element's content and the background-color property defines the element's background color. these can be used on just about any element. text whenever an element is rendered, these properties are used to determine the color of the text, its background, and any decorations on the text. color the color to use when drawing the text and any text decorations (such as the addition of under- or overlines, strike-through lines, and so forth. background-color the text's background color. text-shadow configures a shadow effect to apply to text. among the options for the shadow is the shadow's base color (wh...
... alpha the alpha channel is a number between 0.0 (fully transparent) and 1.0 (fully opaque). you can also specify a percentage where 0% is the same as 0.0 and 100% is the same as 1.0. for example, a bright red that's 50% opaque can be represented as rgb(255, 0, 0, 0.5) or rgb(100%, 0, 0, 50%). hsl functional notation designers and artists often prefer to work using the hsl (hue/saturation/luminosity) color method. on the web, hsl colors are represented using hsl functional notation. the hsl() css function is very similar to the rgb() function in usage otherwise. figure 1. an hsl color cylinder. hue defines the actual color based on the position along a circular color wheel representing the colors of the visible spectrum. saturation is a percentage of how much of the way between being...
...And 7 more matches

<input type="week"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ascript using the input element's value property, for example: var weekcontrol = document.queryselector('input[type="week"]'); weekcontrol.value = '2017-w45'; additional attributes in addition to the attributes common to <input> elements, week inputs offer the following attributes: attribute description max the latest year and week to accept as valid input min the earliest year and week to accept as valid input readonly a boolean which, if present, indicates that the user cannot edit the field's contents step the stepping interval (the distance between allowed values) to use for both user interface and constraint validation max the latest (time-wise) year and week number, in the string format discussed in the value se...
... max the latest (time-wise) year and week number, in the string format discussed in the value section above, to accept. if the value entered into the element exceeds this, the element fails constraint validation. if the value of the max attribute isn't a valid week string, then the element has no maximum value. this value must be greater than or equal to the year and week specified by the min attribute. min the earliest year and week to accept. if the value of the element is less than this, the element fails constraint validation. if a value is specified for min that isn't a valid week string, the input has no minimum value. this value must be less than or equal to the value of the max attribute. readonly a boolean attribute which, if present, means this field cannot be edited by...
...tly setting the htmlinputelement.value property. note: because a read-only field cannot have a value, required does not have any effect on inputs with the readonly attribute also specified. step the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhere to, or the special value any, which is described below. only values which are equal to the basis for stepping (min if specified, value otherwise, and an appropriate default value if neither of those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring number...
...And 7 more matches

Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) file - HTTP
the javascript function contained in the pac file defines the function: function findproxyforurl(url, host) { // ... } syntax function findproxyforurl(url, host) parameters url the url being accessed. the path and query components of https:// urls are stripped. ...
...be used socks4 host:port socks5 host:port the specified socks server (with the specified sock version) should be used if there are multiple semicolon-separated settings, the left-most setting will be used, until firefox fails to establish the connection to the proxy. in that case, the next value will be used, etc. ...
...pecified sock version) should be used if there are multiple semicolon-separated settings, the left-most setting will be used, until firefox fails to establish the connection to the proxy. in that case, the next value will be used, etc. the browser will automatically retry a previously unresponsive proxy after 30 minutes. additional attempts will continue beginning at one hour, always adding 30 minutes to the elapsed time between attempts. ...
...And 7 more matches

Populating the page: how browsers work - Web Performance
gle threaded. for smooth interactions, the developer's goal is to ensure performant site interactions, from smooth scrolling to being responsive to touch. render time is key, with ensuring the main thread can complete all the work we throw at it and still always be available to handle user interactions. web performance can be improved by understanding the single-threaded nature of the browser and minimizing the main thread's responsibilities, where possible and appropriate, to ensure rendering is smooth and responses to interactions are immediate. navigation navigation is the first step in loading a web page. it occurs whenever a user requests a page by entering a url into the address bar, clicking a link, submitting a form, as well as other actions. one of the goals of web performance is ...
...zing the main thread's responsibilities, where possible and appropriate, to ensure rendering is smooth and responses to interactions are immediate. navigation navigation is the first step in loading a web page. it occurs whenever a user requests a page by entering a url into the address bar, clicking a link, submitting a form, as well as other actions. one of the goals of web performance is to minimize the amount of time a navigation takes to complete. in ideal conditions, this usually doesn't take too long, but latency and bandwidth are foes which can cause delays. dns lookup the first step of navigating to a web page is finding where the assets for that page are located. if you navigate to https://example.com, the html page is located on the server with ip address of 93.184.216.34. if ...
...ccurately syn, syn-ack, ack—because there are three messages transmitted by tcp to negotiate and start a tcp session between two computers. yes, this means three more messages back and forth between each server, and the request has yet to be made. tls negotiation for secure connections established over https, another "handshake" is required. this handshake, or rather the tls negotiation, determines which cipher will be used to encrypt the communication, verifies the server, and establishes that a secure connection is in place before beginning the actual transfer of data. this requires three more round trips to the server before the request for content is actually sent. while making the connection secure adds time to the page load, a secure connection is worth the latency expense, as th...
...And 7 more matches

Understanding WebAssembly text format - WebAssembly
both the binary and textual formats, the fundamental unit of code in webassembly is a module. in the text format, a module is represented as one big s-expression. s-expressions are a very old and very simple textual format for representing trees, and thus we can think of a module as a tree of nodes that describe the module’s structure and its code. unlike the abstract syntax tree of a programming language, though, webassembly’s tree is pretty flat, mostly consisting of lists of instructions. first, let’s see what an s-expression looks like. each node in the tree goes inside a pair of parentheses — ( ... ). the first label inside the parenthesis tells you what type of node it is, and after that there is a space-separated list of either attributes or child nodes. so that means th...
...n convert it into a binary file called add.wasm using wabt (see converting webassembly text format to wasm for details). next, we’ll load our binary into a typed array called addcode (as described in fetching webassembly bytecode), compile and instantiate it, and execute our add function in javascript (we can now find add() in the exports property of the instance): webassembly.instantiatestreaming(fetch('add.wasm')) .then(obj => { console.log(obj.instance.exports.add(1, 2)); // "3" }); note: you can find this example in github as add.html (see it live also). also see webassembly.instantiatestreaming() for more details about the instantiate function. exploring fundamentals now we’ve covered the real basics, let’s move on to look at some more advanced features. calling fu...
...f declaring that we want to export this function, and defining the name we want to export it as. ...
...And 7 more matches

Using the WebAssembly JavaScript API - WebAssembly
e import has a two-level namespace — the internal function $i is imported from imports.imported_func. we need to reflect this two-level namespace in javascript when writing the object to be imported into the wasm module. ...
...ported into the wasm module. create a <script></script> element in your html file, and add the following code to it: var importobject = { imports: { imported_func: arg => console.log(arg) } }; streaming the webassembly module new in firefox 58 is the ability to compile and instantiate webassembly modules directly from underlying sources. this is achieved using the webassembly.compilestreaming() and webassembly.instantiatestreaming() methods. ...
...wing code to it: var importobject = { imports: { imported_func: arg => console.log(arg) } }; streaming the webassembly module new in firefox 58 is the ability to compile and instantiate webassembly modules directly from underlying sources. this is achieved using the webassembly.compilestreaming() and webassembly.instantiatestreaming() methods. these methods are easier than their non-streaming counterparts, because they can turn the byte code directly into module/instance instances, cutting out the need to separately put the response into an arraybuffer. ...
...And 7 more matches

An Interview With Douglas Bowman of Wired News - Archive of obsolete content
red or disappeared. when you get to that point, the amount of markup you have to sift through to find anything becomes ridiculous. until this redesign, wired news wasn't even using css to style the content inside tables. the sheer amount [sic] of redundant <font> tags inside every cell was probably enough to double file size. my initial attempts at the markup and css for the wired news design eliminated the majority of our tables, but left one master table to control the primary columns of each page. that approach meant that the content of every column would have to be loaded and calculated before it would be rendered in the browser window. that wasn't good enough. around that time, i started discovering great sites like glish.com and bluerobot.com. both presented and documented viable means...
...od enough. around that time, i started discovering great sites like glish.com and bluerobot.com. both presented and documented viable means of producing multi-column layouts without a single table. despite some initial setbacks with those approaches due to our own unique scenarios, it wasn't long before i discovered a variation of one of their methods that worked for the wired news design. by eliminating tables that were strictly used for layout, we significantly cut back on the amount of markup and useless tags in our html, and gained a structure that is much easier to maintain. now that the content is not locked into a specific table structure, we have much more flexibility in how we present that content. a few changes to the css can completely alter the presentation of thousands of pages.
...cific table structure, we have much more flexibility in how we present that content. a few changes to the css can completely alter the presentation of thousands of pages. as a very welcome side benefit, we also believe the accessibility of wired news will dramatically improve without the clutter of nested layout tables. are you setting up your columns with floats or positioning? in trying to eliminate that last table i was using to set the column structure of our pages, i took a close look at both floated divs and positioned divs. i went back and forth between each one for two weeks, and finally narrowed in on positioned divs as the choice for wired news. why did you choose positioning over floats? floats had a few disadvantages from my perspective. one was the required order of content w...
...And 6 more matches

MMgc - Archive of obsolete content
gc is not only a garbage collector, but a general-purpose memory manager. the flash player uses it for nearly all memory allocations. mmgc can handle both managed and unmanaged memory. managed memory is memory that is reclaimed automatically by the garbage collector. the garbage collector is "managing" it, detecting when the memory is no longer reachable from anywhere in the application and reclaiming it at that time. in mmgc, you get managed memory by subclassing gcobject/gcfinalizedobject/rcobject, or by calling gc::alloc. unmanaged memory is everything else. this is c++ memory management as you're accustomed to it. memory can be allocated with the new operator, and must be explicitly deleted in your c++ code at some later time using the delete operator. another way to think about it: unma...
...fb a block given back to the heap manager is memset to this (fb == free block). finalizers if your c++ class is a subclass of gcfinalizedobject or rcfinalizedobject, it has finalizer support. a finalizer is a method which will be invoked by the gc when an unreachable object is about to be destroyed. it's similar to a destructor. it differs from a destructor in that it is usually called nondeterministically, i.e. in whatever random order the gc decides to destroy objects. c++ destructors are usually invoked in a comparatively predictable order, since they're invoked explicitly by the application code. in mmgc, the c++ destructor is actually used as the finalizer. if you don't subclass gcfinalizedobject or rcfinalizedobject, any c++ destructor on your garbage collected class will basically b...
...ctually used as the finalizer. if you don't subclass gcfinalizedobject or rcfinalizedobject, any c++ destructor on your garbage collected class will basically be ignored. only if you subclass gcfinalizedobject or rcfinalizedobject will mmgc know that you want finalization behavior on your class. it's best to avoid finalizers if you can, since finalization behavior can be unpredictable and nondeterministic, and also slows down the gc since the finalizers need to be invoked. finalizer access rules finalizers are very restricted in the set of objects they may access. finalizers may not perform any of the following actions: fire any write barriers dereference a pointer to any gc object, including member variables (except see below about rcobject references) allocate any gc memory (gc::alloc), ex...
...And 6 more matches

Microsummary XML grammar reference - Archive of obsolete content
mmarize. <exclude> (optional) a regular expression matching the urls of pages that the generator is not able to summarize. the <pages> element can contain zero or more <include> and <exclude> child elements, each of which must contain a valid javascript-compatible regular expression. it must not contain any other elements, and it does not have any attributes. when a generator is examined to determine whether or not it is able to summarize a page, the regular expressions provided by the child elements are evaluated against the url of the page. a generator is considered to be able to summarize a page if at least one of the <include> expressions matches the url of the page and none of the <exclude> expressions match the url of the page. the order in which child elements appear wit...
...#the_<pages>_element. the <update> element the optional <update> element specifies how frequently firefox should update microsummaries generated by the generator. the element can be used to specify both an absolute update interval and a series of conditional intervals based on the content of the page being summarized. ...
...nt can be used to specify both an absolute update interval and a series of conditional intervals based on the content of the page being summarized. attributes: interval (optional) an absolute interval of time, in minutes, that must elapse between updates. child elements: <condition> (optional) an xpath boolean expression along with a conditional interval of time, in minutes, that must elapse between updates if the expression evaluates to true. the interval attribute defines an absolute interval in minutes. ...
...And 6 more matches

Textbox (XPFE autocomplete) - Archive of obsolete content
attributes accesskey, alwaysopenpopup, autocompletesearch, autocompletesearchparam, autofill, autofillaftermatch, autofill, completedefaultindex, crop, disableautocomplete, disableautocomplete, disabled, disablehistory, enablehistory, focused, forcecomplete, forcecomplete, highlightnonmatches, ignoreblurwhilesearching, ignoreblurwhilesearching, inputtooltiptext, label, maxlength, maxrows, minresultsforpopup, minresultsforpopup, nomatch, onchange, onerrorcommand, oninput, onsearchcomplete, ontextcommand, ontextentered, ontextrevert, ontextreverted, open, readonly, searchsessions, showcommentcolumn, showcommentcolumn, showpopup, size, tabindex, tabscrolling, tabscrolling, timeout, type, useraction, value properties accessible, alwaysopenpopup, autofill, autofillaftermatc...
...mn, showcommentcolumn, showpopup, size, tabindex, tabscrolling, tabscrolling, timeout, type, useraction, value properties accessible, alwaysopenpopup, autofill, autofillaftermatch, completedefaultindex, crop, disableautocomplete, disabled, editable, focused, forcecomplete, highlightnonmatches, ignoreblurwhilesearching, inputfield, issearching, iswaiting, label, maxlength, maxrows, minresultsforpopup, nomatch, open, popup, popupopen, resultspopup, searchcount, searchparam, searchsessions, selectionend, selectionstart, sessioncount, showcommentcolumn, showpopup, size, tabindex, tabscrolling, textlength, textvalue, timeout, type, useraction, value methods addsession, clearresults, getdefaultsession, getresultat, getresultcount, getresultvalueat, getsession, getses...
...rs that appears in the label attribute for the element. alwaysopenpopup obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 type: boolean note: applies to: thunderbird and seamonkeyif true, the autocomplete popup will be displayed even when there are no matches. if false, the default value, the popup will be hidden. this attribute is obsolete as of gecko 1.9.1; to control the display of the popup, use the minresultsforpopup attribute instead. autocompletesearch new in thunderbird 2requires seamonkey 1.1 type: space-separated list of values a space-separated list of search component names, each of which implements the nsiautocompletesearch interface. the components are created using the name @mozilla.org/autocomplete/search;1?name= where name is listed in this attribute. ...
...And 6 more matches

The Implementation of the Application Object Model - Archive of obsolete content
al/remote merging good for? the first reason to have local/remote merging is that a remote file must be able to reference local data and have it merged in with the information that it specified. an example of this feature is a downloadable file that describes the user's main bookmarks folder. because the file lives remotely, it can be updated whenever the owner of the web site sees fit. a site admin could add new bookmarks to the file, and then the user would pick them up. however, in order for this to work, the local bookmarks have to be merged in with the remote bookmarks specified by the site. the second reason to have local/remote merging is to save state and/or to record customizations that the user has made to his or her user interface. imagine a remote file that describes the user's p...
...the display of web pages. what content developers want from the next release of mozilla is a standards-compliant browser. if we ship a browser that does not have 100% support for css2, for example, but we've extended html by adding 20-30 new tags, people are going to put down their blinders and see only the fact that we were off adding a whole slew of new stuff to html when we could have been firming up our standards story. by making xul a separate beast, this is less of an issue. since an aom tree cannot be placed inside a dom tree, xul applications don't ever occur inside web pages. by enforcing this distinction, we can successfully defend ourselves from any claims that we were "mucking about with strange new html" when we could have been working on our standards story. forget xul and rd...
...regation of data... the list goes on and on. future time-saving. xp development takes much less time than native platform development. but if we pay the cost and get xul into the system now, in the future xul development will take even less time than xp development. the additional cost up front to implement xul is worth it for the amount of time it will save in future versions of the browser. timing. it's now or never. if this approach isn't taken now, then we'll fall back into our old pattern. this is the pivotal point, because the apps are all being re-written from scratch. for this particular codebase, if we don't do this from start, we won't do it at all. why use rdf at all? ok, ok. so you've convinced me that xul is the way and the light. but why do you need to use rdf at all? nsico...
...And 6 more matches

progressmeter - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home [ examples | attributes | properties | methods | related ] a meter which can be used to display the progress of a lengthy operation. it is drawn as a bar that is filled as the operation completes. in addition, an indeterminate progressmeter may be created by setting the mode attribute to undetermined. this is used when the length of time to complete an operation is not known beforehand. more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...
...illed as the operation completes. in addition, an indeterminate progressmeter may be created by setting the mode attribute to undetermined. this is used when the length of time to complete an operation is not known beforehand. more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...
...n indeterminate progressmeter may be created by setting the mode attribute to undetermined. this is used when the length of time to complete an operation is not known beforehand. more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...
...And 6 more matches

Audio for Web games - Game development
the user has added the site to their home screen. many browsers will simply ignore any requests made by your game to automatically play audio; instead playback for audio needs to be started by a user-initiated event, such as a click or tap. this means you will have to structure your audio playback to take account of that. this is usually mitigated against by loading the audio in advance and priming it on a user-initiated event. for more passive audio auto play, for example background music that starts as soon as a game loads, one trick is to detect any user initiated event and start playback then. for other more active sounds that are to be used during the game we could consider priming them as soon as something like a start button is pressed. to prime audio like this we want to play a p...
...ouldn't be overridden. buffering and preloading likely as an attempt to mitigate runaway mobile network data use, we also often find that buffering is disabled before playback has been initiated. buffering is the process of the browser downloading the media in advance, which we often need to do to ensure smooth playback. the htmlmediaelement interface comes with lots of properties to help determine whether a track is in a state to be playable. note: in many ways the concept of buffering is an outdated one. as long as byte-range requests are accepted (which is the default behavior), we should be able to jump to a specific point in the audio without having to download the preceding content. however, preloading is still useful — without it, there would always need to be some client-server...
... jsfiddle. note: on mobile we may need to trigger this code from a user-initiated event such as a start button being pressed, as described above. note: watch out for bit rates. encoding your audio at lower bit rates means smaller file sizes but lower seeking accuracy. background music music in games can have a powerful emotional effect. you can mix and match various music samples and assuming you can control the volume of your audio element you could cross-fade different musical pieces. using the playbackrate() method you can even adjust the speed of your music without affecting the pitch, to sync it up better with the action. all this is possible using the standard <audio> element and associated htmlmediaelement api, but it becomes much easier and more flexible with the more advanc...
...And 6 more matches

Beginner's guide to media queries - Learn web development
ault to being for all media types. media feature rules after specifying the type, you can then target a media feature with a rule. width and height the feature we tend to detect most often in order to create responsive designs (and that has widespread browser support) is viewport width, and we can apply css if the viewport is above or below a certain width — or an exact width — using the min-width, max-width, and width media features. these features are used to create layouts that respond to different screen sizes. for example, to change the body text color to red if the viewport is exactly 600 pixels, you would use the following media query. @media screen and (width: 600px) { body { color: red; } } open this example in the browser, or view the source. the width (...
...ayouts that respond to different screen sizes. for example, to change the body text color to red if the viewport is exactly 600 pixels, you would use the following media query. @media screen and (width: 600px) { body { color: red; } } open this example in the browser, or view the source. ...
...example, to change the body text color to red if the viewport is exactly 600 pixels, you would use the following media query. @media screen and (width: 600px) { body { color: red; } } open this example in the browser, or view the source. the width (and height) media features can be used as ranges, and therefore be prefixed with min- or max- to indicate that the given value is a minimum, or a maximum. for example, to make the color blue if the viewport is narrower than 600 pixels, use max-width: @media screen and (max-width: 600px) { body { color: blue; } } open this example in the browser, or view the source. in practice, using minimum or maximum values is much more useful for responsive design so you will rarely see width or height used alone. there are...
...And 6 more matches

The HTML5 input types - Learn web development
d always perform security checks on any form-submitted data on the server-side as well as the client-side, because client-side validation is too easy to turn off, so malicious users can still easily send bad data through to your server. read website security for an idea of what could happen; implementing server-side validation is somewhat beyond the scope of this module, but you should bear it in mind. note that a@b is a valid email address according to the default provided constraints. this is because the email input type allows intranet email addresses by default. to implement different validation behavior, you can use the pattern attribute, and you can also custom the error messages; we'll talk how to use these features in the client-side form validation article later on. note: if the d...
...of number. this control looks like a text field but allows only floating-point numbers, and usually provides buttons in the form of a spinner to increase and decrease the value of the control. on devices with dynamic keyboards, the numeric keyboard is generally displayed. the following screenshot (from firefox for android) provides an example: with the number input type, you can constrain the minimum and maximum values allowed by setting the min and max attributes. you can also use the step attribute to set the increment increase and decrease caused by pressing the spinner buttons. by default, the number input type only validates if the number is an integer. to allow float numbers, specify step="any". if omitted, the step value defaults to 1, meaning only whole numbers are valid. let's ...
...validates if the number is an integer. to allow float numbers, specify step="any". if omitted, the step value defaults to 1, meaning only whole numbers are valid. let's look at some examples. the first one below creates a number control whose value is restricted to any value between 1 and 10, and whose increase and decrease buttons change its value by 2. <input type="number" name="age" id="age" min="1" max="10" step="2"> the second one creates a number control whose value is restricted to any value between 0 and 1 inclusive, and whose increase and decrease buttons change its value by 0.01. <input type="number" name="change" id="pennies" min="0" max="1" step="0.01"> the number input type makes sense when the range of valid values is limited, for example a person's age or height. if the ra...
...And 6 more matches

Introducing a complete toolchain - Learn web development
next is only one way that the featured tools can be used for a project. note: it's also worth repeating that not all of these tools need to be run on the command line. many of today's code editors (such as vs code and atom) have integration support for a lot of tools via plugins. introducing our case study the toolchain that we are creating in this article will be used to build and deploy a mini site that lists data (taken from one of nasa's open apis) concerning potentially hazardous space objects that threaten our existence on earth! it looks like this: you can see a live version of the site at near-misses.netlify.com. tools used in our toolchain in this article we're going to use the following tools and features: jsx, a react-related set of syntax extensions that allow you to...
...t. you won't need to know react to follow this tutorial, but we've included this to give you an idea of how a non-native web language could be integrated into a toolchain. the latest built-in javascript features (at time of writing), such as import. useful development tools such as prettier for formatting and eslint for linting. postcss to provide css nesting capabilities. parcel to build and minify our code, and to write a bunch of configuration file content automatically for us. github to manage our source code control. netlify to automate our deployment process. you may not be familiar with all the above features and tools or what they are doing, but don't panic — we'll explain each part as we move through this article. toolchains and their inherent complexity as with any chain...
... deploy to your production server to ensure your software works as intended — this already sounds like a necessary toolchain. for our sample project, we'll be using a toolchain specifically designed to aid our software development and support the technical choices made during the software design phase. we will however be avoiding any superfluous tooling, with the aim of keeping complexity to a minimum. for example, we could have included a tool to minimize our svg file sizes during build. however, this project has only 4 svg images, which were manually minified using svgo before adding them to the project. a couple of prerequisites besides the tools we're going to install that contribute to our toolchain, we mentioned two web services in the above list of tools. let's take this opportu...
...And 6 more matches

How Mozilla's build system works
for many developers, typing mach build to build the tree is sufficient to work with the source tree. this document explains how the build system works. note: this document is not intended for developers who just want to build mozilla. for that, see the build documentation. ...
...phase 1: configure phase 1 centers around the configure script. the configure script is a bash shell script. the file is generated from a file called configure.in, which is written in m4 and processed using autoconf 2.13 to create the final configure script. you don't have to worry about how you obtain a configure file: the build system does this for you. the primary job of configure is to determine characteristics of the system and compiler, apply options passed into it, and validate everything looks ok to build. the primary output of the configure script is an executable file in the object directory called config.status. configure also produces some additional files (like autoconf.mk). however, the most important file in terms of architecture is config.status. the existence of a config.s...
...stem and what the existing build configuration looks like. for example, a data structure defines which compiler to use, how to invoke it, which application features are enabled, and so on. you are encouraged to open config.status to have a look! after we have emitted a config.status file, we proceed to phase 2. phase 2: build backend preparation and the build definition once configure has determined what the current build configuration is, we need to apply this to the source tree so we can actually build. what essentially happens is the automatically produced config.status python script is executed as soon as configure has generated it. config.status is charged with the task of telling a tool how to build the tree. to do this, config.status must first scan the build system definition. th...
...And 6 more matches

IPDL Tutorial
the protocol is declared must have a matching name, pplugin.ipdl. generated c++ code when pplugin.ipdl is compiled, the headers ppluginparent.h, and ppluginchild.h will be generated in the ipc/ipdl/_ipdlheaders/ directory of the build tree. the ppluginparent and ppluginchild classes are abstract classes that must be subclassed. each outgoing message is a c++ method which can be called. each incoming message is a pure-virtual c++ method which must be implemented: class ppluginparent { public: bool sendinit(const nscstring& pluginpath) { // generated code to send an init() message } bool sendshutdown() { // generated code to send a shutdown() message } protected: /** * a subclass of ppluginparent must implement this method to handle the ready() message. */ bool re...
... custom primitive types when you need to send data of a type other than one built into ipdl, you can add a using declaration in an ipdl specification. a custom serializer and deserializer must be provided by your c++ code. using mozilla::plugins::npremoteevent; sync protocol pplugininstance { child: async handleevent(npremoteevent); }; unions ipdl has built-in support for declaring discriminated unions. using struct mozilla::void_t from "ipc/ipcmessageutils.h"; union variant { void_t; bool; int; double; nscstring; ppluginscriptableobject; }; this union generates a c++ interface which includes the following: struct variant { enum type { tvoid_t, tbool, tint, tdouble, tnscstring, tpplugionscriptableobject }; type type(); void_t& get_void_t(); bool& get_boo...
... to initialize a union, simply assign a valid value to it, as follows: avariant = false; structs ipdl has built-in support for arbitrary collections of serializable data types. struct namevaluepair { nscstring name; nscstring value; }; in implementation code, these str...
...And 6 more matches

Mozilla Development Strategies
this article offers some strategies and suggestions to help developers stay productive. warning: the content of this article may be out of date. it has not been updated for usage of mercurial (instead of cvs). work on the most important bugs first everyone likes to check in. but keep in mind that your checkin rate isn't everything. it's better to fix one data loss bug, crasher, or performance bug that really affects the user than edge case bugs that are rarely seen or minor bugs. make sure documentation gets updated if the bug you're fixing is likely to require an update to developer documentation once it's fixed, be sure to add the dev-doc-needed keyword to the bug (or ask someone to do it, if you don't have editbugs privileges on bugzilla). this puts the bug on the radar ...
...n bugzilla). this puts the bug on the radar of our documentation team to ensure that once the bug is resolved, the documentation will be updated appropriately. if you don't mark the bug, your work might go unnoticed by the docs team! of course, our documentation is a wiki; you can really help by updating the documentation yourself. even if you're not comfortable with your writing skills, keep in mind that our helpful, happy documentation gnomes will follow along behind you and clean up for you. note: you can mark the bug with this keyword at any time; you don't need to wait until it's actually fixed. take extra time to do it right the first time it's also better to come up with one really solid, well tested, well commented, clean, easy to maintain piece of code than a bunch of quick fixes...
...e: you can mark the bug with this keyword at any time; you don't need to wait until it's actually fixed. take extra time to do it right the first time it's also better to come up with one really solid, well tested, well commented, clean, easy to maintain piece of code than a bunch of quick fixes. you (or someone else) will be back in that code someday. it's easier to do it right once, when your mind is in the problem, than to do it once quickly and then have to come back and do it again the right way. the only thing worse than not understanding someone else's code is not understanding your own. test your code qa's job is to assure quality, not to add quality. that's your job. it's your responsibility to find and fix the problems in your code before checking in. when you land your bug-free...
...And 6 more matches

JS_GetGCParameter
max_bytes, jsgc_max_malloc_bytes, jsgc_max_nursery_bytes, jsgc_bytes, jsgc_number, jsgc_mode, jsgc_unused_chunks, jsgc_total_chunks, jsgc_slice_time_budget, jsgc_mark_stack_limit, jsgc_high_frequency_time_limit, jsgc_high_frequency_low_limit, jsgc_high_frequency_high_limit, jsgc_high_frequency_heap_growth_max, jsgc_high_frequency_heap_growth_min, jsgc_low_frequency_heap_growth, jsgc_dynamic_heap_growth, jsgc_dynamic_mark_slice, jsgc_allocation_threshold, jsgc_min_empty_chunk_count, jsgc_max_empty_chunk_count, jsgc_compaction_enabled, jsgc_allocation_threshold_factor, jsgc_allocation_threshold_factor_avoid_interrupt, jsgc_nursery_free_threshold_for_idle_collection, jsgc_pretenure_threshold, ...
... jsgc_max_malloc_bytes / "maxmallocbytes" number of js_malloc bytes before last ditch gc. ...
... jsgc_max_malloc_bytes / "maxmallocbytes" number of js_malloc bytes before last ditch gc. ...
...And 6 more matches

Redis Tips
bout redis as a database with some kind of non-existent relationship to sql, think of it as a data structure server with a rich set of commands for querying and manipulating those data structures over a network connection. redis data types include: strings hashes lists sets ordered sets (called zsets in redis) transactions publishers and subscribers this table lists some common programming tasks and data structures, and suggests some redis functions or data structures for them: dictionary lookup set, get, setnx, etc. counters set, incr, incrby list manipulation lpush, rpush, lpop, rpop, llen, linsert, lindex, etc. event logging lists, zsets, pubsub queues lists (rpush, blpop, blpoprpush, etc.) priority queues ...
...mands - an ever-growing list of related commands is given on the right-hand side of the page. recipes - at the bottom of many pages is a section that gives usage patterns or recipes for the command under discussion. there are many insightful ideas to be found here. getting started with redis before you go any further in this document, make sure you have played with redis for at least 5 or 10 minutes. if you have not, here is a fantastic on-line, interactive redis tutorial: http://try.redis.io/ for reference later on, you'll want the source of all things redis: https://redis.io you'll want to run a redis-server on your machine, and use the redis-cli at the command-line for hacking. node.js redis client: https://github.com/mranney/node_redis npm install redis python redis cli...
...re executed sequentially as a single atomic operation. here's a stupid node script to show how this works: #!/usr/bin/env node var r = require('redis').createclient(); r.multi() .set("foo", 42) .set("bar", "ice cream") .set("baz", 6.28) .get("foo") .get("bar") .get("baz") .exec(function(err, resultlist) { console.log(json.stringify(resultlist, null, 2)); r.end(); // terminate the redis connection; node can quit }); when run, this prints: [ "ok", "ok", "ok", "42", "ice cream", "6.28" ] the result list includes one value per each command executed. awesome. note that if one of your commands crashes, the others still all execute! (try this by breaking one of the set statements by leaving out the value argument.) you'll get one return value for ea...
...And 6 more matches

Starting WebLock
erface: one that takes a cid and another interface that takes a contract id. here we'll use the latter. the first parameter to the getservicebycontractid is of course the contract id, which is defined in the nsxpcom.h header file. the next parameter is a nifty macro that returns the iid for the interface name that you pass in. the last parameter assigns an out interface pointer to a nscomptr. assuming there weren't any unexpected errors, the variable catman holds the nsicategorymanager interface pointer, which you can use to add the component as a startup observer by calling a method on the nsicategorymanager. the next step is to figure out which parameters to pass to the method. there is a category name and a name-value pair, but since the name-value pair meaning is category-specific, you n...
... id yes xpcom-shutdown any contract id no xpcom-autoregistration any contract id no app-startup any service, contract id * the table above summarizes the popular persistent notifications registered through the category manager. the name of the category itself is a well defined string, but the name-value pairs can be anything. when naming your component in the category, take care to use something that means something and doesn't muddy up the namespace. in this case, "weblock" is unique and provides context to anyone looking at the category. the value of the name-value part is expected to be the contract id of the component. since every category can define the name-value pairs, the application "app-startup" category can support n...
...lock component in this tutorial uses xul to define the additional browser ui in a cross-platform way, and xul uses javascript to access and control xpcom components, but gecko's pluggable ui allows any user interface to call into gecko and the components you create as easily as you can from xul. see xul for a discussion of how xul interacts with javascript and xpcom. creating the weblock programming interface design is one of the hardest parts of any programming problem. the question the interface for the weblock component must answer is: how should weblock look to the outside world? what, in other words, is the interaction of clients with the weblock component? in this section, we enumerate the basic functionality the component should expose and create the single interface that organizes ...
...And 6 more matches

NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16
ndcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii ...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
...rs nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is yanked from start a...
...And 6 more matches

NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8
compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii ...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
... source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is yanked from start a...
...And 6 more matches

NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16
ndcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii ...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
...rs nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is yanked from start a...
...And 6 more matches

NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII
compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii ...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
... source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is yanked from start a...
...And 6 more matches

nsAdoptingCString
compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(c...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
... source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is yanked from start a...
...And 6 more matches

nsAdoptingString
ndcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(c...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
...rs nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is yanked from start a...
...And 6 more matches

nsAutoString
ndcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii ...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
...rs nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is yanked from start a...
...And 6 more matches

nsCAutoString
arat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assi...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search ...
... nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is ya...
...And 6 more matches

nsFixedCString
compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii ...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
... source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is yanked from start a...
...And 6 more matches

nsFixedString
ndcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii ...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
...rs nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is yanked from start a...
...And 6 more matches

nsPromiseFlatCString
compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii ...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
... source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is yanked from start a...
...And 6 more matches

nsPromiseFlatString
ndcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii ...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
...rs nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is yanked from start a...
...And 6 more matches

nsXPIDLCString
compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(c...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
... source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is yanked from start a...
...And 6 more matches

nsXPIDLString
ndcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(c...
... @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase selects case sensitivity @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching @param acount tells us how far from the offset we are to search. use -1 to search the ...
...rs nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you can control whether whitespace is yanked from start a...
...And 6 more matches

nsIScrollable
gecko 29.0 (firefox 29.0 / thunderbird 29.0 / seamonkey 2.26) method overview long getcurscrollpos(in long scrollorientation); obsolete since gecko 29.0 long getdefaultscrollbarpreferences(in long scrollorientation); void getscrollbarvisibility(out boolean verticalvisible, out boolean horizontalvisible); void getscrollrange(in long scrollorientation, out long minpos, out long maxpos); obsolete since gecko 29.0 void setcurscrollpos(in long scrollorientation, in long curpos); obsolete since gecko 29.0 void setcurscrollposex(in long curhorizontalpos, in long curverticalpos); obsolete since gecko 29.0 void setdefaultscrollbarpreferences(in long scrollorientation, in long scrollbarpref); void setscrollrange(in long scrollori...
... constant value description scrollorientation_x 1 horizontal scrolling. when passing t...
... constant value description scrollorientation_x 1 horizontal scrolling. when passing this in to a method you are requesting or setting data for the horizontal scrollbar. ...
...And 6 more matches

nsITreeView
es attribute type description rowcount long the total number of rows in the tree (including the offscreen rows). read only. selection nsitreeselection the selection for this view. ...
... rowcount long the total number of rows in the tree (including the offscreen rows). read only. selection nsitreeselection the selection for this view. ...
...to get the behavior where drops are only allowed on items, such as the mailnews folder pane, always return false when the orientation is not drop_on. note: drop_on will only be passed to candrop() if the item is a container; see iscontainer(). boolean candrop( in long index, in long orientation, in nsidomdatatransfer datatransfer ); param...
...And 6 more matches

WebIDL bindings
d to flag the functions that return your object as [newobject] in the webidl. if your object is not refcounted then the return value of functions that return it should return an nsautoptr. c++ reflections of webidl constructs c++ reflections of webidl operations (methods) a webidl operation is turned into a method call on the underlying c++ object. the return type and argument types are determined as described below. in addition to those, all methods that are allowed to throw will get an errorresult& argument appended to their argument list. non-static methods that use certain webidl types like any or object will get a jscontext* argument prepended to the argument list. static methods will be passed a const globalobject& for the relevant global and can get a jscontext* by calling context...
... like this: struct dict { bool init(jscontext* acx, js::handle<js::value> aval, const char* asourcedescription = "value"); optional<nsstring> mbar; int32_t mfoo; } note that the dictionary members are sorted in the struct in alphabetical order. api for working with dictionaries there are a few useful methods found on dictionaries and dictionary members that you can use to quickly determine useful things. member.waspassed() - as the name suggests, was a particular member passed? (e.g., if (arg.foo.waspassed() { /* do nice things!*/ }) dictionary.isanymemberpresent() - great for checking if you need to do anything. (e.g., if (!arg.isanymemberpresent()) return; // nothing to do) member.value() - getting the actual data/value of a member that was passed. (e.g., mbar.ass...
..., errorresult& arv); bool has(mozilla::dom::stringset* self, const nsastring& akey, errorresult& arv); void add(mozilla::dom::stringset* self, const nsastring& akey, errorresult& arv); } // namespace setlikehelpers } iterable unlike maplike and setlike, iterable does not have any c++ helpers, as the structure backing the iterable data for the interface is left up to the developer. with that in mind, the generated iterable bindings expect the wrapper object to provide certain methods for the interface to access. iterable interfaces have different requirements, based on if they are single or pair value iterators. example interface for a single value iterator: interface longiterable { iterable<long>; getter long(unsigned long index); readonly attribute unsigned long length; }; for s...
...And 6 more matches

Streams - Plugins
a stream is created telling the plug-in when a stream is deleted finding out how much data the plug-in can accept writing the stream to the plug-in sending the stream in random-access mode sending the stream in file mode telling the plug-in when a stream is created to tell the plug-in instance when a new stream is created, the browser calls the npp_newstream method. this method also determines which mode it should use to send data to the plug-in. the browser can create a stream for several different types of data: for the file specified in the data attribute of the object element or the src attribute of the embed element for a data file for a full-page instance the npp_newstream method has the following syntax: nperror npp_newstream(npp instance, npmimetype type, npstream *s...
...modes except np_seek. note: a plug-in can also use the npn_geturl method to request a stream for an arbitrary url. telling the plug-in when a stream is deleted the browser calls the npp_destroystream method when it completes the stream sent to the plug-in, either successfully or abnormally. once the plug-in returns from this method, the browser deletes the npstream object. the plug-in can terminate the stream itself by calling npn_destroystream. you should delete any private data allocated in the plug-in's stream->pdata field when you destroy a stream. the plug-in can store private data associated with the stream in stream->pdata. the browser stores private data in stream->ndata; this value should not be changed by the plug-in. nperror npp_destroystream(npp instance, npstream *stream,...
...rectly by some action, such as by deleting the instance or initiating higher-priority network operations. npres_network_err: the stream failed because of problems with the network, disk i/o error, lack of memory, or some other problem. finding out how much data the plug-in can accept after a call to npp_newstream and before writing data to the plug-in, the browser calls npp_writeready to determine the maximum number of bytes that the plug-in can consume. this function allows the browser to send only as much data to the instance as it can handle at one time, and it helps both the browser and the plug-in to use their resources efficiently. after a call to npp_newstream, in which the plug-in requested a normal-mode stream, the browser delivers the data in the stream progressively in a serie...
...And 6 more matches

HTMLInputElement - Web APIs
rface provides special properties and methods for manipulating the options, layout, and presentation of <input> elements. ...
...e provides special properties and methods for manipulating the options, layout, and presentation of <input> elements. ...
...st> ancestor; its disabled property is true. properties that apply only to elements of type checkbox or radio checked boolean: returns / sets the current state of the element when type is checkbox or radio. defaultchecked boolean: returns / sets the default state of a radio button or checkbox as originally specified in html that created this object. indeterminate boolean: returns whether the checkbox or radio button is in indeterminate state. for checkboxes, the effect is that the appearance of the checkbox is obscured/greyed in some way as to indicate its state is indeterminate (not checked but not unchecked). does not affect the value of the checked attribute, and clicking the checkbox will set the value to false. properties that apply on...
...And 6 more matches

Capabilities, constraints, and settings - Web APIs
often, your code needs to know whether or not an api exists and if so, what its limitations are on the user agent it's running on. figuring this out has often been difficult, and has usually involved looking at some combination of which user agent (or browser) you're running on, which version it is, looking to see if certain objects exist, trying to see whether various things work or not and determining what errors occur, and so forth. the result has been a lot of very fragile code, or a reliance on libraries which figure this stuff out for you, then implement polyfills to patch the holes in the implementation on your behalf. the twin concepts of constraints and capabilities let the browser and web site or app exchange information about what constrainable properties the browser's implementat...
...ormation about what constrainable properties the browser's implementation supports and what values it supports for each one. this article discusses capabilities and constraints, as well as media settings, and includes an example we call the constraint exerciser. the constraint exerciser lets you experiment with the results of different constraint sets being applied to the audio and video tracks coming from the computer's a/v input devices (such as its webcam and microphone). overview the process works like this (using mediastreamtrack as an example): if needed, call mediadevices.getsupportedconstraints() to get the list of supported constraints, which tells you what constrainable properties the browser knows about. this isn't always necessary, since any that aren't known will simply be i...
... browser knows about. this isn't always necessary, since any that aren't known will simply be ignored when you specify them—but if you have any that you can't get by without, you can start by checking to be sure they're on the list. once the script knows whether the property or properties it wishes to use are supported, it can then check the capabilities of the api and its implementation by examining the object returned by the track's getcapabilities() method; this object lists each supported constraint and the values or range of values which are supported. finally, the track's applyconstraints() method is called to configure the api as desired by specifying the values or ranges of values it wishes to use for any of the constrainable properties about which it has a preference. the track'...
...And 6 more matches

Pointer events - Web APIs
additionally, a pointer event contains the usual properties present in mouse events (client coordinates, target element, button states, etc.) in addition to new properties for other forms of input: pressure, contact geometry, tilt, etc. in fact, the pointerevent interface inherits all of the mouseevent properties, thus facilitating the migration of content from mouse events to pointer events. terminology active buttons state the condition when a pointer has a non-zero value for the buttons property. for example, in the case of a pen, when the pen has physical contact with the digitizer, or at least one button is depressed while hovering. active pointer any pointer input device that can produce events. a pointer is considered active if it can still produce further events. for example, a...
...fted or moved. digitizer a sensing device with a surface that can detect contact. most commonly, the sensing device is a touch-enabled screen that can sense input from an input device such as a pen, stylus, or finger. some sensing devices can detect the close proximity of the input device, and the state is expressed as a hover following the mouse. hit test the process the browser uses to determine a target element for a pointer event. typically, this is determined by considering the pointer's location and also the visual layout of elements in a document on screen media. pointer a hardware-agnostic representation of input devices that can target a specific coordinate (or set of coordinates) on a screen. examples of pointer input devices are mouse, pen/stylus, and touch contacts. pointer...
...ies are read only .) pointerid a unique identifier for the pointer causing the event. width the width (magnitude on the x axis), in css pixels, of the contact geometry of the pointer. height the height (magnitude on the y axis), in css pixels, of the contact geometry of the pointer. pressure the normalized pressure of the pointer input in the range of 0 to 1, where 0 and 1 represent the minimum and maximum pressure the hardware is capable of detecting, respectively. tangentialpressure the normalized tangential pressure of the pointer input (also known as barrel pressure or cylinder stress) in the range -1 to 1, where 0 is the neutral position of the control. tiltx the plane angle (in degrees, in the range of -90 to 90) between the y–z plane and the plane containing both the po...
...And 6 more matches

SVGPreserveAspectRatio - Web APIs
which means that attempts to modify the object will result in an exception being thrown. ...
...h means that attempts to modify the object will result in an exception being thrown. ...
... will result in an exception being thrown. ...
...And 6 more matches

Adding 2D content to a WebGL context - Web APIs
itions of the pixels and their colors. there are two shader functions run when drawing webgl content: the vertex shader and the fragment shader. you write these in glsl and pass the text of the code into webgl to be compiled for execution on the gpu. together, a set of vertex and fragment shaders is called a shader program. let's take a quick look at the two types of shader, with the example in mind of drawing a 2d shape into the webgl context. vertex shader each time a shape is rendered, the vertex shader is run for each vertex in the shape. its job is to transform the input vertex from its original coordinate system into the clip space coordinate system used by webgl, in which each axis has a range from -1.0 to 1.0, regardless of aspect ratio, actual size, or any other factors. the ver...
... 1.0, regardless of aspect ratio, actual size, or any other factors. the vertex shader must perform the needed transforms on the vertex's position, make any other adjustments or calculations it needs to make on a per-vertex basis, then return the transformed vertex by saving it in a special variable provided by glsl, called gl_position. the vertex shader can, as needed, also do things like determine the coordinates within the face's texture of the texel to apply to the vertex, apply the normals to determine the lighting factor to apply to the vertex, and so on. this information can then be stored in varyings or attributes as appropriate to be shared with the fragment shader. our vertex shader below receives vertex position values from an attribute we define called avertexposition. that pos...
...ix * avertexposition; } `; it's worth noting that we're using a vec4 attribute for the vertex position, which doesn't actually use a 4-component vector; that is, it could be handled as a vec2 or vec3 depending on the situation. but when we do our math, we will need it to be a vec4, so rather than convert it to a vec4 every time we do math, we'll just use a vec4 from the beginning. this eliminates operations from every calculation we do in our shader. performance matters. in this example, we're not computing any lighting at all, since we haven't yet applied any to the scene. that will come later, in the example lighting in webgl. note also the lack of any work with textures here; that will be added in using textures in webgl. fragment shader the fragment shader is called once for ev...
...And 6 more matches

Fundamentals of WebXR - Web APIs
the needed data to let you update the imagery shown to the user based on that movement. webxr additionally provides support for accepting inputs from control devices such as handheld vr controllers or specialized mixed reality gamepads. webxr is not a rendering technology, and provides no features for actually managing 3d data or rendering it to the display. this is an important fact to keep in mind; while webxr manages the timing, scheduling, and the various points of view relevant when drawing the scene, it does not actually know how to load and manage models, render and texture them, and so forth. that part is entirely up to you. fortunately, webgl and the various webgl-based frameworks and libraries are available to make it much easier to deal with all of that. how is webxr different f...
... does not actually know how to load and manage models, render and texture them, and so forth. that part is entirely up to you. fortunately, webgl and the various webgl-based frameworks and libraries are available to make it much easier to deal with all of that. how is webxr different from webvr? webvr was generally considered to be an experimental api designed to help specification writers determine the best approaches to creating an api for virtual reality on the web. as browser developers built support for webvr and allowed developers to experiment, it became clear that in order to finish an api for virtual environments on the web, it would make more sense to start a new specification than to try to "fix" webvr. thus, webxr was created. the most obvious difference, at the highest level, ...
...ile devices. what is field of view? the field of view is, at its essence, the extent of the environment you are able to see at any one time. the width of the field of view is measured as the angle defining the arc from the far left edge of your field of view to the far right edge, and is specified in either degrees or radians. a human eye is typically able to take in a fov of around 135°. assuming a person has two healthy eyes, their total field of view is about 200° to 220° wide. why is the fov wider with two eyes, but not double the single-eye fov? it's because the two eyes fovs overlap a lot. that overlap is what gives us depth perception; within the overlap area — which is around 115° across — we have depth perception. outside that overlap area, our vision is monocular and lack...
...And 6 more matches

Grid template areas - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
orward way to place items on your grid. however, there is an alternate method to use for positioning items on the grid which you can use alone or in combination with line-based placement. this method involves placing our items using named template areas, and we will find out exactly how this method works. you will see very quickly why we sometimes call this the ascii-art method of grid layout! naming a grid area you have already encountered the grid-area property. this is the property that can take as a value all four of the lines used to position a grid area. .box1 { grid-area: 1 / 1 / 4 / 2; } what we are doing here when defining all four lines, is defining the area by specifying the lines that enclose that area. we can also define an area by giving it a name and then specify the...
...-area: hd; } .footer { grid-area: ft; } .content { grid-area: main; } .sidebar { grid-area: sd; } having defined these names i then create my layout. this time, instead of placing my items using line numbers specified on the items themselves, i create the whole layout on the grid container. ...
... . . ft ft ft ft ft ft"; } <div class="wrapper"> <div class="header">header</div> <div class="sidebar">sidebar</div> <div class="content">content</div> <div class="footer">footer</div> </div> in order to make the layout nea...
...And 6 more matches

attr() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
d that points to a non-existent document with a generic error condition. integer <integer> the attribute value is parsed as a css <integer>. if it is not valid, that is not an integer or out of the range accepted by the css property, the default value is used. leading and trailing spaces are stripped. 0, or, if 0 is not a valid value for the property, the property's minimum value. number <number> the attribute value is parsed as a css <number>. if it is not valid, that is not a number or out of the range accepted by the css property, the default value is used. leading and trailing spaces are stripped. 0, or, if 0 is not a valid value for the property, the property's minimum value. length <length> the attribute...
...parsed as a css <length> dimension, that is including the unit (e.g. 12.5em). if it is not valid, that is not a length or out of the range accepted by the css property, the default value is used. if the given unit is a relative length, attr() computes it to an absolute length. leading and trailing spaces are stripped. 0, or, if 0 is not a valid value for the property, the property's minimum value. em, ex, px, rem, vw, vh, vmin, vmax, mm, cm, in, pt, or pc <length> the attribute value is parsed as a css <number>, that is without the unit (e.g. 12.5), and interpreted as a <length> with the specified unit. if it is not valid, that is not a number or out of the range accepted by the css property, the default value is used. if the given unit is a relative l...
... the unit (e.g. 12.5), and interpreted as a <length> with the specified unit. if it is not valid, that is not a number or out of the range accepted by the css property, the default value is used. if the given unit is a relative length, attr() computes it to an absolute length. leading and trailing spaces are stripped. ...
...And 6 more matches

<input type="tel"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
sing a specific input type for telephone numbers also makes adding custom validation and handling of phone numbers more convenient. note: browsers that don't support type tel fall back to being a standard text input. value a domstring representing a telephone number, or empty events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, and size idl attributes list, selectionstart, selectionend, selectiondirection, and value methods select(), setrangetext(), setselectionrange() value the <input> element's value attribute contains a domstring that either represents a telephone number or is an empty string (""). additional attributes in addition to the attrib...
...in addition to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their type, telephone number inputs support the following attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element that contains the optional pre-defined autocomplete options maxlength the maximum length, in utf-16 characters, to accept as a valid input minlength the minimum length that is considered valid for the field's contents pattern a regular expression the entered value must match to pass constraint validation placeholder an example value to display inside the field when it has no value readonly a boolean attribute which, if present, indicates that the field's contents should not be user-editable ...
...lect from this predefined list or provide a different value. maxlength the maximum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the telephone number field. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the telephone number field has no maximum length. ...
...And 6 more matches

A re-introduction to JavaScript (JS tutorial) - JavaScript
it is often derided as being a toy, but beneath its layer of deceptive simplicity, powerful language features await. javascript is now used by an incredible number of high-profile applications, showing that deeper knowledge of this technology is an important skill for any web or mobile developer. it's useful to start with an overview of the language's history. javascript was created in 1995 by brendan eich while he was an engineer at netscape. javascript was first released with netscape 2 early in 1996. ...
... since. the fourth edition was abandoned, due to political differences concerning language complexity. many parts of the fourth edition formed the basis for ecmascript edition 5, published in december of 2009, and for the 6th major edition of the standard, published in june of 2015. because it is more familiar, we will refer to ecmascript as "javascript" from this point on. unlike most programming languages, the javascript language has no concept of input or output. it is designed to run as a scripting language in a host environment, and it is up to the host environment to provide mechanisms for communicating with the outside world. the most common host environment is the browser, but javascript interpreters can also be found in a huge list of other places, including adobe acrobat, adobe ...
...lete desktop environments like gnome (one of the most popular guis for gnu/linux operating systems), and others. overview javascript is a multi-paradigm, dynamic language with types and operators, standard built-in objects, and methods. its syntax is based on the java and c languages — many structures from those languages apply to javascript as well. javascript supports object-oriented programming with object prototypes, instead of classes (see more about prototypical inheritance and es2015 classes). javascript also supports functional programming — because they are objects, functions may be stored in variables and passed around like any other object. let's start off by looking at the building blocks of any language: the types. javascript programs manipulate values, and those values al...
...And 6 more matches

Lexical grammar - JavaScript
ecmascript also defines certain keywords and literals and has rules for automatic insertion of semicolons to end statements. control characters control characters have no visual representation but are used to control the interpretation of the text. ...
...red using their connected form in certain languages (wikipedia). u+feff byte order mark <bom> used at the start of the script to mark it as unicode and the text's byte order (wikipedia). white space white space characters improve the readability of source text and separate tokens from each other. these characters are usually unnecessary for the functionality of the code. minification tools are often used to remove whitespace in order to reduce the amount of data that needs to be transferred. white space characters code point name abbreviation description escape sequence u+0009 character tabulation <ht> horizontal tabulation \t u+000b line tabulation <vt> vertical tabulation \v u+000c for...
...on <vt> vertical tabulation \v u+000c form feed <ff> page breaking control character (wikipedia). ...
...And 6 more matches

The Box Model - Archive of obsolete content
it is important to know how it works in order to make interfaces that are easy to localize, skin and use in different types of operating systems, screen sizes and resolutions. the xul box model is a significant improvement over the html layout model, which is mostly vertical. with xul you can define vertically oriented as well as horizontally oriented interfaces, providing greater flexibility in interface design. ...
...uch too often, and it would require a great deal of css code to avoid using it. at any rate, it can always be overriden using css, so your extension won't lose skinability because of it. flexibility is defined as a numeric value. the default value for most elements is 0, which means that the element will not stretch in the direction of its orientation, and its size in that dimension will be determined by its contents and padding. if you want an element to be flexible, you should set its flexibility to 1. this makes the element stretch to occupy as much available space there is in the direction of its orientation. if we add flexibility to the hbox in our first example, we get the following result: the box flexes to cover the available horizontal space. the buttons maintain their size. if ...
...ow the flexible button is taking the available inner space, moving the other two buttons all the way to the end of the box. what would happen if we also add flexibility to the "parrot" button? since both buttons have a flexibility of 1, the available space is distributed evenly among the two. note that this is not always the case. if one of the buttons has a very long label that restricts its minimum size, then it could be the label determining its size, while the other button would flex taking the rest of the room. now, if you want a different size distribution in flexible elements, you can use flexibility values higher than 1. in this case, the "cat" button has a flex value of 3, while the "parrot" button still has a flex value of 1. the "cat" button is now larger in a 3 to 1 propor...
...And 5 more matches

Using XPInstall to Install Plugins - Archive of obsolete content
are component to be installed. in our case, this is the plugin software. a javascript file called install.js, which is the install logic that drives the installation. this includes instructions on where to install the software, and what messages to feed to the user. you can create an xpinstall file by first zipping all the items you want installed with winzip (create a zip archive) and then renaming it with the xpi file extension instead of the zip file extension. unlike native code installers (for example, files called setup.exe), the programming language for install operations in xpi is javascript. since the file format that contains the software and the install.js javascript file is a cross-platform file (zip) and since javascript is understood by mozilla browsers on all platforms, often...
... because of the similarity between the two installer technologies, it is easy to convert your smartupdate files to xpinstall files. smartupdate involves a digitally signed jar file which contained the software components to be installed as well as a javascript install.js file (called the install script) as the installer logic. downloads and installs would be initiated with a security dialog box naming the certificate authority and the signer. often, the smartupdate download was triggered via the pluginurl attribute of the embed tag: <embed type="application/x-randomtype" src="myfile.typ" width="50" height="50" pluginurl="http://mytypecompany.xyz/jarpacks/mytypeplugin.jar"></embed> in the example above, the pluginurl attribute points to the signed jar file, which netscape communicator 4.x wo...
...pplication a string signifying the plugin identifier associated with the plugin. this value is actually entered in the client version registry upon installation, a mozilla-browser file that stores metadata about the software that has just been installed. this value can be queried via web-page delivered javascript, and is useful for initiating xpinstall downloads via trigger scripts. you can determine the version of the software that has been installed, and determine whether to update it, all via javascript in a web-page. a string representing the four digit version of the software. caveat: certain versions of mozilla-based browsers (such as netscape 6.x) treat the use of the equals character ("=") as an illegal token and thus do not allow invocation of initinstall with strings containing "...
...And 5 more matches

timepicker - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home [ examples | attributes | properties | methods | related ] the timepicker is used to allow the user to enter a time. it contains three fields to enter the hour, minute and second. arrow buttons next to the fields allow the values to be adjusted with the mouse. a fourth textbox appears for 12 hour clocks which allows selection of am or pm. to specify the initial, use the value attribute set to a value of either the form hh:mm:ss or hh:mm. the value may be retrieved and changed using the value property or the datevalue property. ...
...x appears for 12 hour clocks which allows selection of am or pm. to specify the initial, use the value attribute set to a value of either the form hh:mm:ss or hh:mm. the value may be retrieved and changed using the value property or the datevalue property. the former specifies the time as a string of the form hh:mm:ss whereas the latter specifies the time as a date object. in addition, the hour, minute and second properties may be used to retrieve and modify each component of the time separately. the change event is fired whenever the time is changed. however, as described in mozilla bug #799219, a change event handler may encounter erratic behavior when the time is changed using the keyboard instead of the mouse. to avoid this, you can use the workaround described here, i.e., use window.se...
... erratic behavior when the time is changed using the keyboard instead of the mouse. to avoid this, you can use the workaround described here, i.e., use window.settimeout(actual-event-handler-function, 0); to queue up your event handler to run after the rest of the picker's change event handlers. attributes disabled, hideseconds, increment, readonly, tabindex, value properties amindicator, datevalue, disabled, hideseconds, hour, hourleadingzero, increment, is24hourclock, ispm, minute, minuteleadingzero, pmindicator, readonly, second, secondleadingzero, tabindex, value examples <timepicker value="12:05"/> attributes disabled type: boolean indicates whether the element is disabled or not. if this attribute is set, the element is disabled. disabled elements ar...
...And 5 more matches

The Business Benefits of Web Standards - Archive of obsolete content
velopers - both agency and inhouse - simply do not want to work using outdated methodologies and platforms with uncertain standards, with all the consequent uncertainty in quality. they have adopted web standards long ago and now work where these new skills are appreciated. familiarity with dreamweaver or any other legacy software is not a good basis for hiring creative development personnel. eliminate unwelcome future costs a very significant portion of electronically-stored information is produced for the web and written in html format. most of this information uses invalid html which happens to be displayed correctly in permissive older browsers. as the web evolves, web browsers may eventually become either less permissive, or behave differently when given invalid markup (e.g. parse inva...
... any additional costs in the future. extensibility using strict html and separating structure from content paves the way to xhtml, an xml-compatible version of html. using xhtml will enable web authors to leverage tools from the xml world, such as xslt, to easily manipulate xml data. using xhtml is a way to enter a set of standards composed of xml-based technologies, such as xml, xslt (transforming data), svg (animated graphics), mathml (describing mathematic expressions)... such technologies have been designed to be interoperable, are the base of web services. this goes much further than just web authoring. reduce costs of maintenance and site operations what is maintenance anyway? one of the most important features of a successful site is constantly evolving relevant content which in t...
...need not become involved in the actual process of publishing that content at all. and the person applying the markup need not necessarily, know (or care) how it is going to be styled. that has been the real impact of the zen garden, in helping to demonstrate the stunning results which are possible without altering the markup, and indeed keeping the amount of presentational markup to an acceptable minimum. the content - markup - style; model also lends itself very neatly to linear methods of production. no web development activity need or indeed - should take place until the content has been produced. conversely once the content is to hand the development/publishing process should be lighteningly fast. which is as it should be. if we have produced content we want to publish it now. not in 6 w...
...And 5 more matches

JavaScript basics - Learn web development
it was invented by brendan eich (co-founder of the mozilla project), the mozilla foundation, and the mozilla corporation. javascript is versatile and beginner-friendly. ...
...it was invented by brendan eich (co-founder of the mozilla project), the mozilla foundation, and the mozilla corporation. javascript is versatile and beginner-friendly. ...
...nd the mozilla corporation. javascript is versatile and beginner-friendly. with more experience, you'll be able to create games, animated 2d and 3d graphics, comprehensive database-driven apps, and much more! javascript itself is relatively compact, yet very flexible. developers have written a variety of tools on top of the core javascript language, unlocking a vast amount of functionality with minimum effort. these include: browser application programming interfaces (apis) built into web browsers, providing functionality such as dynamically creating html and setting css styles; collecting and manipulating a video stream from a user's webcam, or generating 3d graphics and audio samples. third-party apis that allow developers to incorporate functionality in sites from other content provi...
...And 5 more matches

A first splash into JavaScript - Learn web development
what javascript is. objective: to have a first bit of experience at writing some javascript, and gain at least a basic understanding of what writing a javascript program involves. ...
... you won't be expected to understand all of the code in detail immediately — we just want to introduce you to the high-level concepts for now, and give you an idea of how javascript (and other programming languages) work. in subsequent articles, you'll revisit all these features in a lot more detail! note: many of the code features you'll see in javascript are the same as in other programming languages — functions, loops, etc. the code syntax looks different, but the concepts are still largely the same. thinking like a programmer one of the hardest things to learn in programming is not the syntax you need to learn, but how to apply it to solve real world problems. you need to start thinking like a programmer — this generally involves looking at descriptions of what your progra...
... programming is not the syntax you need to learn, but how to apply it to solve real world problems. you need to start thinking like a programmer — this generally involves looking at descriptions of what your program needs to do, working out what code features are needed to achieve those things, and how to make them work together. this requires a mixture of hard work, experience with the programming syntax, and practice — plus a bit of creativity. the more you code, the better you'll get at it. we can't promise that you'll develop "programmer brain" in five minutes, but we will give you plenty of opportunity to practice thinking like a programmer throughout the course. ...
...And 5 more matches

Mozilla’s UAAG evaluation report
12, 2001 candidate recommendation of uaag 1.0. this may be different from the most recent version, check for updates on the user agent working group home page. look to the "techniques" document for real-world implementation examples of each checkpoint. this uaag evaluation report covers nightly builds of the mozilla web browser itself, running on windows 2000, as of february 20, 2002. we are claiming to support html 4, css 2, png, jpg and gif. this evaluation does not cover mailnews or composer. there may be accessibility and customizability features not listed here. a very good resource is the customizing document. when filing mozilla bugs based on uaag requirements, please use bug 24413 as the uaag meta bug. checkpoint information (same scaled used on w3c's uaag implementation reports page...
...ltimedia players 2.6 respect synchronization cues. (p1) na this relates to multimedia players 2.7 repair missing content. (p2) p no alt repair strategies in place. reasons: the title attribute is almost never present when the alt isn't. in the rare cases where it is, it is of no help (typically it's just the filename, maybe with a file size). also, in the overwhelming majority of cases, the filename is unintelligible. developers interested in this problem can look at the getalternatetext() method -- see the cvs history for suggestions. we consider this to be a very difficult problem. 2.8 no repair text. (p3) p we have no repair strategy in 2.7 we have no way to configure that alt="" still needs to be repaired 2.9 render conditional...
...7 toggle images. (p2) p our interface for image toggling needs redesign unfortunately, there are quite a few open bugs on image toggling guideline 4. ensure user control of rendering. checkpoint title status notes/plans checkpoint title status notes/plans 4.1 configure text size. ...
...And 5 more matches

Debugging Table Reflow
is anonymous and what kind of constrained has been appliedcolindex=0 isanonymous=0 constraint=0. the following constraint types are known: enoconstraint = 0, epixelconstraint = 1, // pixel width epercentconstraint = 2, // percent width eproportionconstraint = 3, // 1*, 2*, etc. ...
...width epercentconstraint = 2, // percent width eproportionconstraint = 3, // 1*, 2*, etc. ...
...nt = 2, // percent width eproportionconstraint = 3, // 1*, 2*, etc. cols attribute assigns 1* e0proportionconstraint = 4 // 0*, means to force to min width after this follows the width information for each column: widths=-1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 the table code knows ten different width's: #define num_widths 10 #define num_major_widths 3 // min, des, fix #define min_con 0 // minimum width required of the content + padding #define des_con 1 // desired width of the content + padding #define fix 2 // fixed width either from the content or cell, col, etc. ...
...And 5 more matches

nss tech note1
to use the nss asn.1 and quickder decoders nss technical note: 1 nss 3.6 contains several decoders for asn.1 and der.two of them are extensively used and are part of the public nss api : the "classic" asn.1 decoder, written by lisa repka . this was written to be a generic decoder, that includes both der (distinguished encoding rules) and ber (basic encoding rules).† it handles both streaming and non-streaming input. the "quickder" decoder, written by julien pierre for nss 3.6 . this decoder was written when performance issues were discovered with the classic decoder. it can only decode der .† it does not handle streaming input, and requires that all input be present before beginning to decode. despite their differences, the two decoders have a lot in common. quickder was writ...
...t before beginning to decode. despite their differences, the two decoders have a lot in common. quickder was written to be as compatible as possible with the classic decoder, in order to ease migration to it in areas of critical performance bottlenecks. for this reason, i will first describe all the common functionality of the two decoders, before outlining their differences. ...
...cstatus sec_quickderdecodeitem(prarenapool* arena, void* dest, const sec_asn1template* templateentry, secitem* src); here is a description of the arguments : secitem* src† is a structure containing a pointer to the binary data to be decoded, as well as its size. const sec_asn1template* templateentry is a pointer to one or more decoder templates. ...
...And 5 more matches

PKCS #11 Module Specs
names can be any alpha/numeric combination, and are parsed case-insensitive. ...
...can be any alpha/numeric combination, and are parsed case-insensitive. values can contain any printable ascii value, including utf8 characters. values can contain embedded blanks either through quoting the entire value, or by escaping the embedded blanks with '\'. the value is considered quoted if the first character after the '=' is ', ", {, [, or <. if the value is quoted, then the value is terminated with and ending quote of the form ', ", ), ], }, or > matching the respective starting quote. ending quotes can be escaped. embedded '\' charaters are considered escape characters for the next character in the stream. note that case must be preserved in the values. these modules specs can be passed by the application directly to nss via the secmod_loadusermodule() call. to initialize a pkcs ...
...explicitly logged in. rootflags - comma separated of flags describing any root certs that may be stored (case-insensitive). valid flags are: hasrootcerts - claims that this token has the default root certs and trust values. at init time nss, will try to look for a default root cert device if one has not already been loaded. hasroottrust - parsed but ignored. timeout - time in minutes before the current authentication should be rechecked. this value is only used if askpwd is set to 'timeout'. (default = 0). askpwd - case-insensitive flag describing how password prompts should be manages. only one of the following can be specified. every - prompt whenever the a private key on this token needs to be access (this is on the entire token, not on a key-by-key basis. ...
...And 5 more matches

NSS Tools certutil
ficate. -f password-file specify a file that will automatically supply the password to include in a certificate or to access a certificate database. this is a plain-text file containing one password. be sure to prevent unauthorized access to this file. -g keysize set a key size to use when generating new public and private key pairs. the minimum is 512 bits and the maximum is 8192 bits. the default is 1024 bits. any size that is a multiple of 8 between the minimum and maximum is allowed. -h tokenname specify the name of a token to use or act on. unless specified otherwise the default token is an internal slot (specifically, internal slot 2). this slot can also be explicitly named with the string "interna...
...to reduce the default period. for example, setting a value of -2 would subtract 2 from the default and create a validity period of one month. -w offset-months set an offset from the current system time, in months, for the beginning of a certificate's validity period. use when creating the certificate or adding it to a database. express the offset in integers, using a minus sign (-) to indicate a negative offset. if this argument is not used, the validity period begins at the current system time. the length of the validity period is set with the -v argument. -x use the certificate database tool to generate the signature for a certificate being created or added to a database, rather than obtaining a signature from a separate ca. ...
...blic key for the database, instead of the default value of 65537. the available alternate values are 3 and 17. -z noise-file read a seed value from the specified binary file to use in generating a new rsa private and public key pair. this argument makes it possible to use hardware-generated seed values and unnecessary to manually create a value from the keyboard. the minimum file size is 20 bytes. -1 add a key usage extension to a certificate that is being created or added to a database. this extension allows a certificate's key to be dedicated to supporting specific operations such as ssl server or object signing. the certificate database tool will prompt you to select a particular usage for the certificate's key. these usages are d...
...And 5 more matches

NSS Tools modutil
orary directory. files destined for the temporary directory are guaranteed to be in place before any executable file is run; they are not deleted until all executable files have finished. absolutepath specifies the destination directory of the file as an absolute path. if both relativepath and absolutepath are specified, the installer attempts to use the relative path; if it is unable to determine a relative path, it uses the absolute path. executable specifies that the file is to be executed during the course of the installation. typically this string would be used for a setup program provided by a module vendor, such as a self-extracting setup.exe. more than one file can be specified as executable, in which case the files are run in the order in which they are specified in the scrip...
...if communicator iscurrently running, you should exit communicator before continuing thisoperation. type 'q <enter>' to abort, or <enter> to continue: after you press enter, the tool displays the following: creating "c:\databases\key3.db"...done.creating "c:\databases\cert8.db"...done.creating "c:\dat...
...if communicator iscurrently running, you should exit communicator before continuing thisoperation. type 'q <enter>' to abort, or <enter> to continue: after you press enter, the tool displays the following: using database directory c:\databases...successfully changed defaults. enabling a slot th...
...And 5 more matches

Hacking Tips
this will trigger for *any* asm.js/wasm call, so you should find a way to set this breakpoint for the only generated codes you want to look at. run the program. do next in gdb until you reach the definition of the funcptr: // call the per-exported-function trampoline created by generateentry. ...
...e gecko profiler. this method of profiling has the advantage of mixing the javascript stack with the c++ stack, which is useful to analyze library function issues. one tip is to start looking at a script with an inverted js stack to locate the most expensive js function, then to focus on the frame of this js function, and to remove the inverted stack and look at c++ part of this function to determine from where the cost is coming from. using the jit inspector (browser) install the jit inspector addon in your browser. this addon provides estimated cost of ionmonkey , the baseline compiler, and the interpreter. in addition it provides a clean way to analyze if instructions are inferred as being monomorphic or polymorphic in addition to the number of time each category of type has been observ...
...e simplest way to do this is to run python -m simplehttpserver from within the above directory. the other being disable this check in "about:config", by temporarily switching "security.fileuri.strict_origin_policy" to false note 2: the files can be very big and take a long time to load in the browser. therefore it might be good to reduce the logged file. this will remove entries that took only a minor time (=entries that will only show up with les than 1px). this can be done with the reduce.py script in https://github.com/haytjes/tracelogger/tree/master/tools_v2. you need to download "engine.js", "reduce.py", "reduce.js", "reduce-tree.js" and "reduce-corrections.js". running this tool is a matter of running "python reduce.py js_shell /tmp/tl-data.json tl-reduced". where js_shell is a real s...
...And 5 more matches

nsINavBookmarksService
e gecko 1.9 nsiuri getfolderuri(in print64 folder); obsolete since gecko 1.9 long long getidforitemat(in long long aparentid, in long aindex); prtime getitemdateadded(in long long aitemid); astring getitemguid(in long long aitemid); obsolete since gecko 14.0 long long getitemidforguid(in astring aguid); obsolete since gecko 14.0 long getitemindex(in long long aitemid); prtime getitemlastmodified(in long long aitemid); autf8string getitemtitle(in long long aitemid); unsigned short getitemtype(in long long aitemid); astring getkeywordforbookmark(in long long aitemid); obsolete since gecko 40.0 astring getkeywordforuri(in nsiuri auri); obsolete since gecko 40.0 nsitransaction getre...
...acallback, in nsisupports auserdata); void setfolderreadonly(in long long afolder, in boolean areadonly); void setfoldertitle(in print64 folder, in astring title); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void setitemdateadded(in long long aitemid, in prtime adateadded); void setitemguid(in long long aitemid, in astring aguid); obsolete since gecko 14.0 void setitemindex(in long long aitemid, in long anewindex); void setitemlastmodified(in long long aitemid, in prtime alastmodified); void setitemtitle(in long long aitemid, in autf8string atitle); void setkeywordforbookmark(in long long aitemid, in astring akeyword); obsolete since gecko 40.0 void setkeywordforuri(in nsiuri uri, in astring keyword); obsolete since gecko 1.
...bsolete since gecko 1.9 obsolete since gecko 40.0 attributes attribute type description bookmarksmenufolder long long the item id of the bookmarks menu folder. read only. note: renamed from bookmarksroot in gecko 1.9 placesroot long long the item id of the top-level folder that contains bookmarks, tags and all other places data. this contains administrative data as well as user data, and is therefore not recommended for use in queries. read only. tagsfolder long long the item id of the top-level folder that contains the tag "folders". read only. note: renamed from tagroot in gecko 1.9 toolbarfolder long long the item id of the personal toolbar folder. read only. note: renamed from toolbarroot in gecko 1.9 ...
...And 5 more matches

Monster example - Firefox Developer Tools
this article describes a very simple web page that we'll use to illustrate some features of the memory tool. you can try the site at https://mdn.github.io/performance-scenarios/js-allocs/alloc.html. ...
... this article describes a very simple web page that we'll use to illustrate some features of the memory tool. you can try the site at https://mdn.github.io/performance-scenarios/js-allocs/alloc.html. ...
... this article describes a very simple web page that we'll use to illustrate some features of the memory tool. you can try the site at https://mdn.github.io/performance-scenarios/js-allocs/alloc.html. ...
...And 5 more matches

Drag Operations - Web APIs
itted copy copy only move move only link link only copymove copy or move only copylink copy or link only linkmove link or move only all copy, move, or link uninitialized the default value is all. note that these values must be used exactly as listed above. for example, setting the effectallowed property to copymove allows a copy or move operation but prevents the user from performing a link operation. if you don't change the effectallowed property, then any operation is allowed, just like with the 'all' value. so you don't need to adjust this property unless you want to exclude specific types. during a drag operation, a listener for the dragenter or dragover events can check the effectallowed property to see which operations are permitted. a related property, dropeffect, sh...
...roperty. otherwise, it will be set to an alternate value that is allowed. event.datatransfer.dropeffect = "copy"; in this example, copy is the effect that is performed. you can use the value none to indicate that no drop is allowed at this location, although it is preferred not to cancel the event in this case. within the drop and dragend events, you can check the dropeffect property to determine which effect was ultimately chosen. if the chosen effect were "move", then the original data should be removed from the source of the drag within the dragend event. specifying drop targets a listener for the dragenter and dragover events are used to indicate valid drop targets, that is, places where dragged items may be dropped. most areas of a web page or application are not valid places to ...
...ement in its new location. to do this, you could create an image or separator element and simply insert it into the document during the dragenter event. the dragover event will fire at the element the mouse is pointing at. naturally, you may need to move the insertion marker around a dragover event as well. you can use the event's clientx and clienty properties as with other mouse events to determine the location of the mouse pointer. finally, the dragleave event will fire at an element when the drag leaves the element. this is the time when you should remove any insertion markers or highlighting. you do not need to cancel this event. any highlighting or other visual effects specified using the :-moz-drag-over pseudoclass will be removed automatically. the dragleave event will always fire, ...
...And 5 more matches

Intersection Observer API - Web APIs
}); }; the list of entries received by the callback includes one entry for each target which reporting a change in its intersection status. check the value of the isintersecting property to see if the entry represents an element that currently intersects with the root. be aware that your callback is executed on the main thread. it should operate as quickly as possible; if anything time-consuming needs to be done, use window.requestidlecallback(). also, note that if you specified the root option, the target must be a descendant of the root element. how intersection is calculated all areas considered by the intersection observer api are rectangles; elements which are irregularly shaped are considered as occupying the smallest rectangle which encloses all of the element's parts. similar...
...nt with a container, we need to know what that container is. that container is the intersection root, or root element. this can be either a specific element in the document which is an ancestor of the element to be observed, or null to use the document's viewport as the container. the root intersection rectangle is the rectangle used to check against the target or targets. this rectangle is determined like this: if the intersection root is the implicit root (that is, the top-level document), the root intersection rectangle is the viewport's rectangle. if the intersection root has an overflow clip, the root intersection rectangle is the root element's content area. otherwise, the root intersection rectangle is the intersection root's bounding client rectangle (as returned by calling getb...
...or each observed target which has had the degree to which it intersects the root change such that the amount exposed crosses over one of the thresholds, in either direction. you can see if the target currently intersects the root by looking at the entry's isintersecting property; if its value is true, the target is at least partially intersecting the root element or document. this lets you determine whether the entry represents a transition from the elements intersecting to no longer intersecting or a transition from not intersecting to intersecting. note that it's possible to have a non-zero intersection rectangle, which can happen if the intersection is exactly along the boundary between the two or the area of boundingclientrect is zero. this state of the target and root sharing a bounda...
...And 5 more matches

Key Values - Web APIs
ignal the start of a special control sequence of characters called an "escape sequence." vk_escape (0x1b) kvk_escape (0x35) gdk_key_escape (0xff1b) qt::key_escape (0x01000000) keycode_escape (111) "execute" the execute key. vk_execute (0x2b) qt::key_execute (0x01020003) "find" the find key. opens an interface (typically a dialog box) for performing a find/search operation. appcommand_find gdk_key_find (0xff68) "finish" [5] the finish key. vk_oem_finish (0xf1) "help" the help key. opens or toggles the display of help information. vk_help (0x2f) appcommand_help kvk_help (0x72) gdk_key_help (0xff6a) qt::key_help (0x01000058) keycode_help (259) "pause" the pau...
...he "mediaplay" key value, which is used for media controllers, rather than to control applications and processes. vk_play (0xfa) gdk_key_3270_play (0xfd16) qt::key_play (0x01020005) "props" the props (properties) key. "select" the select key. vk_select (0x29) gdk_key_select (0xff60) keycode_button_select (109) "zoomin" [6] the zoomin key. gdk_key_zoomin (0x1008ff8b) qt::key_zoomin (0x010000f6) keycode_zoom_in (168) "zoomout" [6] the zoomout key. gdk_key_zoomout (0x1008ff8c) qt::key_zoomout (0x010000f7) keycode_zoom_out (169) [1] in google chrome 52, the cancel key incorrectly returns the key code "pause". this is fixed in chrome 53. (see chrome bug 6127...
...and google chrome report the same, unless the japanese keyboard layout is in effect, in which case it generates "kanamode" instead. [5] the finish key gemerates the key code "unidentified" on internet explorer (tested on release 9 and 11). firefox reports the same, unless the japanese keyboard layout is in effect, in which case it generates "katakana" instead. [6] firefox didn't support the "zoomin" and "zoomout" keys until firefox 37. device keys keyboardevent.key value description virtual keycode windows mac linux android "brightnessdown" the brightness down key. typically used to reduce the brightness of the display. gdk_key_monbrightnessdown (0x1008ff03) qt::key_monbrightnessdown (0x010000b3) keycode_brightness_down (2...
...And 5 more matches

Using textures in WebGL - Web APIs
// yes, it's a power of 2. generate mips. gl.generatemipmap(gl.texture_2d); } else { // no, it's not a power of 2. turn off mips and set // wrapping to clamp to edge gl.texparameteri(gl.texture_2d, gl.texture_wrap_s, gl.clamp_to_edge); gl.texparameteri(gl.texture_2d, gl.texture_wrap_t, gl.clamp_to_edge); gl.texparameteri(gl.texture_2d, gl.texture_min_filter, gl.linear); } }; image.src = url; return texture; } function ispowerof2(value) { return (value & (value - 1)) == 0; } the loadtexture() routine starts by creating a webgl texture object texture by calling the webgl createtexture() function. it then uploads a single blue pixel using teximage2d(). this makes the texture immediately usable as a solid blue color even though it...
...ng an image of a few bricks to cover a brick wall. mipmapping and uv repeating can be disabled with texparameteri(). this will allow non-power-of-two (npot) textures at the expense of mipmapping, uv wrapping, uv tiling, and your control over how the device will handle your texture. // gl.nearest is also allowed, instead of gl.linear, as neither mipmap. gl.texparameteri(gl.texture_2d, gl.texture_min_filter, gl.linear); // prevents s-coordinate wrapping (repeating). gl.texparameteri(gl.texture_2d, gl.texture_wrap_s, gl.clamp_to_edge); // prevents t-coordinate wrapping (repeating). gl.texparameteri(gl.texture_2d, gl.texture_wrap_t, gl.clamp_to_edge); again, with these parameters, compatible webgl devices will automatically accept any resolution for that texture (up to their maximum dimensions...
...r); // prevents s-coordinate wrapping (repeating). gl.texparameteri(gl.texture_2d, gl.texture_wrap_s, gl.clamp_to_edge); // prevents t-coordinate wrapping (repeating). gl.texparameteri(gl.texture_2d, gl.texture_wrap_t, gl.clamp_to_edge); again, with these parameters, compatible webgl devices will automatically accept any resolution for that texture (up to their maximum dimensions). without performing the above configuration, webgl requires all samples of npot textures to fail by returning transparent black: rgba(0,0,0,0). to load the image, add a call to our loadtexture() function within our main() function. this can be added after the initbuffers(gl) call. // load texture const texture = loadtexture(gl, 'cubetexture.png'); mapping the texture onto the faces at this point, the texture is...
...And 5 more matches

Window.open() - Web APIs
name optional a domstring specifying the name of the browsing context (window, <iframe> or tab) into which to load the specified resource; if the name doesn't indicate an existing context, a new window is created and is given the name specified by windowname. this name can be used as the target for the target attribute of <a> or <form> elements. the name should not contain whitespace. keep in mind that this will not be used as the window's title. windowfeatures optional a domstring containing a comma-separated list of window features given with their corresponding values in the form "name=value". these features include options such as the window's default size and position, whether or not to include toolbar, and so forth. there must be no whitespace in the string. see window features be...
...maximized as well. size if only one of them is specified, the behavior is implementation-dependent, and web author should not rely on it. width or innerwidth specifies the width of the content area, viewing area of the new secondary window in pixels. the width value includes the width of the vertical scrollbar if present. the width value does not include the sidebar if it is expanded. the minimum required value is 100. height or innerheight specifies the height of the content area, viewing area of the new secondary window in pixels. the height value includes the height of the horizontal scrollbar if present. the height value does not include other ui parts such as location bar, title bar, tab bar, etc. the minimum required value is 100. if the windowfeatures parameter is non-empty...
...ser window in pixels. this outerwidth value includes the window vertical scrollbar (if present) and left and right window resizing borders. outerheight (only on firefox, obsolete from firefox 80) specifies the height of the whole browser window in pixels. this outerheight value includes any/all present toolbar, window horizontal scrollbar (if present) and top and bottom window resizing borders. minimal required value is 100. toolbar and ui parts features in modern browsers (firefox 76 or newer, google chrome, safari, chromium edge), the following features are just a condition for whether to open popup or not. see popup condition section. the following features control the visibility of each ui parts, all features can be set to yes or 1, or just be present to be on. set them to no or 0...
...And 5 more matches

Accessibility documentation index - Accessibility
pporting live regions as an area for screen readers to innovate and compete. 4 aria test cases aria, accessibility for each example we test the "expected" results with assistive technologies, for each browser that at supports wai-aria in. where a failure occurs we will test the browser for api incorrectness, using tools such as msaa inspect. this must be done in order to determine where to file a bug (browser or at). 5 aria annotations aria, accessibility, wai-aria, annotations, comments, details, suggestions wai-aria version 1.3 sees the addition of a set of new features, collectively known as aria annotations, which allow the creation of accessible annotations inside web documents. typical use cases include edit suggestions (i.e. an addition and/or ...
...a form can be submitted. this attribute can be used with any typical html form element; it is not limited to elements that have an aria role assigned. 26 using the aria-valuemax attribute aria, accessibility the aria-valuemax attribute is used to define the maximum value allowed for a range widget such as a slider, spinbutton or progressbar. ...
...l form element; it is not limited to elements that have an aria role assigned. 26 using the aria-valuemax attribute aria, accessibility the aria-valuemax attribute is used to define the maximum value allowed for a range widget such as a slider, spinbutton or progressbar. 27 using the aria-valuemin attribute aria, accessibility, needscontent the aria-valuemin attribute is used to define the minimum value allowed for a range widget such as a slider, spinbutton or progressbar. if the aria-valuenow has a known maximum and minimum, the author should provide properties for aria-valuemax and aria-valuemin.the value of aria-valuemin must be less than or equal to the value of aria-valuemax. 28 using the aria-valuenow attribute aria, accessibili...
...And 5 more matches

@viewport - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
authored styles have had an opportunity to adjust the viewport. this is typically based on the size of the window on desktop browsers that aren't in full screen mode. on mobile devices (or desktop devices that are in full screen mode), the initial viewport is usually the portion of a device's screen that is available for application use. this may be either the full screen or the full screen area minus areas controlled by the operating system (such as a taskbar) or the application-available screen area (either the full screen or the screen minus any areas owned by the operating system or other applications). @viewport { width: 100vw; /*sets the width of the actual viewport to the device width*/ } note: the use of <meta name="viewport"> tag overrides @viewport syntax the at-rule conta...
...he screen minus any areas owned by the operating system or other applications). @viewport { width: 100vw; /*sets the width of the actual viewport to the device width*/ } note: the use of <meta name="viewport"> tag overrides @viewport syntax the at-rule contains a set of nested descriptors in a css block that is delimited by curly braces. a zoom factor of 1.0 or 100% corresponds to no zooming. larger values zoom in. smaller values zoom out. descriptors browser support for @viewport is weak at this time, with support being largely available in internet explorer and edge. even in those browsers, only a small number of descriptors are available. browsers will ignore @viewport if they don't support it, and will ignore any descriptors that they don't recognize. ...
...rresponds to no zooming. larger values zoom in. smaller values zoom out. descriptors browser support for @viewport is weak at this time, with support being largely available in internet explorer and edge. even in those browsers, only a small number of descriptors are available. browsers will ignore @viewport if they don't support it, and will ignore any descriptors that they don't recognize. min-width used in the determination of the width of the viewport when the document is first displayed. max-width used in the determination of the width of the viewport when the document is first displayed. width a shorthand descriptor for setting both min-width and max-width. min-height used in the determination of the height of the viewport when the document is first displayed. max-height u...
...And 5 more matches

transition-delay - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ss="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height:125px;} .box { width: 100px; height: 100px; background-color: red; font-size: 20px; left: 0px; top: 0px; position:absolute; -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; -webkit-transition-duration:2s; -webkit-transition-delay:0.5s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: linear; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; transition-duration:2s; transition-delay:0.5s; transition-timing-function: linear; } .box1{ width: 50px; height: 50px; background-color: blue; color: yellow; font-size: 18px; left: 150px; top:25px; position:absolute; -webkit-transition-property: widt...
...y:0.5s; transition-timing-function: linear; } .box1{ width: 50px; height: 50px; background-color: blue; color: yellow; font-size: 18px; left: 150px; top:25px; position:absolute; -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; -webkit-transition-duration:2s; -webkit-transition-delay:0.5s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: linear; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; transition-duration:2s; transition-delay:0.5s; transition-timing-function: linear; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classname = "box"; ...
...ass="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height:125px;} .box { width: 100px; height: 100px; background-color: red; font-size: 20px; left: 0px; top: 0px; position:absolute; -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; -webkit-transition-duration:2s; -webkit-transition-delay:1s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: linear; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top color; transition-duration:2s; transition-delay:1s; transition-timing-function: linear; } .box1{ width: 50px; height: 50px; background-color: blue; color: yellow; font-size: 18px; left: 150px; top:25px; position:absolute; -webkit-transition-property: width h...
...And 5 more matches

transition-duration - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
v class="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height:125px;} .box { width: 100px; height: 100px; background-color: red; font-size: 20px; left: 0px; top: 0px; position:absolute; -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; -webkit-transition-duration:0.5s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; transition-duration:0.5s; transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; } .box1{ transform: rotate(270deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(270deg); width: 50px; height: 50px; background-color: blue; color: yellow; font-size: 18px; left:...
...nsform: rotate(270deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(270deg); width: 50px; height: 50px; background-color: blue; color: yellow; font-size: 18px; left: 150px; top:25px; position:absolute; -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transform color; -webkit-transition-duration:0.5s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform -webkit-transformv color; transition-duration:0.5s; transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; } function updatetransition() { var el = document.queryselector("div.box"); if (el) { el.classname = "box1"; } else { el = document.queryselector("div.box1"); el.classna...
...rent"> <div class="box">lorem</div> </div> .parent { width: 250px; height:125px;} .box { width: 100px; height: 100px; background-color: red; font-size: 20px; left: 0px; top: 0px; position:absolute; -webkit-transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top -webkit-transform color; -webkit-transition-duration:1s; -webkit-transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; transition-property: width height background-color font-size left top transform color; transition-duration:1s; transition-timing-function: ease-in-out; } .box1{ transform: rotate(270deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(270deg); width: 50px; height: 50px; background-color: blue; color: yellow; font-size: 18px; left: 150px; top:25px...
...And 5 more matches

transition - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the transition css property is a shorthand property for transition-property, transition-duration, transition-timing-function, and transition-delay. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. transitions enable you to define the transition between two states of an element. different states may be defined using pseudo-classes like :hover or :active or dynamically set using javascript. ...
...ve-examples and send us a pull request. transitions enable you to define the transition between two states of an element. different states may be defined using pseudo-classes like :hover or :active or dynamically set using javascript. ...
...et using javascript. ...
...And 5 more matches

Index - Developer guides
full styling of the player will be taken care of in a future article. 9 cross-browser audio basics apps, audio, guide, html5, media, events this article provides: a basic guide to creating a cross-browser html5 audio player with all the associated attributes, properties, and events explained a guide to custom controls created using the media api 10 live streaming web audio and video guide, adaptive streaming live streaming technology is often employed to relay live events such as sports, concerts and more generally tv and radio programmes that are output live. often shortened to just streaming, live streaming is the process of transmitting media 'live' to computers and devices. this is a fairly complex and nascent subject with a lot of variable...
...apps, buffer, html5, timeranges, video, buffering, seeking sometimes it's useful to know how much <audio> or <video> has downloaded or is playable without delay — a good example of this is the buffered progress bar of an audio or video player. this article discusses how to build a buffer/seek bar using timeranges, and other features of the media api. ...
...g sometimes it's useful to know how much <audio> or <video> has downloaded or is playable without delay — a good example of this is the buffered progress bar of an audio or video player. this article discusses how to build a buffer/seek bar using timeranges, and other features of the media api. ...
...And 5 more matches

<input type="email"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ed as appropriate to visually denote whether the current value of the field is a valid e-mail address or not. on browsers that don't support inputs of type email, a email input falls back to being a standard text input. value a domstring representing an e-mail address, or empty events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, multiple, name,pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, and type idl attributes list and value methods select() value the <input> element's value attribute contains a domstring which is automatically validated as conforming to e-mail syntax. more specifically, there are three possible value formats that will pass validation: an empty string ("") in...
...additional attributes in addition to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their type, email inputs support the following attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element that contains the optional pre-defined autocomplete options maxlength the maximum number of characters the input should accept minlength the minimum number of characters long the input can be and still be considered valid multiple whether or not to allow multiple, comma-separated, e-mail addresses to be entered pattern a regular expression the input's contents must match in order to be valid placeholder an exemplar value to display in the input field whenever it is empty readon...
...irements: users can select from this predefined list or provide a different value. maxlength the maximum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the email input. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the email input has no maximum length. this value must also be greater than or equal to the value of minlength. the input will fail constraint validation if the length of the text value of the field is greater than maxlength utf-16 code units long. constraint validation is only applied when the value is changed by the user. minlength the minimum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the email input. this must be an non-negative integer value smaller than or equal to ...
...And 5 more matches

<input type="search"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
his interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. value a domstring representing the value contained in the search field. events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, required, size. idl attributes value methods select(), setrangetext(), setselectionrange(). value the value attribute contains a domstring representing the value contained in the search field. you can retrieve this using the htmlinputelement.value property in javascript. searchterms = mysearch.value; if no validation constraints are ...
...nal attributes in addition to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their type, search field inputs support the following attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element that contains the optional pre-defined autocomplete options maxlength the maximum number of characters the input should accept minlength the minimum number of characters long the input can be and still be considered valid pattern a regular expression the input's contents must match in order to be valid placeholder an exemplar value to display in the input field whenever it is empty readonly a boolean attribute indicating whether or not the contents of the input should be read-only ...
...ements: users can select from this predefined list or provide a different value. maxlength the maximum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the search field. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the search field has no maximum length. ...
...And 5 more matches

<input type="text"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
r this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. value a domstring representing the text contained in the text field. events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required and size idl attributes list, value methods select(), setrangetext() and setselectionrange(). value the value attribute is a domstring that contains the current value of the text entered into the text field. you can retrieve this using the value property in javascript. let thetext = mytextinput.value; if no validat...
... additional attributes in addition to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their type, text inputs support the following attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element that contains the optional pre-defined autocomplete options maxlength the maximum number of characters the input should accept minlength the minimum number of characters long the input can be and still be considered valid pattern a regular expression the input's contents must match in order to be valid placeholder an exemplar value to display in the input field whenever it is empty readonly a boolean attribute indicating whether or not the contents of the input should be read-only ...
...quirements: users can select from this predefined list or provide a different value. maxlength the maximum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the text input. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the text input has no maximum length. this value must also be greater than or equal to the value of minlength. the input will fail constraint validation if the length of the text value of the field is greater than maxlength utf-16 code units long. constraint validation is only applied when the value is changed by the user. minlength the minimum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the text input. this must be an non-negative integer value smaller than or equal to t...
...And 5 more matches

<input type="url"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ses are automatically applied as appropriate to visually denote whether the current value of the field is a valid url or not. on browsers that don't support inputs of type url, a url input falls back to being a standard text input. value a domstring representing a url, or empty events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required and size idl attributes list, value, selectionend, selectiondirection methods select(), setrangetext() and setselectionrange(). value the <input> element's value attribute contains a domstring which is automatically validated as conforming to url syntax. more specifically, there are two possible value formats that wil...
... additional attributes in addition to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their type, url inputs support the following attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element that contains the optional pre-defined autocomplete options maxlength the maximum number of characters the input should accept minlength the minimum number of characters long the input can be and still be considered valid pattern a regular expression the input's contents must match in order to be valid placeholder an exemplar value to display in the input field whenever it is empty readonly a boolean attribute indicating whether or not the contents of the input should be read-only ...
...requirements: users can select from this predefined list or provide a different value. maxlength the maximum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the url input. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the url input has no maximum length. this value must also be greater than or equal to the value of minlength. the input will fail constraint validation if the length of the text value of the field is greater than maxlength utf-16 code units long. constraint validation is only applied when the value is changed by the user. minlength the minimum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the url input. this must be an non-negative integer value smaller than or equal to th...
...And 5 more matches

<meter>: The HTML Meter element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
none, both the starting and ending tag are mandatory. permitted parents any element that accepts phrasing content. implicit aria role no corresponding role permitted aria roles no role permitted dom interface htmlmeterelement attributes this element includes the global attributes. value the current numeric value. ...
...ending tag are mandatory. permitted parents any element that accepts phrasing content. implicit aria role no corresponding role permitted aria roles no role permitted dom interface htmlmeterelement attributes this element includes the global attributes. value the current numeric value. ...
... permitted aria roles no role permitted dom interface htmlmeterelement attributes this element includes the global attributes. value the current numeric value. this must be between the minimum and maximum values (min attribute and max attribute) if they are specified. if unspecified or malformed, the value is 0. if specified, but not within the range given by the min attribute and max attribute, the value is equal to the nearest end of the range. ...
...And 5 more matches

Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) - HTTP
from unless the response from other origins includes the right cors headers. the cors mechanism supports secure cross-origin requests and data transfers between browsers and servers. modern browsers use cors in apis such as xmlhttprequest or fetch to mitigate the risks of cross-origin http requests. who should read this article? everyone, really. more specifically, this article is for web administrators, server developers, and front-end developers. modern browsers handle the client side of cross-origin sharing, including headers and policy enforcement. but the cors standard means servers have to handle new request and response headers. another article for server developers discussing cross-origin sharing from a server perspective (with php code snippets) is supplementary reading. what ...
...s request method, and then, upon "approval" from the server, sending the actual request. servers can also inform clients whether "credentials" (such as cookies and http authentication) should be sent with requests. cors failures result in errors, but for security reasons, specifics about the error are not available to javascript. all the code knows is that an error occurred. the only way to determine what specifically went wrong is to look at the browser's console for details. subsequent sections discuss scenarios, as well as provide a breakdown of the http headers used. examples of access control scenarios we present three scenarios that demonstrate how cross-origin resource sharing works. all these examples use xmlhttprequest, which can make cross-site requests in any supporting browser...
... http/1.1 200 ok date: mon, 01 dec 2008 00:23:53 gmt server: apache/2 access-control-allow-origin: * keep-alive: timeout=2, max=100 connection: keep-alive transfer-encoding: chunked content-type: application/xml […xml data…] in response, the server sends back an access-control-allow-origin header. the use of the origin header and of access-control-allow-origin sho...
...And 5 more matches

JavaScript data types and data structures - JavaScript
this article attempts to list the built-in data structures available in javascript and what properties they have. these can be used to build other data structures. wherever possible, comparisons with other languages are drawn. dynamic typing javascript is a loosely typed and dynamic language. ...
...ect instance also used as data structures: new object, new array, new map, new set, new weakmap, new set, new date and almost everything made with new keyword; function : a non-data structure, though it also answers for typeof operator: typeof instance === "function". this is merely a special shorthand for functions, though every function constructor is derived from object constructor. keep in mind the only valuable purpose of typeof operator usage is checking the data type. if we wish to check any structural type derived from object it is pointless to use typeof for that, as we will always receive "object". the indeed proper way to check what sort of object we are using is instanceof keyword. but even in that case there might be misconceptions. primitive values all types except objects ...
...umber type is a double-precision 64-bit binary format ieee 754 value (numbers between -(253 − 1) and 253 − 1). in addition to representing floating-point numbers, the number type has three symbolic values: +infinity, -infinity, and nan ("not a number"). to check for the largest available value or smallest available value within ±infinity, you can use the constants number.max_value or number.min_value. starting with ecmascript 2015, you are also able to check if a number is in the double-precision floating-point number range using number.issafeinteger() as well as number.max_safe_integer and number.min_safe_integer. beyond this range, integers in javascript are not safe anymore and will be a double-precision floating point approximation of the value. the number type has only one int...
...And 5 more matches

Loops and iteration - JavaScript
sed this way as a loop: for (let step = 0; step < 5; step++) { // runs 5 times, with values of step 0 through 4. console.log('walking east one step'); } there are many different kinds of loops, but they all essentially do the same thing: they repeat an action some number of times. (note that it's possible that number could be zero!) the various loop mechanisms offer different ways to determine the start and end points of the loop. there are various situations that are more easily served by one type of loop over the others. the statements for loops provided in javascript are: for statement do...while statement while statement labeled statement break statement continue statement for...in statement for...of statement for statement a for loop repeats until a specified condit...
... expression initialexpression, if any, is executed. this expression usually initializes one or more loop counters, but the syntax allows an expression of any degree of complexity. this expression can also declare variables. the conditionexpression expression is evaluated. if the value of conditionexpression is true, the loop statements execute. if the value of condition is false, the for loop terminates. (if the condition expression is omitted entirely, the condition is assumed to be true.) the statement executes. to execute multiple statements, use a block statement ({ ... }) to group those statements. if present, the update expression incrementexpression is executed. control returns to step 2. example in the example below, the function contains a for statement that counts the number ...
...less than 3: let n = 0; let x = 0; while (n < 3) { n++; x += n; } with each iteration, the loop increments n and adds that value to x. ...
...And 5 more matches

Array.prototype.indexOf() - JavaScript
the indexof() method returns the first index at which a given element can be found in the array, or -1 if it is not present. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax arr.indexof(searchelement[, fromindex]) parameters searchelement element to locate in the array. fromindex optional the index to start the search at. if the index is greater than or equal to the array's length, -1 is returned, which means the array will not be searched. if the provided index value is a negative number, it is taken as the offset from the end of the array. note: if the provided index is negative, the array is still ...
...hod, see string.prototype.indexof(). polyfill indexof() was added to the ecma-262 standard in the 5th edition; as such it may not be present in all browsers. you can work around this by utilizing the following code at the beginning of your scripts. this will allow you to use indexof() when there is still no native support. ...
...262, 5th edition, assuming typeerror and math.abs() have their original values. // this version tries to optimize by only checking for "in" when looking for undefined and // skipping the definitely fruitless nan search. other parts are merely cosmetic conciseness. // whether it is actually faster remains to be seen. ...
...And 5 more matches

Date - JavaScript
re about it on the igalia blog and fill out the survey. it needs real-world feedback from web developers, but is not yet ready for production use! description the ecmascript epoch and timestamps a javascript date is fundamentally specified as the number of milliseconds that have elapsed since midnight on january 1, 1970, utc. this date and time is the same as the unix epoch, which is the predominant base value for computer-recorded date and time values. note: it's important to keep in mind that while the time value at the heart of a date object is utc, the basic methods to fetch the date and time or its components all work in the local (i.e. host system) time zone and offset. it should be noted that the maximum date is not of the same value as the maximum safe integer (number.max_safe_i...
...pecified date according to local time. date.prototype.getfullyear() returns the year (4 digits for 4-digit years) of the specified date according to local time. date.prototype.gethours() returns the hour (0–23) in the specified date according to local time. date.prototype.getmilliseconds() returns the milliseconds (0–999) in the specified date according to local time. date.prototype.getminutes() returns the minutes (0–59) in the specified date according to local time. date.prototype.getmonth() returns the month (0–11) in the specified date according to local time. date.prototype.getseconds() returns the seconds (0–59) in the specified date according to local time. date.prototype.gettime() returns the numeric value of the specified date as the number of milliseconds sin...
...fied date according to local time. date.prototype.getseconds() returns the seconds (0–59) in the specified date according to local time. date.prototype.gettime() returns the numeric value of the specified date as the number of milliseconds since january 1, 1970, 00:00:00 utc. (negative values are returned for prior times.) date.prototype.gettimezoneoffset() returns the time-zone offset in minutes for the current locale. date.prototype.getutcdate() returns the day (date) of the month (1–31) in the specified date according to universal time. date.prototype.getutcday() returns the day of the week (0–6) in the specified date according to universal time. date.prototype.getutcfullyear() returns the year (4 digits for 4-digit years) in the specified date according to universal time...
...And 5 more matches

Function.prototype.apply() - JavaScript
urely not? apply to the rescue! const array = ['a', 'b']; const elements = [0, 1, 2]; array.push.apply(array, elements); console.info(array); // ["a", "b", 0, 1, 2] using apply and built-in functions clever usage of apply allows you to use built-in functions for some tasks that would probably have otherwise been written by looping over the array values. ...
...const array = ['a', 'b']; const elements = [0, 1, 2]; array.push.apply(array, elements); console.info(array); // ["a", "b", 0, 1, 2] using apply and built-in functions clever usage of apply allows you to use built-in functions for some tasks that would probably have otherwise been written by looping over the array values. as an example, here are math.max/math.min, used to find out the maximum/minimum value in an array. ...
... elements = [0, 1, 2]; array.push.apply(array, elements); console.info(array); // ["a", "b", 0, 1, 2] using apply and built-in functions clever usage of apply allows you to use built-in functions for some tasks that would probably have otherwise been written by looping over the array values. as an example, here are math.max/math.min, used to find out the maximum/minimum value in an array. ...
...And 5 more matches

Intl.NumberFormat() constructor - JavaScript
you can enable this formatting by setting the currencysign option to "accounting". the default value is "standard". localematcher the locale matching algorithm to use. possible values are "lookup" and "best fit"; the default is "best fit". for information about this option, see the intl page. notation the formatting that should be displayed for the number, the defaults is "standar...
...display the unit formatting style to use in unit formatting, the defaults is "short". "long" (e.g., 16 litres) "short" (e.g., 16 l) "narrow" (e.g., 16l) usegrouping whether to use grouping separators, such as thousands separators or thousand/lakh/crore separators. possible values are true and false; the default is true. ...
...y the unit formatting style to use in unit formatting, the defaults is "short". "long" (e.g., 16 litres) "short" (e.g., 16 l) "narrow" (e.g., 16l) usegrouping whether to use grouping separators, such as thousands separators or thousand/lakh/crore separators. possible values are true and false; the default is true. ...
...And 5 more matches

Math.random() - JavaScript
e chosen (253 or higher), it's possible in extremely rare cases to calculate the usually-excluded upper bound. getting a random number between 0 (inclusive) and 1 (exclusive) function getrandom() { return math.random(); } getting a random number between two values this example returns a random number between the specified values. ...
...late the usually-excluded upper bound. getting a random number between 0 (inclusive) and 1 (exclusive) function getrandom() { return math.random(); } getting a random number between two values this example returns a random number between the specified values. the returned value is no lower than (and may possibly equal) min, and is less than (and not equal) max. ...
...ing a random number between 0 (inclusive) and 1 (exclusive) function getrandom() { return math.random(); } getting a random number between two values this example returns a random number between the specified values. the returned value is no lower than (and may possibly equal) min, and is less than (and not equal) max. ...
...And 5 more matches

Math.random() - JavaScript
e chosen (253 or higher), it's possible in extremely rare cases to calculate the usually-excluded upper bound. getting a random number between 0 (inclusive) and 1 (exclusive) function getrandom() { return math.random(); } getting a random number between two values this example returns a random number between the specified values. ...
...late the usually-excluded upper bound. getting a random number between 0 (inclusive) and 1 (exclusive) function getrandom() { return math.random(); } getting a random number between two values this example returns a random number between the specified values. the returned value is no lower than (and may possibly equal) min, and is less than (and not equal) max. ...
...ing a random number between 0 (inclusive) and 1 (exclusive) function getrandom() { return math.random(); } getting a random number between two values this example returns a random number between the specified values. the returned value is no lower than (and may possibly equal) min, and is less than (and not equal) max. ...
...And 5 more matches

Promise - JavaScript
nts: f = () => expression to create the lazily-evaluated expression, and f() to evaluate. note: a promise is said to be settled if it is either fulfilled or rejected, but not pending. you will also hear the term resolved used with promises — this means that the promise is settled or “locked in” to match the state of another promise. states and fates contains more details about promise terminology. chained promises the methods promise.then(), promise.catch(), and promise.finally() are used to associate further action with a promise that becomes settled. these methods also return a newly generated promise object, which can optionally be used for chaining; for example, like this: const mypromise = (new promise(myexecutorfunc)) .then(handlefulfilleda,handlerejecteda) .then(...
... must be handled immediately. (see throw -999 in the example, below, for a technique to handle the consequences.) on the other hand, in the absence of an immediate need, it is simpler to leave out error handling until a final .catch() statement. the signatures of these two functions are simple, they accept a single parameter of any type. these functions are written by you, the programmer. the termination condition of these functions determines the "settled" state of the next promise in the chain. any termination other than a throw creates a "resolved" state, while terminating with a throw creates a "rejected" state. handlefulfilled(value) { /*...*/; return nextvalue; } handlerejection(reason) { /*...*/; throw nextreason; } handlerejection(reason) { /*...*/; return nextvalue; } t...
... in the resolve(...) function above. // it doesn't have to be a string, but if it is only a succeed message, it probably will be. console.log("yay! " + successmessage) }); example with diverse situations this example shows diverse techniques for using promise capabilities, and diverse situations that can occur. to understand this, start by scrolling to the bottom of the code block, and examine the promise chain. upon provision of an initial promise, a chain of promises can follow. the chain is composed of .then() calls, and typically (but not necessarily) has a single .catch() at the end, optionally followed by .finally(). in this example, the promise chain is initiated by a custom written new promise() construct; but in actual practice, promise chains more typically start with an api...
...And 5 more matches

Codecs used by WebRTC - Web media technologies
presented at the same time as the audio that corresponds. general codec requirements before looking at codec-specific capabilities and requirements, there are a few overall requirements that must be met by any codec configuration used with webrtc. unless the sdp specifically signals otherwise, the web browser receiving a webrtc video stream must be able to handle video at at least 20 fps at a minimum resolution of 320 pixels wide by 240 pixels tall. it's encouraged that video be encoded at a frame rate and size no lower than that, since that's essentially the lower bound of what webrtc generally is expected to handle. sdp supports a codec-independent way to specify preferred video resolutions (rfc 6236. this is done by sending an a=imageattr sdp attribute to indicate the maximum resoluti...
...s when using webrtc) is described in rfc 7741: rtp payload format for vp8 video. avc / h.264 support for avc's constrained baseline (cb) profile is required in all fully-compliant webrtc implementations. cb is a subset of the main profile, and is specifically designed for low-complexity, low-delay applications such as mobile video and videoconferencing, as well as for platforms with lower performing video processing capabilities. our overview of avc and its features can be found in the main video codec guide. special parameter support requirements avc offers a wide array of parameters for controlling optional values. in order to improve reliability of webrtc media sharing across multiple platforms and browsers, it's required that webrtc endpoints that support avc handle certain parameter...
...ow for more details about any webrtc-specific considerations that exist for each codec listed above. it's useful to note that rfc 7874 defines more than a list of audio codecs that a webrtc-compliant browser must support; it also provides recommendations and requirements for special audio features such as echo cancelation, noise reduction, and audio leveling. note: the list above indicates the minimum required set of codecs that all webrtc-compatible endpoints are required to implement. a given browser may also support other codecs; however, cross-platform and cross-device compatibility may be at risk if you use other codecs without carefully ensuring that support exists in all browsers your users might choose. in addition to the mandatory audio codecs, some browsers support additional c...
...And 5 more matches

Enhanced Extension Installation - Archive of obsolete content
that it destroys the component registries, finishes pending transactions and regenerates metadata appropriately. datasource structure the extension manager implements a rdf datasource which contains a composite of the two xml/rdf datasources at the two install locations. the composite datasource handles all read-only information requests, and when data must be written the extension manager determines the appropriate datasource to write and flush to. the model looks something like this: nsextensionsdatasource.prototype = { _composite // the composite that manages the two // datasources at the install locations for // read-only information requests _profileextensions // the rdf/xml datasource for the items ...
...ns and themes. this is a by-product of the fact that there are physical per-type containers in the datasource. sections of ui that display installed items are rooted on these containers. tracking item type item type is tracked for the most part by containment in one or other of the two containers. in situations where an item is not yet a member of one of the containers, type is inelegantly determined by checking for presence of a theme-only property on the item's install manifest rdf file. installation initiation when an item is installed from the web, xpinstall is invoked and it calls into the extension system when it discovers that the xpi file contains an install.rdf manifest. the extension manager extracts that file and checks to see if the item is compatible with the running version...
...nstall function may take several steps. if the item is found incompatible, a version update check is performed as before. if updated compatibility information is found this is written into the in-memory representation of the the temporary install manifest and the install function is called recursively, supplying this updated install manifest as the source for _getinstalldata. ...
...And 4 more matches

Extension Versioning, Update and Compatibility - Archive of obsolete content
add-on versioning add-ons should specify their versions using the toolkit version format. as a rough overview this is a version string split by periods, some examples: 2.0 1.0b1 3.0pre1 5.0.1.2 note: before firefox 1.5 the more basic firefox version format was used: major.minor.release.build[+] where only digits were allowed. the toolkit version format supports the firefox version format but allows greater flexibility. how applications determine compatibility when installing add-ons applications look at the targetapplication entries in the add-on's install.rdf. an entry must exist with an id matching the id of the application. additionally the minversion and maxversion of this entry must be a range that includes the version of the running application. if the application ha...
...sion then the application will retrieve updated compatibility information from the add-on's updateurl. if the install.rdf contains any targetplatform entries then the platform of the currently running application must be listed or the installation will be rejected. firefox 3 note in applications based on gecko 1.9 you can also use a targetapplication entry with an id toolkit@mozilla.org and minversion and maxversion that match the toolkit version of the running application. this allows you to say that your add-on will install into any toolkit based application. overriding compatibility checking for testing purposes you can tell the application to somewhat ignore compatibility checks when installing add-ons. simply create the boolean preference extensions.checkcompatibility and set ...
...purposes you can tell the application to somewhat ignore compatibility checks when installing add-ons. simply create the boolean preference extensions.checkcompatibility and set it to false. note: before firefox 1.5 the preference app.extensions.version could be used to override the version that the application believed itself to be to allow normally incompatible extensions to install. choosing minversion and maxversion minversion and maxversion should specify the range of versions of the application you have tested with. in particular you should never specify a maxversion that is larger than the currently available version of the application since you do not know what api and ui changes are just around the corner. with compatibility updating it is not necessary to release a whole new vers...
...And 4 more matches

Appendix: What you should know about open-source software licenses - Archive of obsolete content
this covers three rights and six conditions. what is important to us now is the following three rights: open source rights: a user can create and distribute copies of the source code; a user can obtain a program’s source code; a user can modify the source code. any oss license will include these rights. the user is free to use (duplicate, distribu...
...ser is free to use (duplicate, distribute, and modify) the source code, following certain conditions. this means that the author is granting users the use of the work in the strong, authorial sense, and when i write “use” in the rest of this document it is generally in that sense. ...
...ions. this means that the author is granting users the use of the work in the strong, authorial sense, and when i write “use” in the rest of this document it is generally in that sense. ...
...And 4 more matches

Chapter 6: Firefox extensions and XUL applications - Archive of obsolete content
ar, showing that it ran correctly. benefits of testing implementing the tests described here confirms that the methods work correctly, and builds confidence in your implementations. ...
...ed the same way, but what will you do if an invalid string is passed? what if you attempt to run with nothing in the stack—what result will you return then? try to keep in mind real-world circumstances while you’re working on this. ...
...othing in the stack—what result will you return then? ...
...And 4 more matches

Chapter 3: Introduction to XUL—How to build a more intuitive UI - Archive of obsolete content
label="button1" ordinal="3"/> <button label="button2" ordinal="2"/> <button label="button3" ordinal="1"/> </vbox> listing 5: changing order with ordinal figure 4: output of listing 5 box size you can set the size of xul elements explicitly using the width and height attributes, as shown in listing 6. ...
.../> <button label="button2" ordinal="2"/> <button label="button3" ordinal="1"/> </vbox> listing 5: changing order with ordinal figure 4: output of listing 5 box size you can set the size of xul elements explicitly using the width and height attributes, as shown in listing 6. ...
...on label="button2" ordinal="2"/> <button label="button3" ordinal="1"/> </vbox> listing 5: changing order with ordinal figure 4: output of listing 5 box size you can set the size of xul elements explicitly using the width and height attributes, as shown in listing 6. if you are creating elements that can grow using the flex attribute, you can also set minimums and maximums using minwidth, minheight, maxwidth, and maxheight. ...
...And 4 more matches

CSS3 - Archive of obsolete content
ing the notion of css qualified name, using the ' | ' syntax and adding the @namespace css at-rule. selectors level 3 recommendation since september 29th, 2011 adds: substring matching attribute selectors, e[attribute^="value"], e[attribute$="value"], e[attribute*="value"] . new pseudo-classes: :target, :enabled and :disabled, :checked, :indeterminate, :root, :nth-child and :nth-last-child, :nth-of-type and :nth-last-of-type, :last-child, :first-of-type and :last-of-type, :only-child and :only-of-type,:empty, and :not. pseudo-elements are now characterized by two colons rather than one: :after becomes ::after, :before becomes ::before, :first-letter becomes ::first-letter, and :first-line becomes ::first-line. the new general sibl...
...user interface module level 3 recommendation since june 21st, 2018 adds: the ability to tweak the box model using the css box-sizing property. at risk: due to insufficient browser support, standardization of the padding-box value may be postponed to the next iteration of this module. allow the styling of forms according their content using the css :indeterminate, :default, :valid, :invalid, :in-range, :out-of-range, :required, :optional, :read-only, and :read-write pseudo-classes and the ::value, ::choices, ::repeat-item, and ::repeat-index pseudo-elements. at risk: due to insufficient browser support, standardization of the pseudo-elements ::value, ::choices, ::repeat-item, and ::repeat-index may be postponed to the next iteration of this modu...
...evel 3 candidate recommendation makes initial and inherit keywords usable on any css property. formally defines the css data types of css 2.1, that were implicitely defined by their grammar token and some textual precisions. adds: definition for new font-relative length units: rem and ch . definition for viewport-relative length units: vw, vh, vmax, and vmin . precision about the real size of the absolute length units, which are not really absolute, but defined in relation with the reference pixel . definition for <angle>, <time>, <frequency>, <resolution>. normative value to the definition of <color>, <image>, and <position>. definition for the calc(), attr(), and toggle() functional notations. at risk: due to insufficient ...
...And 4 more matches

compareTo - Archive of obsolete content
rev revision number. bld build number. ...
... rev revision number. bld build number. ...
... rev revision number. bld build number. ...
...And 4 more matches

textbox - Archive of obsolete content
| methods | related ] an input field where the user can enter text. it is similar to the html input element. only one line of text is displayed by default. the multiline attribute can be specified to display a field with multiple rows. more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...
...espinbuttons, increment, label, max, maxlength, min, multiline, newlines, onblur, onchange, onfocus, oninput, placeholder, preference, readonly, rows, searchbutton, size, spellcheck, tabindex, timeout, type, value, wrap, wraparound properties accessibletype, clickselectsall, decimalplaces, decimalsymbol, defaultvalue, disabled, editor, emptytext, increment, inputfield, label, max, maxlength, min, placeholder, readonly, searchbutton, selectionend, selectionstart, size, spinbuttons, tabindex, textlength, timeout, type, value, valuenumber, wraparound methods decrease, increase, reset, select, setselectionrange style classes plain examples <vbox> <label control="your-name" value="enter your name:"/> <textbox id="your-name" value="john"/> </vbox> attributes cols ty...
... label type: string if present and not empty, this will be exposed to screen readers through the label property. type: integer the maximum value that the scale or number box may be set to. the default value is 100 for scales and infinity for number boxes. maxlength type: integer the maximum number of characters that the textbox allows to be entered. min type: integer the minimum value the textbox's value may take. the default value is 0. multiline type: boolean if true, the textbox displays multiple lines. if the user presses enter, a new line is started. if false, the textbox only allows entry of one line. newlines type: one of the values below how the text box handles pastes with newlines in them. possible value...
...And 4 more matches

Gecko Compatibility Handbook - Archive of obsolete content
site in aol for macos and compuserve 7 to check for browser detection and network issues. testing aol from within a firewall if you need to connect to aol via a corporate firewall, america online has registered tcp/ip ports 5190 and 11523 so you can communicate with the aol client software. this way you can test your site on the aol client from behind your firewall, provided that your network administrators will open these ports. you need to be connected to the internet to test your site on aol; it isn't possible to access your site on a local machine via your lan, without an internet connection. see webmaster@aol for further information. solution quick reference as discussed in mozilla's using web standards in your web pages, coding for cross-browser compatibility requires you write sta...
...rectly specified the mime type for the content. internet explorer tries to guess the mime type of documents while gecko browsers relies upon the web server to specify the correct mime type. gecko does not try to 'sniff' the mime type for a document in order to reduce the possibility of unsecure, dangerous content masquerading as as a safe mime type. use perl's head utitility to determine the actual mime type being used by the web server. correct any incorrect server mime types. (related article) stylesheet is not being recognized the presence of the title attribute in a link element that references an external stylesheet can cause the stylesheet may be causing the external stylesheet to be ignored. make sure that any stylesheet which should alw...
...se the stylesheet may be causing the external stylesheet to be ignored. make sure that any stylesheet which should always be applied is persistent instead of preferred. (related article) connecting to a secure site fails, but connects in internet explorer the web server does not properly implement the fall back negotiation for ssl. the web server administrator needs to upgrade the ssl software. in order to use a site with a defective implementation of ssl, visitors need to disable tls in their netscape 6/7 or mozilla browser until the site has upgraded to software that correctly implements ssl. dhtml menus implemented using hiermenu have problems the hiermenu version is obsolete. the earliest version of hiermenu only suppor...
...And 4 more matches

The First Install Problem - Archive of obsolete content
omenclature that gives us the desired uniqueness. this uri nomenclature is called a plugin identifier (plid) and is described on a separate page. the following write-up describes how a plugin installer can write keys to the win32 system registry to enable gecko-based browsers to discover the plugin at runtime. write a key under hkey_local_machine\software\mozillaplugins\ which is a vendor-determined plid. if the hkey_local_machine\software\mozillaplugins key doesn't exist, create it, and write the vendor-determined plid for each module that the vendor wishes to install. example: a piece of software called myapplication might create hkey_local_machine\software\mozillaplugins\@mycompany.com/myapplication,version=5.0.1/ where the plid is something the corporation that makes myapplication (myc...
...note that myapplication consists of one dll (which is an npapi plugin handling a given mimetype -- say application/x-myapp) and one xpt file, for scriptable interfaces. ...
... consists of one dll (which is an npapi plugin handling a given mimetype -- say application/x-myapp) and one xpt file, for scriptable interfaces. caveat emptor: if the key cannot be created under hkey_local_machine, create it as hkey_current_user\software\mozillaplugins\ under hkey_current_user. on windows xp and windows 2000, in order to write to the registry, sometimes the software may need administrator privileges. thus, some installers may need to write to the hkey_current_user key; this doesn't require administrator privileges. traditionally, hkey_current_user is a copy of everything in hkey_local_machine. at present plugins registered using the hkey_current_user\software\mozillaplugins\ tree are ignored by firefox (bug 293062) but this is fixed in trunk builds (bug 293062). add the ...
...And 4 more matches

Bounding volume collision detection with THREE.js - Game development
use the box3 and sphere objects. once instantiated, they have methods available to do intersection tests against other volumes. instantiating boxes to create a box3 instance, we need to provide the lower and upper boundaries of the box. ...
...ated, they have methods available to do intersection tests against other volumes. instantiating boxes to create a box3 instance, we need to provide the lower and upper boundaries of the box. usually we will want this aabb to be "linked" to an object in our 3d world (like a character.) in three.js, geometry instances have a boundingbox property with min and max boundaries for the object. ...
...so any transformations such as scale, position, etc. applied to the mesh will be ignored while computing the calculating box. ...
...And 4 more matches

MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
authority certified challenge-response authentication character character encoding character set chrome cia cipher cipher suite ciphertext class client hints closure cms code splitting codec compile compile time computer programming conditional constant constructor continuous media control flow cookie copyleft cors cors-safelisted request header cors-safelisted response header crawler crlf cross axis cross-site scripting crud cryptanalysis cryptographic hash function ...
...al of service descriptor (css) deserialization developer tools dhtml digest digital certificate distributed denial of service dmz dns doctype document directive document environment dom (document object model) domain domain name domain sharding dominator dos attack dtls (datagram transport layer security) dtmf (dual-tone multi-frequency signaling) dynamic programming language dynamic typing e ecma ecmascript effective connection type element empty element encapsulation encryption endianness engine ...
... gonk google chrome gpl gpu graceful degradation grid grid areas grid axis grid cell grid column grid container grid lines grid row grid tracks guard gutters gzip compression h hash head high-level programming language hmac hoisting host hotlink houdini hpkp hsts html html5 http http header http/2 http/3 https hyperlink hypertext i i18n iana icann ice ide idempotent identifier ...
...And 4 more matches

Sending form data - Learn web development
dation in the previous article, we're ready to submit! this article looks at what happens when a user submits a form — where does the data go, and how do we handle it when it gets there? we also look at some of the security concerns associated with sending form data. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, an understanding of html, and basic knowledge of http and server-side programming. objective: to understand what happens when form data is submitted, including getting a basic idea of how data is processed on the server first we'll discuss what happens to the data when a form is submitted. client/server architecture at it's most basic, the web uses a client/server architecture that can be summarized as follows. a client (usually a web browser) sends a req...
...the http protocol. the server answers the request using the same protocol. an html form on a web page is nothing more than a convenient user-friendly way to configure an http request to send data to a server. this enables the user to provide information to be delivered in the http request. note: to get a better idea of how client-server architectures work, read our server-side website programming first steps module. on the client side: defining how to send the data the <form> element defines how the data will be sent. all of its attributes are designed to let you configure the request to be sent when a user hits a submit button. the two most important attributes are action and method. the action attribute the action attribute defines where the data gets sent. its value must be a val...
...ed on a secure page but you specify an insecure http url with the action attribute, all browsers display a security warning to the user each time they try to send data because the data will not be encrypted. the names and values of the non-file form controls are sent to the server as name=value pairs joined with ampersands. the action value should be a file on the server that can handle the incoming data, including ensuring server-side validation. the server then responds, generally handling the data and loading the url defined by the action attribute, causing a new page load (or a refresh of the existing page, if the action points to the same page). how the data is sent depends on the method attribute. the method attribute the method attribute defines how data is sent. the http protocol...
...And 4 more matches

Getting started with HTML - Learn web development
er important basic language features. along the way, there will be an opportunity to play with html too! prerequisites: basic computer literacy, basic software installed, and basic knowledge of working with files. objective: to gain basic familiarity with html, and practice writing a few html elements. what is html? html (hypertext markup language) is not a programming language. it is a markup language that tells web browsers how to structure the web pages you visit. it can be as complicated or as simple as the web developer wants it to be. html consists of a series of elements, which you use to enclose, wrap, or mark up different parts of content to make it appear or act in a certain way. the enclosing tags can make content into a hyperlink to connect to anot...
... the line. to close the element, put the closing tag </em> at the end of the line. doing this should give the line italic text formatting! see your changes update live in the output area. if you make a mistake, you can clear your work using the reset button. if you get really stuck, press the show solution button to see the answer. playable code <h2>live output</h2> <div class="output" style="min-height: 50px;"> </div> <h2>editable code</h2> <p class="a11y-label">press esc to move focus away from the code area (tab inserts a tab character).</p> <textarea id="code" class="playable-code" style="min-height: 100px;width: 95%"> this is my text. </textarea> <div class="controls"> <input id="reset" type="button" value="reset" /> <input id="solution" type="button" value="show solution" /...
...he title attribute, and when clicked, navigates to the web address in the href attribute. remember that you need to include a space between the element name, and between each attribute. if you make a mistake, you can always reset it using the reset button. if you get really stuck, press the show solution button to see the answer. ...
...And 4 more matches

HTML table basics - Learn web development
o html). objective: to gain basic familiarity with html tables. what is a table ? a table is a structured set of data made up of rows and columns (tabular data). a table allows you to quickly and easily look up values that indicate some kind of connection between different types of data, for example a person and their age, or a day of the week, or the timetable for a local swimming pool. tables are very commonly used in human society, and have been for a long time, as evidenced by this us census document from 1800: it is therefore no wonder that the creators of html provided a means by which to structure and present tabular data on the web. how does a table work? the point of a table is that it is rigid. information is easily interpreted by making visual associat...
... when done correctly, even blind people can interpret tabular data in an html table — a successful html table should enhance the experience of sighted and visually impaired users alike. table styling you can also have a look at the live example on github! one thing you'll notice is that the table does look a bit more readable there — this is because the table you see above on this page has minimal styling, whereas the github version has more significant css applied. be under no illusion; for tables to be effective on the web, you need to provide some styling information with css, as well as good solid structure with html. in this module we are focusing on the html part; to find out about the css part you should visit our styling tables article after you've finished here. we won't foc...
... significant css applied. be under no illusion; for tables to be effective on the web, you need to provide some styling information with css, as well as good solid structure with html. in this module we are focusing on the html part; to find out about the css part you should visit our styling tables article after you've finished here. we won't focus on css in this module, but we have provided a minimal css stylesheet for you to use that will make your tables more readable than the default you get without any styling. you can find the stylesheet here, and you can also find an html template that applies the stylesheet — these together will give you a good starting point for experimenting with html tables. when should you not use html tables? html tables should be used for tabular data —...
...And 4 more matches

Drawing graphics - Learn web development
this article provides an introduction to canvas, and further resources to allow you to learn more. prerequisites: javascript basics (see first steps, building blocks, javascript objects), the basics of client-side apis objective: to learn the basics of drawing on <canvas> elements using javascript. ...
...raws outline (stroke) text. both of these take three properties in their basic usage: the text string to draw and the x and y coordinates of the point to start drawing the text at. this works out as the bottom left corner of the text box (literally, the box surrounding the text you draw), which might confuse you as other drawing operations tend to start from the top left corner — bear this in mind. there are also a number of properties to help control text rendering such as font, which lets you specify font family, size, etc. it takes as its value the same syntax as the css font property. try adding the following block to the bottom of your javascript: ctx.strokestyle = 'white'; ctx.linewidth = 1; ctx.font = '36px arial'; ctx.stroketext('canvas text', 50, 50); ctx.fillstyle = 'red'; c...
... causes the coordinate origin (0, 0) to be moved to the center of the canvas, rather than being at the top left corner. this is very useful in many situations, like this one, where we want our design to be drawn relative to the center of the canvas. ...
...And 4 more matches

What is JavaScript? - Learn web development
tions such as "what is it?" and "what can you do with it?", and making sure you are comfortable with javascript's purpose. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a basic understanding of html and css. objective: to gain familiarity with what javascript is, what it can do, and how it fits into a web site. a high-level definition javascript is a scripting or programming language that allows you to implement complex features on web pages — every time a web page does more than just sit there and display static information for you to look at — displaying timely content updates, interactive maps, animated 2d/3d graphics, scrolling video jukeboxes, etc. — you can bet that javascript is probably involved. it is the third layer of the layer cake of standard web ...
...w name'); para.textcontent = 'player 1: ' + name; } try clicking on this last version of the text label to see what happens (note also that you can find this demo on github — see the source code, or run it live)! javascript can do a lot more than that — let's explore what in more detail. so what can it really do? the core client-side javascript language consists of some common programming features that allow you to do things like: store useful values inside variables. in the above example for instance, we ask for a new name to be entered then store that name in a variable called name. operations on pieces of text (known as "strings" in programming). in the above example we take the string "player 1: " and join it to the name variable to create the complete text label, e.g. ''...
...mplete text label, e.g. ''player 1: chris". running code in response to certain events occurring on a web page. we used a click event in our example above to detect when the button is clicked and then run the code that updates the text label. and much more! what is even more exciting however is the functionality built on top of the client-side javascript language. ...
...And 4 more matches

Measuring performance - Learn web development
the metrics you choose to measure should be relevant to your users, site, and business goals. ...
...nologies. objective: to provide information about web performance metrics that you can collect through various web performance apis and tools that you can use to visualize that data. performance apis when writing code for the web, there are a large number of web apis available that allow you to create your own performance measuring tools. you can use the navigation timing api to measure client-side web performance; including the amount of time needed to unload the previous page, how long domain lookups take, the total time spent executing the window's load handler, and more. you can use the api for metrics related to all of the navigation events displayed in the didagram below. the performance api, which provides access to performance-related information for t...
...e needed to unload the previous page, how long domain lookups take, the total time spent executing the window's load handler, and more. you can use the api for metrics related to all of the navigation events displayed in the didagram below. the performance api, which provides access to performance-related information for the current page, includes the performance timeline api, the navigation timing api, the user timing api, and the resource timing api. these interfaces allows the accurate measurement of the time it takes for javascript tasks to complete. the performanceentry object is part of the performance timeline. a performance entry can be directly created by making a performance mark or measure (for example by calling the mark() method) at an explicit point in an application. perfor...
...And 4 more matches

Client-Server Overview - Learn web development
as most website server-side code handles requests and responses in similar ways, this will help you understand what you need to do when writing most of your own code. prerequisites: basic computer literacy. a basic understanding of what a web server is. objective: to understand client-server interactions in a dynamic website, and in particular what operations need to be performed by server-side code. ...
... client-server interactions in a dynamic website, and in particular what operations need to be performed by server-side code. there is no real code in the discussion because we haven't yet chosen a web framework to use to write our code! this discussion is however still very relevant, because the described behaviour must be implemented by your server-side code, irrespective of which programming language or web framework you select. web servers and http (a primer) web browsers communicate with web servers using the hypertext transfer protocol (http). when you click a link on a web page, submit a form, or run a search, the browser sends an http request to the server. this request includes: a url identifying the target server and resource (e.g. an html file, a particular data point ...
...s are inherently "insecure" as they can be changed by users and then resubmitted. as a result url parameters/get requests are not used for requests that update data on the server. post data. post requests add new resources, the data for which is encoded within the request body. client-side cookies. cookies contain session data about the client, including keys that the server can use to determine their login status and permissions/accesses to resources. web servers wait for client request messages, process them when they arrive, and reply to the web browser with an http response message. the response contains an http response status code indicating whether or not the request succeeded (e.g. "200 ok" for success, "404 not found" if the resource cannot be found, "403 forbidden" if t...
...And 4 more matches

Website security - Learn web development
u can do to harden your web application against the most common attacks. prerequisites: basic computer literacy. objective: to understand the most common threats to web application security and what you can do to reduce the risk of your site being hacked. what is website security? the internet is a dangerous place! with great regularity, we hear about websites becoming unavailable due to denial of service attacks, or displaying modified (and often damaging) information on their homepages. in other high-profile cases, millions of passwords, email addresses, and credit card details have been leaked into the public domain, exposing website users to both personal embarrassment and financial risk. the purpose of website security is to prevent these (or any) sorts ...
...l definition of website security is the act/practice of protecting websites from unauthorized access, use, modification, destruction, or disruption. effective website security requires design effort across the whole of the website: in your web application, the configuration of the web server, your policies for creating and renewing passwords, and the client-side code. while all that sounds very ominous, the good news is that if you're using a server-side web framework, it will almost certainly enable "by default" robust and well-thought-out defense mechanisms against a number of the more common attacks. other attacks can be mitigated through your web server configuration, for example by enabling https. finally, there are publically available vulnerability scanner tools that can help you find...
...o protect your site. note: this is an introductory topic, designed to help you start thinking about website security, but it is not exhaustive. website security threats this section lists just a few of the most common website threats and how they are mitigated. as you read, note how threats are most successful when the web application either trusts, or is not paranoid enough about the data coming from the browser. cross-site scripting (xss) xss is a term used to describe a class of attacks that allow an attacker to inject client-side scripts through the website into the browsers of other users. because the injected code comes to the browser from the site, the code is trusted and can do things like send the user's site authorization cookie to the attacker. when the attacker has the cook...
...And 4 more matches

Introduction to client-side frameworks - Learn web development
tood as a javascript framework. as you read through this module, we will be working with that colloquial understanding. react extends javascript with html-like syntax, known as jsx. start learning react why do frameworks exist? we've discussed the environment that inspired the creation of frameworks, but not really why developers felt the need to make them. exploring the why requires first examining the challenges of software development. consider a common kind of application: a to-do list creator, which we'll look at implementing using a variety of frameworks in future chapters. this application should allow users to do things like render a list of tasks, add a new task, and delete a task; and it must do this while reliably tracking and updating the data underlying the application. in s...
... iterate over the data to render it; we can add to an object to make a new task; we can use an identifier to find, edit, or delete a task. when we remember that the application has to let the user to do all of these things through the browser, however, some cracks start to show. the real problem is this: every time we change our application’s state, we need to update the ui to match. we can examine the difficulty of this problem by looking at just one feature of our todo list app: rendering a list of tasks. the verbosity of dom changes building html elements and rendering them in the browser at the appropriate time takes a surprising amount of code. let's say that our state is an array of objects structured like this: const state = [ { id: 'todo-0', name: 'learn some framework...
...ore intuitive part of the development process. things to consider when using frameworks being an effective web developer means using the most appropriate tools for the job. javascript frameworks make front-end application development easy, but they are not a silver bullet that will solve all problems. this section talks about some of the things you should consider when using frameworks. bear in mind that you might not need a framework at all — beware that you don't end up using a framework just for the sake of it. familiarity with the tool just like vanilla javascript, frameworks take time to learn and have their quirks. before you decide to use a framework for a project, be sure you have time to learn enough of its features for it to be useful to you rather than it working against you,...
...And 4 more matches

Beginning our React todo list - Learn web development
onent definition and interactivity, which we'll add later. note: if you need to check your code against our version, you can find a finished version of the sample react app code in our todo-react repository. for a running live version, see https://mdn.github.io/todo-react-build/. prerequisites: familiarity with the core html, css, and javascript languages, knowledge of the terminal/command line. objective: to introduce our todo list case study, and get the basic app structure and styling in place. our app's user stories in software development, a user story is an actionable goal from the perspective of the user. defining user stories before we begin our work will help us focus our work. our app should fulfill the following stories: as a user, i ca...
...we'll tackle these stories one-by-one. pre-project housekeeping create-react-app has made a few files we won't be using at all for our project. we're not going to write per-component stylesheets, so first delete the app.css import from the top of app.js. we are also not going to be using the logo.svg file, so remove that import too. then, copy and paste the following commands into your terminal to delete some unneeded files. make sure you’re starting in the app's root directory! # move into the src directory of your project cd src # delete a few files rm -- app.test.js app.css logo.svg serviceworker.js setuptests.js # move back up to the root of the project cd .. notes: two of the files we’re deleting are for testing the application. we will not cover testing here. if you st...
...s. make sure you’re starting in the app's root directory! # move into the src directory of your project cd src # delete a few files rm -- app.test.js app.css logo.svg serviceworker.js setuptests.js # move back up to the root of the project cd .. notes: two of the files we’re deleting are for testing the application. we will not cover testing here. if you stopped your server to do the terminal tasks mentioned above, you’ll have to start it again using npm start. project starter code as a starting point for this project, we're going to provide two things: an app() function to replace the one you have now, and some css to style your app. the jsx copy the following snippet to your clipboard, then paste it into app.js so that it replaces the existing app() function: function app(...
...And 4 more matches

Styling Vue components with CSS - Learn web development
previous overview: client-side javascript frameworks next the time has finally come to make our app look a bit nicer. in this article we'll explore the different ways of styling vue components with css. prerequisites: familiarity with the core html, css, and javascript languages, knowledge of the terminal/command line. vue components are written as a combination of javascript objects that manage the app's data and an html-based template syntax that maps to the underlying dom structure. for installation, and to use some of the more advanced features of vue (like single file components or render functions), you'll need a terminal with node + npm installed. objective: to learn about styling vue components. styling vue components with css b...
... the reset styles should be applied to the app now. the images below show the look of the app before and...
...und-color: #000; } .btn-group { display: flex; justify-content: space-between; } .btn-group > * { flex: 1 1 auto; } .btn-group > * + * { margin-left: 0.8rem; } .label-wrapper { margin: 0; flex: 0 0 100%; text-align: center; } [class*="__lg"] { display: inline-block; width: 100%; font-size: 1.9rem; } [class*="__lg"]:not(:last-child) { margin-bottom: 1rem; } @media screen and (min-width: 620px) { [class*="__lg"] { font-size: 2.4rem; } } .visually-hidden { position: absolute; height: 1px; width: 1px; overflow: hidden; clip: rect(1px 1px 1px 1px); clip: rect(1px, 1px, 1px, 1px); clip-path: rect(1px, 1px, 1px, 1px); white-space: nowrap; } [class*="stack"] > * { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; } .stack-small > * + * { margin-top: 1.25rem; } .stac...
...And 4 more matches

Implementing feature detection - Learn web development
prerequisites: familiarity with the core html, css, and javascript languages; an idea of the high-level principles of cross-browser testing. objective: to understand what the concept of feature detection is, and be able to implement suitable solutions in css and javascript. the concept of feature detection the idea behind feature detection is that you can run a test to determine whether a feature is supported in the current browser, and then conditionally run code to provide an acceptable experience both in browsers that do support the feature, and browsers that don't. if you don't do this, browsers that don't support the features you are using in your code won't display your sites properly and will just fail, creating a bad user experience. let's recap and look at the...
... for now. start by making local copies of our css-feature-detect.html, flex-layout.css, float-layout.css, and basic-styling.css files. save them in a new directory. we will add the html5 shiv to our example too so that the html5 semantic elements will style properly in older versions of ie. ...
... making local copies of our css-feature-detect.html, flex-layout.css, float-layout.css, and basic-styling.css files. save them in a new directory. we will add the html5 shiv to our example too so that the html5 semantic elements will style properly in older versions of ie. ...
...And 4 more matches

Introduction to cross browser testing - Learn web development
ot your users — just because your site works on your macbook pro or high-end galaxy nexus, doesn't mean it will work for all your users — there's a whole lot of testing to be done! note: make the web work for everyone provides more useful perspective on the different browsers people use, their market share, and related cross browser compatibility issues. we should explain a few bits of terminology here. to start with, when we talk about sites "working cross browser", we are really saying that they should provide an acceptable user experience across different browsers. it is potentially ok for a site to not deliver the exact same experience on all browsers, as long as the core functionality is accessible in some way. on modern browsers you might get something animated, 3d and shiny, wh...
... already fixed out bugs in your code (see debugging html, debugging css, and what went wrong? troubleshooting javascript from previous topics to refresh your memory if needed). cross browser issues commonly occur because: sometimes browsers have bugs, or implement features differently. this situation is a lot less bad than it used to be; back when ie4 and netscape 4 were competing to be the dominant browser in the 1990s, browser companies deliberately implemented things differently to each other to try to gain competitive advantage, which made life hell for developers. browsers are much better at following standards these days, but differences and bugs still creep through sometimes. some browsers may have different levels of support for technology features than others. this is inevitable...
...be hard to read on a mobile device. if your site includes a load of big animations, it might be ok on a high spec tablet, but might be sluggish or jerky on a low end device. and more reasons besides. in later articles, we'll explore common cross browser problems, and look at solutions to those. workflows for cross browser testing all of this cross browser testing business may sound time consuming and scary, but it needn't be — you just need to plan carefully for it, and make sure you do enough testing in the right places to make sure you don't run into unexpected problems. if you are working on a large project, you should be testing it regularly, to make sure that new features work for your target audience, and that new additions to the code don't break old features that were previousl...
...And 4 more matches

Package management basics - Learn web development
l> <html lang="en-us"> <head> <meta charset="utf-8"> <title>my test page</title> </head> <body> <script src="./index.js"></script> </body> </html> next, we need to add an index.js file in the same directory as index.html. for now index.js can be empty; it just needs to exist. create this now. having fun with parcel now we’ll run our newly installed parcel tool. in your terminal, run the following command: parcel index.html you should see something like this printed to your terminal: server running at http://localhost:1234 ✨ built in 193ms. note: if you have trouble with the terminal returning a "command not found" type error, try running the above command with the npx utility, i.e. npx parcel index.html. now we're ready to benefit from the full javascript p...
...has also added the files required for someone else to pick up this project and install any dependencies that we’ve used. if you take a look in the directory you ran the parcel command in, you’ll find a number of new files; the most interesting of which are: node_modules: the dependency files of parcel and date-fns. dist: the distribution directory — these are the automatically packaged, minified files parcel has built for us, and the files it is serving at localhost:1234. these are the files you would upload to your web server when releasing the site online for public consumption. so long as we know the package name, we can use it in our code and parcel will go off, fetch, and install (actually "copy") the package into our local directory (under node_modules). building our code f...
... name the tool slightly differently. to install parcel 1.x you have to install parcel-bundler, but parcel 2.x is simply called parcel. there's a lot of tools available and the javascript package ecosystem is growing at an unprecedented rate, which has pros and cons. there's improvements being made all the time and the choice, for better or worse, is constantly increasing. faced with the overwhelming choice of tooling, probably the most important lesson is to learn what the tool you select is capable of. a rough guide to package manager clients this tutorial installed the parcel package using npm, but as mentioned earlier on there are some alternatives and it's worth at least knowing they exist and having some vague idea of the common commands across the tools. you've already seen some in ...
...And 4 more matches

mach
test/general/browser_pinnedtabs.js you run mach from the source directory, so you should be able to use your shell's tab completion to tab-complete paths to tests. mach figures out how to execute the tests for you! check out the linting and analysis tools: $ ./mach lint $ ./mach static-analysis mach and mozconfigs it's possible to use mach with multiple mozconfig files. mach's logic for determining which mozconfig to use is effectively the following: if a .mozconfig file (some say it is the file mozconfig without the dot) exists in the current directory, use that. if the mozconfig environment variable is set, use the file pointed to in that variable. if the current working directory mach is invoked with is inside an object directory, the mozconfig used when creating that object dire...
...etter and more unified developer experience for working on mozilla projects. if you don't use mach, you have to find another solution for the following problems: discovering what commands or make targets are available (mach exposes everything through mach help while inside "mozilla-central" , else you'll just get a cryptic error message) making more sense out of command output (mach offers terminal colorization and structured logging) getting productive tools in the hands of others (mach "advertises" tools to people through mach help (unless it actually just gives you a cryptic error message) - in the former case, people don't need to discover your tool from a blog post, wiki page, or word of mouth). so this 3rd point does not make much sense, does it? are there any known issues? yes,...
... you a cryptic error message) - in the former case, people don't need to discover your tool from a blog post, wiki page, or word of mouth). so this 3rd point does not make much sense, does it? are there any known issues? yes, of course several! mach is still relatively young ("born" in 2012) and there are a number of bugs and numerous areas for improvement. some larger known issues include: mintty (alternative terminal emulator on windows) doesn't work. text encoding issues (especially on windows where latin-1 is not the default system encoding). failed commands spew lots of extra error output, e.g. you will see a big mach error message when all that happened was an invoked command returned a non-0 exit code - possibly expectedly so in mozilla! generally, mach is known to work prett...
...And 4 more matches

Storage access policy: Block cookies from trackers
this article explains how the policy works and how you can test it. ...
...website broken as a result of this change, file a bug under the tracking protection component within the firefox product on bugzilla. alternatively you can report broken sites directly in firefox by clicking "report a problem" in the content blocking section of the control center (this shortcut may not be available in all versions of firefox). tracking protection explained how does firefox determine which resources are tracking resources? firefox uses the tracking protection list to determine which resources are tracking resources. the tracking protection list is maintained by disconnect. when the list is applied in firefox, we make two important changes: first, we only use the "basic protection" version of the list, which excludes some categories of trackers. in the future, we may expa...
... list, which excludes some categories of trackers. in the future, we may expand our protections to use the "strict protection" version of the list. second, firefox uses an additional "entity list", which prevents domains from being classified as trackers when they are loaded on a top-level site owned by the same organization. firefox uses the built-in tracking protection url classifier to determine which resources match the tracking protection list. domains are matched against the list in accordance with the safebrowsing v4 specification. specifically, we check the exact hostname of the resource against the list, as well as the last four hostnames formed by starting with the last five components and successively removing the leading component. consider the following examples: hos...
...And 4 more matches

OS.File for the main thread
sessionstore = os.path.join(os.constants.path.profiledir, "sessionstore.js"); // under linux, this is generally "$home/.firefox/profiles/$profilename/sessionstore.js" // under macos, this is generally "$home/library/application support/firefox/$profilename/sessionstore.js" // under windows, this is generally "%appdata%\local\temp\%profilename%"\sessionstore.js // etc. ...
..."sessionstore.js"); // under linux, this is generally "$home/.firefox/profiles/$profilename/sessionstore.js" // under macos, this is generally "$home/library/application support/firefox/$profilename/sessionstore.js" // under windows, this is generally "%appdata%\local\temp\%profilename%"\sessionstore.js // etc. ...
... } }, function onfailure(reason) { if (reason instanceof os.file.error && reason.becausenosuchfile) { // the file does not exist } else { // some other error throw reason; } } ); example: copy a file by chunks the following snippet writes a (presumably large) buffer by chunks. note that this snippet is useful as a demonstration of complex asynchronous programming with os.file – in most cases, function os.file.writeatomic is a better choice. let writestream = function writestream(data, outfile, chunksize) { let view = new uint8array(data); let loop = function loop(pos) { // define a recursive asynchronous loop. if (pos <= view.bytelength) { // note: should this be pos >= view.bytelength ? return p...
...And 4 more matches

MathML Torture Test
ont" id="mathfont"> <option value="default" selected="selected">default fonts</option> <option value="asana">asana</option> <option value="cambria">cambria</option> <option value="dejavu">dejavu</option> <option value="latinmodern">latin modern</option> <option value="libertinus">libertinus</option> <option value="lucidabright">lucida bright</option> <option value="minion">minion</option> <option value="stixtwo">stix two</option> <option value="texgyrebonum">tex gyre bonum</option> <option value="texgyrepagella">tex gyre pagella</option> <option value="texgyreschola">tex gyre schola</option> <option value="texgyretermes">tex gyre termes</option> <option value="xits">xits</option> </select> <br/> </p> <table> <tr> <td></td> ...
...> <msup> <mo>&part;</mo> <mn>2</mn> </msup> <mrow> <mo>&part;</mo> <msup> <mi>y</mi> <mn>2</mn> </msup> </mrow> </mfrac> <mo>)</mo> </mrow> <msup> <mrow> <mo minsize="150%">|</mo> <mi>&#x3c6; <!-- \varphi --></mi> <mo stretchy="false">(</mo> <mi>x</mi> <mo>+</mo> <mi mathvariant="normal">i</mi> <mi>y</mi> <mo stretchy="false">)</mo> <mo minsize="150%">|</mo> </mrow> <mn>2</mn> </msup> <mo>=</mo> ...
...frac><msqrt><mrow><mn>2</mn><mi>π</mi><mi>n</mi></mrow></msqrt><mrow><mi>n</mi><mo>!</mo></mrow></mfrac><msup><mrow><mo>(</mo><mfrac><mi>n</mi><mi>e</mi></mfrac><mo>)</mo></mrow><mi>n</mi></msup></mrow><mo>=</mo><mn>1</mn></math></td> </tr> <tr> <td>30</td> <td><img src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/d5/2cf8356a09.png" width="194" height="58" alt="leibniz formula for the determinant" /></td> <td><math display="block" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/math/mathml"><mrow><mrow><mo lspace="0em" rspace="0em">det</mo><mo stretchy="false">(</mo><mi>a</mi><mo stretchy="false">)</mo></mrow><mo>=</mo><munder><mo>∑</mo><mrow><mi>σ</mi><mo>∊</mo><msub><mi>s</mi><mi>n</mi></msub></mrow></munder><mrow><mi>ϵ</mi><mo stretchy="false">(</mo><mi>σ</mi><mo stretchy="false">)</mo></m...
...And 4 more matches

NSS 3.22 release notes
distribution information the hg tag is nss_3_22_rtm. nss 3.22 requires nspr 4.11 or newer. nss 3.22 source distributions are available on ftp.mozilla.org for secure https download: source tarballs: https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/nss_3_22_rtm/src/ new in nss 3.22 new functionality rsa-pss signatures are now supported (bug 1215295) new functions pk11_signwithmechanism() and pk11_signwithmechanism() are provided to allow rsa keys to be used with pss. ...
...ased on hashes other than sha-1 are now supported with pbkdf (bug 554827). pk11_createpbev2algorithmid() now supports sec_oid_pkcs5_pbkdf2 with cipheralgtag and prfalgtag set to sec_oid_hmac_sha256, sec_oid_hmac_sha224, sec_oid_hmac_sha384, or sec_oid_hmac_sha512. enforce an external policy on nss from a config file (bug 1009429) you can now add a config= line to pkcs11.txt (assuming you are using sql databases), which will force nss to restrict the application to certain cryptographic algorithms and protocols. a complete list can be found in nss config options. new functions in pk11pub.h pk11_signwithmechanism - this function is an extended version pk11_sign(). pk11_verifywithmechanism - this function is an extended version of pk11_verify(). th...
... sec_oid_tls_ecdh_rsa sec_oid_tls_ecdh_anon sec_oid_tls_rsa_export sec_oid_tls_dhe_rsa_export sec_oid_tls_dhe_dss_export sec_oid_tls_dh_rsa_export sec_oid_tls_dh_dss_export sec_oid_tls_dh_anon_export sec_oid_apply_ssl_policy in sslt.h ssl_signed_cert_timestamp_xtn is added to sslextensiontype. ...
...And 4 more matches

Creating JavaScript jstest reftests
t standard for example, the exact definition of pi or some details of array sorting. you should not add tests of the following type: tests of the jit test of jit correctness belong in the jit-test suite, read more here. performance tests or stress tests tests of spidermonkey's comformance to the ecmascript standard a brief history: in 2017, spidermonkey started comsuming test262, a comprehensive tests suite for ecmascript implementations. before using test262, spidermonkey had a fair number of internal tests of conformance to ecmascript, and many of those tests remain in the js/src/non262 directory as regressions. test262 tests test262 is the implementation conformance test suite for the latest drafts of ecmascript language specification, as well as internatio...
...a different approach is to use the expectexitcode(exitcode) function which outputs a string: --- note: i...
...a different approach is to use the expectexitcode(exitcode) function which outputs a string: --- note: in this testcase, we expect ex...
...And 4 more matches

Animated PNG graphics
for simple animated images that have traditionally used the gif format, while adding support for 24-bit images and 8-bit transparency. apng is a simpler alternative to mng, providing a spec suitable for the most common usage of animated images on the internet. apng is backwards-compatible with png; any png decoder should be able to ignore the apng-specific chunks and display a single image. terminology the default image is the image described by the standard 'idat' chunks, and is the image that is displayed by decoders that do not support apng. the canvas is the area on the output device on which the frames are to be displayed. the contents of the canvas are not necessarily available to the decoder. as per the png specification, if a 'bkgd' chunk exists it may be used to fill the canvas ...
... 8 height unsigned int height of the following frame. 12 x_offset unsigned int x position at which to render the following frame. 16 y_offset unsigned int y position at which to render the following frame. 20 delay_num unsigned short frame delay fraction numerator. 22 delay_den unsigned short frame delay fraction denominator. 24 dispose_op byte type of frame area disposal to be done after rendering this frame. 25 blend_op byte type of frame area rendering for this frame. the frame must be rendered within the region defined by x_offset, y_offset, width, and height. the offsets must be non-negative, the dimensions must be positive, and the region may not fall outside of th...
...-negative, the dimensions must be positive, and the region may not fall outside of the default image. constraints on frame regions: x_offset >= 0 y_offset >= 0 width > 0 height > 0 x_offset + width <= 'ihdr' width y_offset + height <= 'ihdr' height the delay_num and delay_den parameters together specify a fraction indicating the time to display the current frame, in seconds. ...
...And 4 more matches

nsIContentViewer
boolean permitunload([optional] in boolean acallercloseswindow); boolean requestwindowclose(); void resetclosewindow(); void setbounds([const] in nsintrectref abounds); native code only! void setdocumentinternal(in nsidocumentptr adocument, in boolean aforcereuseinnerwindow); native code only! ...
...oad([optional] in boolean acallercloseswindow); boolean requestwindowclose(); void resetclosewindow(); void setbounds([const] in nsintrectref abounds); native code only! void setdocumentinternal(in nsidocumentptr adocument, in boolean aforcereuseinnerwindow); native code only! ...
...al] in boolean acallercloseswindow); boolean requestwindowclose(); void resetclosewindow(); void setbounds([const] in nsintrectref abounds); native code only! void setdocumentinternal(in nsidocumentptr adocument, in boolean aforcereuseinnerwindow); native code only! ...
...And 4 more matches

Debugger - Firefox Developer Tools
to a debug event handler, breakpoint handler, or similar function throws some exception, which we refer to asdebugger-exception here. exceptions thrown in the debugger are not propagated to debuggee code; instead, spidermonkey calls this function, passingdebugger-exception as its sole argument and the debugger instance as the this value. this function should return a resumption value, which determines how the debuggee should continue. if the uncaught exception hook itself throws an exception,uncaught-hook-exception, spidermonkey throws a new error object,confess-to-debuggee-exception, to the debuggee whose message blames the debugger, and includes textual descriptions ofuncaught-hook-exception and the originaldebugger-exception. if uncaughtexceptionhook’s value is null, spidermonkey th...
...obal object designated byglobal to the set of global objects this debugger instance is debugging. if the designated global is already a debuggee, this has no effect. return this debugger’s debugger.object instance referring to the designated global. the valueglobal may be any of the following: a global object. an html5 windowproxy object (an “outer window”, in firefox terminology), which is treated as if the window object of the browsing context’s active document (the “inner window”) were passed. a cross-compartment wrapper of an object; we apply the prior rules to the wrapped object. a debugger.object instance belonging to this debugger instance; we apply the prior rules to the referent. any other sort of value is treated as a typeer...
...if the object is not a global object, then the global in whose scope it was allocated is used. note that the result may include sources that can no longer ever be used by the debuggee: say, eval code that has finished running, or source for unreachable functions. whether such sources appear can be affected by the garbage collector’s behavior, so this function’s result is not entirely deterministic. findscripts([query]) return an array of debugger.script instances for all debuggee scripts matchingquery. each instance appears only once in the array.query is an object whose properties restrict which scripts are returned; a script must meet all the criteria given byquery to be returned. ifquery is omitted, we return the debugger.script instances for all debuggee scripts. querymay ...
...And 4 more matches

AudioNode - Web APIs
cessing module (e.g. ...
...ing module (e.g. ...
... the web audio api will up-mix or down-mix the number of channels as required; check the web audio spec for details. for a list of all audio nodes, see the web audio api homepage. creating an audionode there are two ways to create an audionode: via the constuctor and via the factory method. ...
...And 4 more matches

Introduction to the DOM - Web APIs
the document object model (dom) is the data representation of the objects that comprise the structure and content of a document on the web. in this guide, we'll briefly introduce the dom. we'll look at how the dom represents an html or xml document in memory and how you use apis to create web content and applications. what is the dom? the document object model (dom) is a programming interface for html and xml documents. it represents the page so that programs can change the document structure, style, and content. the dom represents the document as nodes and objects. that way, programming languages can connect to the page. a web page is a document. this document can be either displayed in the browser window or as the html source. but it is the same document in both cases. the docume...
...d by other apis that add new features and capabilities to the dom. for example, the html dom api adds support for representing html documents to the core dom. dom and javascript the short example above, like nearly all of the examples in this reference, is javascript. that is to say, it's written in javascript, but it uses the dom to access the document and its elements. the dom is not a programming language, but without it, the javascript language wouldn't have any model or notion of web pages, html documents, xml documents, and their component parts (e.g. elements). every element in a document—the document as a whole, the head, tables within the document, table headers, text within the table cells—is part of the document object model for that document, so they can all be accessed and ...
...the dom and a scripting language like javascript. in the beginning, javascript and the dom were tightly intertwined, but eventually, they evolved into separate entities. ...
...And 4 more matches

HTMLMediaElement - Web APIs
ities that are common to audio and video. the htmlvideoelement and htmlaudioelement elements both inherit this interface. ...
...s that are common to audio and video. the htmlvideoelement and htmlaudioelement elements both inherit this interface. ...
...autoplay html attribute, indicating whether playback should automatically begin as soon as enough media is available to do so without interruption. note: automatically playing audio when the user doesn't expect or desire it is a poor user experience and should be avoided in most cases, though there are exceptions. see the autoplay guide for media and web audio apis for more information. keep in mind that browsers may ignore autoplay requests, so you should ensure that your code isn't dependent on autoplay working. htmlmediaelement.buffered read only returns a timeranges object that indicates the ranges of the media source that the browser has buffered (if any) at the moment the buffered property is accessed. htmlmediaelement.controller is a mediacontroller object that represents the ...
...And 4 more matches

Using IndexedDB - Web APIs
on returns an idbopendbrequest object with a result (success) or error value that you handle as an event. most other asynchronous functions in indexeddb do the same thing - return an idbrequest object with the result or error. the result for the open function is an instance of an idbdatabase. the second parameter to the open method is the version of the database. the version of the database determines the database schema — the object stores in the database and their structure. if the database doesn't already exist, it is created by the open operation, then an onupgradeneeded event is triggered and you create the database schema in the handler for this event. if the database does exist but you are specifying an upgraded version number, an onupgradeneeded event is triggered straight away, al...
...o "success") is fired with request as its target. once it is fired, the onsuccess() function on request is triggered with the success event as its argument. otherwise, if there was any problem, an error event (that is, a dom event whose type property is set to "error") is fired at request. this triggers the onerror() function with the error event as its argument. the indexeddb api is designed to minimize the need for error handling, so you're not likely to see many error events (at least, not once you're used to the api!). in the case of opening a database, however, there are some common conditions that generate error events. the most likely problem is that the user decided not to give your web app permission to create a database. one of the main design goals of indexeddb is to allow large a...
...attempts to open an indexeddb for storage. the user could choose to allow or deny access. also, indexeddb storage in browsers' privacy modes only lasts in-memory until the incognito session is closed (private browsing mode for firefox and incognito mode for chrome, but in firefox this is not implemented yet as of april 2020 so you can't use indexeddb in firefox private browsing at all). now, assuming that the user allowed your request to create a database, and you've received a success event to trigger the success callback; what's next? the request here was generated with a call to indexeddb.open(), so request.result is an instance of idbdatabase, and you definitely want to save that for later. your code might look something like this: var db; var request = indexeddb.open("mytestdatabase");...
...And 4 more matches

PerformanceEntry - Web APIs
a performance entry can be directly created by making a performance mark or measure (for example by calling the mark() method) at an explicit point in an application. performance entries are also created in indirect ways such as loading a resource (such as an image). performanceentry instances will always be one of the following subtypes: performancemark performancemeasure performanceframetiming performancenavigationtiming performanceresourcetiming performancepainttiming note: this feature is available in web workers. properties performanceentry.name read only a value that further specifies the value returned by the performanceentry.entrytype property. the value of both depends on the subtype. see property page for valid values. performanceentry.entrytype read only a domst...
... < properties.length; i++) { // check each property var supported = properties[i] in perfentry; if (supported) { var value = perfentry[properties[i]]; console.log("... " + properties[i] + " = " + value); } else { console.log("... ...
... var supported = properties[i] in perfentry; if (supported) { var value = perfentry[properties[i]]; console.log("... " + properties[i] + " = " + value); } else { console.log("... ...
...And 4 more matches

WebGLRenderingContext.blendFunc() - Web APIs
be described like this: color(rgba) = (sourcecolor * sfactor) + (destinationcolor * dfactor). the rbga values are between 0 and 1. constant factor description gl.zero 0,0,0,0 multiplies all colors by 0. gl.one 1,1,1,1 multiplies all colors by 1. gl.src_color rs, gs, bs, as multiplies all colors by the source colors. gl.one_minus_src_color 1-rs, 1-gs, 1-bs, 1-as multiplies all colors by 1 minus each source color. gl.dst_color rd, gd, bd, ad multiplies all colors by the destination color. gl.one_minus_dst_color 1-rd, 1-gd, 1-bd, 1-ad multiplies all colors by 1 minus each destination color. gl.src_alpha as, as, as, as multiplies all colors by the source alpha value. ...
...r 1-rs, 1-gs, 1-bs, 1-as multiplies all colors by 1 minus each source color. gl.dst_color rd, gd, bd, ad multiplies all colors by the destination color. gl.one_minus_dst_color 1-rd, 1-gd, 1-bd, 1-ad multiplies all colors by 1 minus each destination color. gl.src_alpha as, as, as, as multiplies all colors by the source alpha value. gl.one_minus_src_alpha 1-as, 1-as, 1-as, 1-as multiplies all colors by 1 minus the source alpha value. gl.dst_alpha ad, ad, ad, ad multiplies all colors by the destination alpha value. gl.one_minus_dst_alpha 1-ad, 1-ad, 1-ad, 1-ad multiplies all colors by 1 minus the destination alpha value. gl.constant_color rc, gc, bc, ac multiplies all colors by a consta...
..., 1-as, 1-as multiplies all colors by 1 minus the source alpha value. gl.dst_alpha ad, ad, ad, ad multiplies all colors by the destination alpha value. gl.one_minus_dst_alpha 1-ad, 1-ad, 1-ad, 1-ad multiplies all colors by 1 minus the destination alpha value. gl.constant_color rc, gc, bc, ac multiplies all colors by a constant color. gl.one_minus_constant_color 1-rc, 1-gc, 1-bc, 1-ac multiplies all colors by 1 minus a constant color. gl.constant_alpha ac, ac, ac, ac multiplies all colors by a constant alpha value. gl.one_minus_constant_alpha 1-ac, 1-ac, 1-ac, 1-ac multiplies all colors by 1 minus a constant alpha value. ...
...And 4 more matches

WebGLRenderingContext.blendFuncSeparate() - Web APIs
) + (destinationcolor * dstrgb) color(a) = (sourcealpha * srcalpha) + (destinationalpha * dstalpha) constant rgb factor alpha factor description gl.zero 0,0,0 0 multiplies all colors by 0. gl.one 1,1,1,1 1 multiplies all colors by 1. gl.src_color rs, gs, bs as multiplies all colors by the source colors. gl.one_minus_src_color 1-rs, 1-gs, 1-bs 1-as multiplies all colors by 1 minus each source color. gl.dst_color rd, gd, bd ad multiplies all colors by the destination color. gl.one_minus_dst_color 1-rd, 1-gd, 1-bd 1-ad multiplies all colors by 1 minus each destination color. gl.src_alpha as, as, as as multiplies all colors by the source alpha colo...
...s, 1-gs, 1-bs 1-as multiplies all colors by 1 minus each source color. gl.dst_color rd, gd, bd ad multiplies all colors by the destination color. gl.one_minus_dst_color 1-rd, 1-gd, 1-bd 1-ad multiplies all colors by 1 minus each destination color. gl.src_alpha as, as, as as multiplies all colors by the source alpha color. gl.one_minus_src_alpha 1-as, 1-as, 1-as 1-as multiplies all colors by 1 minus the source alpha color. gl.dst_alpha ad, ad, ad ad multiplies all colors by the destination alpha color. gl.one_minus_dst_alpha 1-ad, 1-ad, 1-ad 1-ad multiplies all colors by 1 minus the destination alpha color. gl.constant_color rc, gc, bc ac multiplies all colors by ...
... 1-as multiplies all colors by 1 minus the source alpha color. gl.dst_alpha ad, ad, ad ad multiplies all colors by the destination alpha color. gl.one_minus_dst_alpha 1-ad, 1-ad, 1-ad 1-ad multiplies all colors by 1 minus the destination alpha color. gl.constant_color rc, gc, bc ac multiplies all colors by a constant color. gl.one_minus_constant_color 1-rc, 1-gc, 1-bc 1-ac multiplies all colors by 1 minus a constant color. gl.constant_alpha ac, ac, ac ac multiplies all colors by a constant alpha value. gl.one_minus_constant_alpha 1-ac, 1-ac, 1-ac 1-ac multiplies all colors by 1 minus a constant alpha value. ...
...And 4 more matches

Introduction to the Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) - Web APIs
ined in rfc 3550, is an ietf standard protocol to enable real-time connectivity for exchanging data that needs real-time priority. this article provides an overview of what rtp is and how it functions in the context of webrtc. note: webrtc actually uses srtp (secure real-time transport protocol) to ensure that the exchanged data is secure and authenticated as appropriate. ...
...rtp is a data transport protocol, whose mission is to move data between two endpoints as efficiently as possible under current conditions. ...
...top udp for its performance as well as its multiplexing and checksum features. rtp supports multicast; while this isn't yet important for webrtc, it's likely to matter in the future, when webrtc is (hopefully) enhanced to support multi-user conversations. rtp isn't limited to use in audiovisual communication. it can be used for any form of continuous or active data transfer, including data streaming, active badges or status display updates, or control and measurement information transport. things rtp doesn't do rtp itself doesn't provide every possible feature, which is why other protocols are also used by webrtc. some of the more noteworthy things rtp doesn't include: editor's note: we should add information about where these deficiencies are compensated for, if they are at all. rtp...
...And 4 more matches

Spaces and reference spaces: Spatial tracking in WebXR - Web APIs
ity to insert a human into a virtual environment. to accomplish this, software needs the ability to not only track the locations, orientation, and movements of objects in the virtual world, but the user's location, orientation, and movement as well. but webxr goes beyond that by adding the ability to track the location, orientation, and motion of the input devices which generate data used to determine the position and movement of individual parts of the viewer's body (with appropriate equipment). the location and movement of the user's headset represent their head's position and orientation in the virtual environment. hand controllers represent their hands in the same manner. other hardware elements can be used similarly to represent other parts of the body, providing additional data to use ...
...rt among the coordinate systems, perform operations affecting these spaces and their corresponding objects, and so forth. describing a position relative to a space there are two scenarios in which you may need to describe a position and/or orientation relative to a space. the first is described above: applying a reference space to an offset (or vice-versa, since the result is the same) to determine the transform matrix that represents the resulting location in the space's coordinate system. poses once your reference space or spaces are established for the various key objects in the scene, you will have times when you need to describe another position relative to the origin of a particular reference space. this is done using poses. a pose, simply put, describes a position and orientation ...
...scribes a position and orientation relative to the origin of the reference space from which it was created. in webxr, a pose is represented by an xrpose object, whose transform property is an xrrigidtransform defining the transform matrix that, applied to any coordinate, vector, or matrix in the original space, converts it to the target space. thus a pose can be used to not only convert and determine positions, but also rotational information. there is only one way to create an xrpose, and that's using the getpose() method on an animation frame as given using an xrframe object. this means that most frequently, you'll be using poses within your frame rendering code, which is executed as a callback from the xrframe method requestanimationframe(). getpose() computes the position of an xrrefer...
...And 4 more matches

WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope.setTimeout() - Web APIs
local symbols in the context where settimeout() was called will not be available when the string is evaluated as code. reasons for delays longer than specified there are a number of reasons why a timeout may take longer to fire than anticipated. this section describes the most common reasons. timeouts throttled to ≥ 4ms in modern browsers, settimeout()/setinterval() calls are throttled to a minimum of once every 4 ms when successive calls are triggered due to callback nesting (where the nesting level is at least a certain depth), or after certain number of successive intervals. take this example: function cb() { f(); settimeout(cb, 0); } settimeout(cb, 0); setinterval(f, 0); in chrome and firefox, the 5th successive callback call is clamped; safari clamps on the 6th call; in edge its ...
...lready did this with settimeout(); see below). historically some browsers implemented this throttling behaviour a bit differently (e.g. firefox) — on setinterval() calls made from anywhere, or when a nested settimeout() is called where the nesting level is at least a certain depth. to implement a 0 ms timeout in a modern browser, you can use window.postmessage() as described here. note: the minimum delay, dom_min_timeout_value, is 4 ms (stored in a preference in firefox: dom.min_timeout_value), with a dom_clamp_timeout_nesting_level of 5. note: 4 ms is specified by the html5 spec and is consistent across browsers released in 2010 and onward. prior to (firefox 5.0 / thunderbird 5.0 / seamonkey 2.2), the minimum timeout value for nested timeouts was 10 ms. timeouts in inactive tabs t...
... firefox 50 no longer throttles background tabs if a web audio api audiocontext is actively playing sound. ...
...And 4 more matches

Web applications and ARIA FAQ - Accessibility
upport aria. however, many users may still be using older versions of these technologies. you may want to consider implementing aria using progressive enhancement techniques—such as adding aria using javascript, not directly to your markup—in order to more gracefully support older browsers and assistive technologies. browsers aria is supported in the following browsers: browser minimum version notes firefox 3.0+ works with nvda, jaws 10+, and orca chrome latest screen reader support still experimental as of chrome 15 safari 4+ safari 5 support is much improved. live region support requires safari 5 with voiceover on ios5 or os x lion opera 9.5+ requires voiceover on os x. tbd: how well does this currently wo...
...a. no live region support in nvda. ie9 support is much improved. in some cases, earlier versions may support only some features of aria. more detailed browser compatibility charts are available from multiple sources: caniuse.com the paciello group assistive technologies assistive technologies are increasingly adopting aria. some of them include: assistive technology minimum version for basic aria minimum version for live region and alert support nvda 2010.2 (nvda is always a free upgrade) 2011.1 for firefox, no live region support in ie as of 2011.2. orca ? (tbd) ? (tbd) voiceover osx 10.5, ios 4 os x 10.7 ios 5 jaws 8 10 window-eyes 7 no live region support currently ...
...infusion google closure google web toolkit bbc glow yahoo! user interface library (yui) for more information about javascript toolkit accessibility: steve faulkner's wai-aria implementation in javascript ui libraries can you show me an example of aria in action? sure. here's the markup for a progress bar widget: <div id="percent-loaded" role="progressbar" aria-valuenow="75" aria-valuemin="0" aria-valuemax="100" /> this progress bar is built using a <div>, which is not very descriptive. unfortunately, there isn't a more semantic tag available to developers in html 4, so we need to include aria roles and properties. these are specified by adding attributes to the element. in this example, the role="progressbar" attribute informs the browser that this element is actually a javascri...
...And 4 more matches

Implementing a Microsoft Active Accessibility (MSAA) Server - Accessibility
"say what you see" kinds of features. on microsoft windows, these kinds of assistive technology acquire this necessary information via a combination of hacks, msaa and proprietary doms. msaa is supposed to be the "right way" for accessibility aids to get information, but sometimes the hacks are more effective. for example, screen readers look for screen draws of a vertical blinking line, to determine the location of the caret. without doing this, screen readers would not be able to let the user know where there caret has moved to in most programs, because so many applications do not use the system caret (gecko does not). this is so commonly done, that no one even bothers to support the msaa caret, after all the hack is general solution works with pretty much all applications. msaa provides ...
...rs, you can get everyone to agree on a different solution, and you're sure that you won't be needing to support other assistive technologies later. deciding which msaa features to support msaa methods - cheat sheet for developers the iaccessible interface is used in a tree of iaccessible's, each one representing a data node, similar to a dom. here are the methods supported in iaccessible - a minimal implementation would contain those marked "[important]": get_accparent: get the parent of an iaccessible. [important] get_accchildcount: get the number of children of an iaccessible. [important] get_accchild: get the child of an iaccessible. [important] get_accname: get the "name" of the iaccessible, for example the name of a button, checkbox or menu item. try to use unique names for ea...
...movesizestart event_system_movesizeend event_system_contexthelpstart event_system_contexthelpend event_system_dragdropstart event_system_dragdropend event_system_dialogstart event_system_dialogend event_system_scrollingstart event_system_scrollingend [possibly important, talk to at vendor] event_system_switchstart event_system_switchend event_system_minimizestart event_system_minimizeend event_object_create [don't implement, watching system generated versions of this event causes assistive technology crashes] event_object_destroy [don't implement, watching system generated versions of this event causes assistive technology crashes] event_object_show [can be important, depending on project] event_object_hide [can be important, ...
...And 4 more matches

Perceivable - Accessibility
existing audio does not convey the full meaning expressed by the video. 1.2.6 provide sign language equivalent to prerecorded audio (aaa) an equivalent sign language video should be provided for any prerecorded content containing audio. 1.2.7 provide extended video with audio descriptions (aaa) where audio descriptions cannot be provided (see 1.2.5) due to video timing issues (e.g., there are no suitable pauses in the content in which to insert the audio descriptions), an alternative version of the video should be provided that includes inserted pauses (and audio descriptions). 1.2.8 provide an alternative for prerecorded media (aaa) for all content that features video, a descriptive text transcript should be provided, for example a script of t...
...eate content that can be presented in different ways this guideline refers to the ability of content to be consumed by users in multiple ways, accomodating their differing needs. success criteria how to conform to the criteria practical resource 1.3.1 info and relationships (a) any content structure—or visual relationship made between content—can also be determined programmatically, or be inferred from text description. the main situations in which this is relevant are: text labels and the form elements they describe. these are associated unambiguously using the <label> element, which can be picked up by screenreaders, etc. image alt text. content images should have text available that clearly describes the image's contents, which can be p...
...ee the image. lists. if the order of list items is important, use an ordered list (<ol>). the whole of html: a good basis for accessibility is packed with information about this, but you should particularly refer to good semantics, ui controls, and text alternatives. 1.3.2 meaningful content sequence (a) a sensible, logical reading order should be easy to determine for any content, even if it is visually presented in an unusual way. the order should be made obvious by use of correct semantic elements (e.g., headings, paragraphs), with css being used to create any unusual layout styles, irrespective of the markup. again, refer to html: a good basis for accessibility. 1.3.3 sensory characteristics (a) instructions for operating controls o...
...And 4 more matches

width - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
syntax /* an example with one viewport value: */ @viewport { width: 320px; } /* an example with two viewport values: */ @viewport { width: 320px, 120px; } values auto the used value is calculated from the other css descriptors' values. <length> a non-negative absolute or relative length. ...
... syntax /* an example with one viewport value: */ @viewport { width: 320px; } /* an example with two viewport values: */ @viewport { width: 320px, 120px; } values auto the used value is calculated from the other css descriptors' values. <length> a non-negative absolute or relative length. ...
...d value is calculated from the other css descriptors' values. <length> a non-negative absolute or relative length. <percentage> a percentage value relative to the width or height of the initial viewport at zoom factor 1.0, for horizontal and vertical lengths respectively. must be non-negative. ...
...And 4 more matches

Border-radius generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ta-topic="bottom-left-h" data-unit=" px" data-sensivity="2"></div> </div> </div> </div> </div> <div id="controls" class="group section"> <div class="group section"> <div id="dimensions"> <div class="ui-input-slider" data-topic="width" data-info="width" data-unit=" px" data-min="150" data-max="700" data-sensivity="1"></div> <div class="ui-input-slider" data-topic="height" data-info="height" data-unit=" px" data-min="75" data-max="350" data-sensivity="1"></div> </div> <div id="output"></div> </div> <div class="group section"> <div id="radius-lock"> <div class="info"...
...ght { bottom: 0; right: 0; } #bottom-right .radius { border-bottom-right-radius: 100%; bottom: 0; right: 0; } /* bottom left */ #bottom-left { bottom: 0; left: 0; } #bottom-left .radius { border-bottom-left-radius: 100%; bottom: 0; } /* input sliders */ #preview .ui-input-slider { margin: 10px; position: absolute; z-index: 10; } #radius-ui-sliders { width: 100%; height: 100%; min-height: 75px; min-width: 150px; padding: 20px 50px; top: -20px; left: -50px; position: relative; } #tlr { top: -30px; left: -50px; display: none; } #tlw { top: -30px; left: 30px; } #tlh { top: 20px; left: -50px; } #trr { top: -30px; right: -50px; display: none; } #trw { top: -30px; right: 30px; } #trh { top: 20px; right: -50px; } #brr { bottom: -30px; right: -50px; di...
...("mousemove", slidermotion); document.body.style.cursor = "auto"; slider.style.cursor = "pointer"; }); var slidermotion = function slidermotion(e) { slider.style.cursor = "e-resize"; var delta = (e.clientx - startx) / obj.sensivity | 0; var value = delta * obj.step + start_value; setvalue(obj.topic, value); } return slider; } var inputslider = function(node) { var min = node.getattribute('data-min') | 0; var max = node.getattribute('data-max') | 0; var step = node.getattribute('data-step') | 0; var value = node.getattribute('data-value') | 0; var topic = node.getattribute('data-topic'); var unit = node.getattribute('data-unit'); var name = node.getattribute('data-info'); var sensivity = node.getattribute('data-sensivity') | 0; this.min = mi...
...And 4 more matches

Using multi-column layouts - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
and width two css properties control whether and how many columns will appear: column-count and column-width. the column-count property sets the number of columns to a particular number. e.g., example 1 html <div id="col"> <p> lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. </p> <p> ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. </p> <p> duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. </p> <p> excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum. </p> </div> css #col { column-count: 2;...
...ehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. </p> <p> excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum. ...
... duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. ...
...And 4 more matches

Relationship of grid layout to other layout methods - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
her specifications, including grid layout. in the future, they may well apply to other layout methods as well. in a later guide in this series, i’ll be taking a proper look at box alignment and how it works in grid layout. for now, here is a comparison between simple examples of flexbox and grid. in the first example, which uses flexbox, i have a container with three items inside. the wrapper min-height is set, so it defines the height of the flex container. i have set align-items on the flex container to flex-end so the items will line up at the end of the flex container. i have also set the align-self property on box1 so it will override the default and stretch to the height of the container and on box2 so it aligns to the start of the flex container. * {box-sizing: border-box;} .wra...
...this time we are using the box alignment properties as they apply to a grid layout. so we align to start and end rather than flex-start and flex-end. in the case of a grid layout, we are aligning the items inside their grid ar...
...ox3">three</div> </div> .wrapper { display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(3,1fr); align-items: end; grid-auto-rows: 200px; } .box1 { align-self: stretch; } .box2 { align-self: start; } the fr unit and flex-basis we have already seen how the fr unit works to assign a proportion of available space in the grid container to our grid tracks. the fr unit, when combined with the minmax() function can give us very similar behavior to the flex properties in flexbox while still enabling the creation of a layout in two dimensions. if we look back at the example where i demonstrated the difference between one and two-dimensional layouts, you can see there is a difference between the way of the two layouts work responsively. with the flex layout, if we drag our window wider and s...
...And 4 more matches

max-block-size - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
tion is vertical, max-block-size is the same as max-width. the other dimension's maximum length is specified using the max-inline-size property. this is useful because the max-width is always used for horizontal sizes and max-height is always used for vertical sizes, and if you need to set lengths based on the size of your text content, you need to be able to do so with the writing direction in mind. any time you would normally use max-height or max-width, you should instead use max-block-size to set the maximum "height" of the content (even though this may not be a vertical value) and max-inline-size to set the maximum "width" of the content (although this may instead be vertical rather than horizontal). see the example in writing-mode, which shows the different writing modes in action. ...
...le is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax /* <length> values */ max-block-size: 300px; max-block-size: 25em; /* <percentage> values */ max-block-size: 75%; /* keyword values */ max-block-size: auto; max-block-size: max-content; max-block-size: min-content; max-block-size: fit-content(20em); /* global values */ max-block-size: inherit; max-block-size: initial; max-block-size: unset; values the max-block-size property's value can be any value that's legal for the max-width and max-height properties: <length> defines the max-width as an absolute value. <percentage> defines the max-width as a percentage of the containing block's widt...
...s value can be any value that's legal for the max-width and max-height properties: <length> defines the max-width as an absolute value. <percentage> defines the max-width as a percentage of the containing block's width. auto the browser will calculate and select a max-width for the specified element. none no limit on the size of the box. max-content the intrinsic preferred max-width. min-content the intrinsic minimum max-width. fit-content(<length-percentage>) uses the fit-content formula with the available space replaced by the specified argument, i.e. min(max-content, max(min-content, argument)). how writing-mode affects directionality the values of writing-mode affect the mapping of max-block-size to max-width or max-height as follows: values of writing-mode ...
...And 4 more matches

max-height - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the max-height css property sets the maximum height of an element. it prevents the used value of the height property from becoming larger than the value specified for max-height. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. max-height overrides height, but min-height overrides max-height. ...
...b repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. max-height overrides height, but min-height overrides max-height. syntax /* <length> value */ max-height: 3.5em; /* <percentage> value */ max-height: 75%; /* keyword values */ max-height: none; max-height: max-content; max-height: min-content; max-height: fit-content(20em); /* global values */ max-height: inherit; max-height: initial; max-height: unset; values <length> defines the max-height as an absolute value. <percentage> defines the max-height as a percentage of the containing block's height. auto the browser will calculate and select a max-height for the specified element. none no limit on the size of the bo...
...lues */ max-height: inherit; max-height: initial; max-height: unset; values <length> defines the max-height as an absolute value. <percentage> defines the max-height as a percentage of the containing block's height. auto the browser will calculate and select a max-height for the specified element. none no limit on the size of the box. max-content the intrinsic preferred max-height. min-content the intrinsic minimum max-height. fit-content(<length-percentage>) uses the fit-content formula with the available space replaced by the specified argument, i.e. min(max-content, max(min-content, argument)). accessibility concerns ensure that elements set with a max-height are not truncated and/or do not obscure other content when the page is zoomed to increase text size. mdn un...
...And 4 more matches

max() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
n a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. in the first above example, the width will be at least 400px, but will be wider if the the viewport is more than 2000px wide (in which case 1vw would be 20px, so 20vw would be 400px). think of the max() value as providing the minimum value a property can have. syntax the max() function takes one or more comma-separated expressions as its parameter, with the largest (most positive) expression value used as the value of the property to which it is assigned. the expressions can be math expressions (using arithmetic operators), literal values, or other expressions, such as attr(), that evaluate to a valid argument type (li...
...n have. syntax the max() function takes one or more comma-separated expressions as its parameter, with the largest (most positive) expression value used as the value of the property to which it is assigned. the expressions can be math expressions (using arithmetic operators), literal values, or other expressions, such as attr(), that evaluate to a valid argument type (like <length>), or nested min() and max() functions. you can use different units for each value in your expression. you may also use parentheses to establish computation order when needed. notes math expressions involving percentages for widths and heights on table columns, table column groups, table rows, table row groups, and table cells in both auto and fixed layout tables may be treated as if auto had been specified.
...ou can use different units for each value in your expression. you may also use parentheses to establish computation order when needed. notes math expressions involving percentages for widths and heights on table columns, table column groups, table rows, table row groups, and table cells in both auto and fixed layout tables may be treated as if auto had been specified. it is permitted to nest min() and other max() functions as expression values. the expressions are full math expressions, so you can use direct addition, subtraction, multiplication and division without using the calc() function itself. the expression can be values combining the addition ( + ), subtraction ( - ), multiplication ( * ) and division ( / ) operators, using standard operator precedence rules. make sure to put a ...
...And 4 more matches

repeat() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
list, allowing a large number of columns or rows that exhibit a recurring pattern to be written in a more compact form. this function can be used in the css grid properties grid-template-columns and grid-template-rows. ...
...unction can be used in the css grid properties grid-template-columns and grid-template-rows. ...
... [col-end]) repeat(4, [col-start] 60% [col-end]) repeat(4, [col-start] 1fr [col-end]) repeat(4, [col-start] min-content [col-end]) repeat(4, [col-start] max-content [col-end]) repeat(4, [col-start] auto [col-end]) repeat(4, [col-start] minmax(100px, 1fr) [col-end]) repeat(4, [col-start] fit-content(200px) [col-end]) repeat(4, 10px [col-start] 30% [col-middle] auto [col-end]) repeat(4, [col-start] min-content [col-middle] max-content [col-end]) /* <auto-repeat> values */ repeat(auto-fill, 250px) repeat(auto-fit, 250px) repeat(auto-fill, [col-start] 250px [col-end]) repeat(auto-fit, [col-start] 250px [col-end]) repeat(auto-fill, [col-start] minmax(100px, 1fr) [col-end]) repeat(auto-fill, 10px [col-start] 30% [col-middle] 400px [col-end]) /* <fixed-repeat> values */ repeat(4, 250px) repeat(4, ...
...And 4 more matches

Content Security Policy (CSP) - HTTP
security-policy" content="default-src 'self'; img-src https://*; child-src 'none';"> threats mitigating cross site scripting a primary goal of csp is to mitigate and report xss attacks. xss attacks exploit the browser's trust of the content received from the server. malicious scripts are executed by the victim's browser because the browser trusts the source of the content, even when it's not coming from where it seems to be coming from. csp makes it possible for server administrators to reduce or eliminate the vectors by which xss can occur by specifying the domains that the browser should consider to be valid sources of executable scripts. a csp compatible browser will then only execute scripts loaded in source files received from those allowlisted domains, ignoring all other script (inc...
...trict inline styles from being applied from a <style> element or a style attribute. there are specific directives for a wide variety of types of items, so that each type can have its own policy, including fonts, frames, images, audio and video media, scripts, and workers. examples: common use cases this section provides examples of some common security policy scenarios. ...
...h type can have its own policy, including fonts, frames, images, audio and video media, scripts, and workers. examples: common use cases this section provides examples of some common security policy scenarios. ...
...And 4 more matches

Index - HTTP
and informs the client of its choice with the content-encoding response header. 5 accept-language content negotiation, http, http header, reference, request header the accept-language request http header advertises which languages the client is able to understand, and which locale variant is preferred. (by languages, we mean natural languages, such as english, and not programming languages.) using content negotiation, the server then selects one of the proposals, uses it and informs the client of its choice with the content-language response header. browsers set adequate values for this header according to their user interface language and even if a user can change it, this happens rarely (and is frowned upon as it leads to fingerprinting). 6 accept-ranges ...
...ransmitted as the result of content negotiation. 27 content-range http, http header, reference, response header, header the content-range response http header indicates where in a full body message a partial message belongs. 28 content-security-policy csp, http, reference, security, header the http content-security-policy response header allows web site administrators to control resources the user agent is allowed to load for a given page. with a few exceptions, policies mostly involve specifying server origins and script endpoints. this helps guard against cross-site scripting attacks (xss). 29 csp: base-uri csp, directive, document directive, http, security the http content-security-policy base-uri directive restricts the urls w...
...being loaded is going to want to perform a large allocation. it is currently only implemented in firefox, but is harmless to send to every browser. 85 last-modified http, http header, reference, response header the last-modified response http header contains the date and time at which the origin server believes the resource was last modified. it is used as a validator to determine if a resource received or stored is the same. less accurate than an etag header, it is a fallback mechanism. conditional requests containing if-modified-since or if-unmodified-since headers make use of this field. 86 location http, http header, reference, response header the location response header indicates the url to redirect a page to. it only provides a meaning when ser...
...And 4 more matches

Introduction - JavaScript
« previousnext » this chapter introduces javascript and discusses some of its fundamental concepts. what you should already know this guide assumes you have the following basic background: a general understanding of the internet and the world wide web (www). good working knowledge of hypertext markup language (html). some programming experience. if you are new to programming, try one of the tutorials linked on the main page about javascript. where to find javascript information the javascript documentation on mdn includes the following: learn web development provides information for beginners and introduces basic concepts of programming and the internet. javascript guide (this guide) provides an overview about the javascript language and its objects. javascri...
... webpage (dom) looks. and, likewise, node.js javascript on the server can respond to custom requests from code written in the browser. javascript and java javascript and java are similar in some ways but fundamentally different in some others. the javascript language resembles java but does not have java's static typing and strong type checking. javascript follows most java expression syntax, naming conventions and basic control-flow constructs which was the reason why it was renamed from livescript to javascript. in contrast to java's compile-time system of classes built by declarations, javascript supports a runtime system based on a small number of data types representing numeric, boolean, and string values. javascript has a prototype-based object model instead of the more common class-...
...s, executing as loosely typed methods. javascript is a very free-form language compared to java. you do not have to declare all variables, classes, and methods. you do not have to be concerned with whether methods are public, private, or protected, and you do not have to implement interfaces. variables, parameters, and function return types are not explicitly typed. java is a class-based programming language designed for fast execution and type safety. type safety means, for instance, that you can't cast a java integer into an object reference or access private memory by corrupting java bytecodes. java's class-based model means that programs consist exclusively of classes and their methods. java's class inheritance and strong typing generally require tightly coupled object hierarchies. thes...
...And 4 more matches

String.prototype.indexOf() - JavaScript
the indexof() method returns the index within the calling string object of the first occurrence of the specified value, starting the search at fromindex. returns -1 if the value is not found. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. note: for the array method, see array.prototype.indexof(). syntax str.indexof(searchvalue [, fromindex]) parameters searchvalue the string value to search for. if no string is explicitly provided, searchvalue will be coerced to "undefined", and this value will be searched for in str. so, for example: 'undefined'.indexof() will return 0, as undefined is found at posi...
...ters searchvalue the string value to search for. if no string is explicitly provided, searchvalue will be coerced to "undefined", and this value will be searched for in str. so, for example: 'undefined'.indexof() will return 0, as undefined is found at position 0 in the string undefined. 'undefine'.indexof() however will return -1, as undefined is not found in the string undefine. fromindex optional an integer representing the index at which to start the search. defaults to 0. for fromindex values lower than 0, or greater than str.length, the search starts at index 0 and str.length, respectively. for example, 'hello world'.indexof('o', -5) will return 4, as it starts at position 0, and o is found at position 4. on the other hand, 'hello world'.indexof('o', 11) (and with an...
...ptional an integer representing the index at which to start the search. defaults to 0. for fromindex values lower than 0, or greater than str.length, the search starts at index 0 and str.length, respectively. for example, 'hello world'.indexof('o', -5) will return 4, as it starts at position 0, and o is found at position 4. on the other hand, 'hello world'.indexof('o', 11) (and with any fromindex value greater than 11) will return -1, as the search is started at position 11, a position after the end of the string. return value the index of the first occurrence of searchvalue, or -1 if not found. an empty string searchvalue produces strange results. ...
...And 4 more matches

WebAssembly - JavaScript
. webassembly.runtimeerror() error type that is thrown whenever webassembly specifies a trap. webassembly.table() an array-like structure representing a webassembly table, which stores function references. static methods webassembly.instantiate() the primary api for compiling and instantiating webassembly code, returning both a module and its first instance. ...
...iating webassembly code, returning both a module and its first instance. webassembly.instantiatestreaming() compiles and instantiates a webassembly module directly from a streamed underlying source, returning both a module and its first instance. webassembly.compile() compiles a webassembly.module from webassembly binary code, leaving instantiation as a separate step. webassembly.compilestreaming() compiles a webassembly.module directly from a streamed underlying source, leaving instantiation as a separate step. webassembly.validate() validates a given typed array of webassembly binary code, returning whether the bytes are valid webassembly code (true) or not (false). ...
...ming() compiles a webassembly.module directly from a streamed underlying source, leaving instantiation as a separate step. webassembly.validate() validates a given typed array of webassembly binary code, returning whether the bytes are valid webassembly code (true) or not (false). examples stream a .wasm module then compile and instantiate it the following example (see our instantiate-streaming.html demo on github, and view it live also) directly streams a .wasm module from an underlying source then compiles and instantiates it, the promise fulfilling with a resultobject. ...
...And 4 more matches

Critical rendering path - Web Performance
ndering path includes the document object model (dom), css object model (cssom), render tree and layout. the document object model is created as the html is parsed. the html may request javascript, which may, in turn, alter the dom. the html includes or makes requests for styles, which in turn builds the css object model. the browser engine combines the two to create the render tree. layout determines the size and location of everything on the page. once layout is determined, pixels are painted to the screen. optimizing the critical rendering path improves the time to first render. understanding and optimizing the critical rendering path is important to ensure reflows and repaints can happen at 60 frames per second, to ensure performant user interactions and avoid jank. understanding crp ...
...has to walk up the dom to check if .foo has an ancestor .bar. the more specific tag requires more work from the browser, but this penalty is not likely worth optimizing. if you measure the time it takes to parse css, you'll be amazed at how fast browsers truly are. the more specific rule is more expensive because it has to traverse more nodes in the dom tree - but that extra expense is generally minimal. measure first. optimize as needed. specificity is likely not your low hanging fruit. when it comes to css, selector performance optimization, improvements will only be in microseconds. there are other ways to optimize css, such as minification, and separating defered css into non-blocking requests by using media queries. render tree the render tree captures both the content and the styles:...
... the render tree only captures visible content. the head section (generally) doesn't contain any visible information, and is therefore not included in the render tree. if there's a display: none; set on an element, neither it, nor any of its descendants, are in the render tree. ...
...And 4 more matches

Performance fundamentals - Web Performance
pside down, starving your brain of inputs to create the illusion of discrete reality). on a computer display, a higher framerate simply makes for a more faithful imitation of reality. note: humans usually cannot perceive differences in framerate above 60hz. that's why most modern electronic displays are designed to refresh at that rate. a television probably looks choppy and unrealistic to a hummingbird, for example. memory usage memory usage is another key metric. unlike responsiveness and framerate, users don't directly perceive memory usage, but memory usage closely approximates "user state". an ideal system would maintain 100% of user state at all times: all applications in the system would run simultaneously, and all applications would retain the state created by the user the last t...
...ice, no system can maintain all user states. intelligently allocating memory to user state is an important concern that we go over in more detail below. power usage the final metric discussed here is power usage. like memory usage, users perceive power usage only indirectly, by how long their devices can maintain all other upp goals. in service of meeting upp goals, the system must use only the minimum power required. the remainder of this document will discuss performance in terms of these metrics. platform performance optimizations this section provides a brief overview of how firefox/gecko contributes to performance generally, below the level of all applications. from a developer's or user's perspective, this answers the question, "what does the platform do for you?" web technologies...
...nes — and in some cases even close to "native code". the graphics pipeline in gecko that underpins html, css, and canvas is optimized in several ways. the html/css layout and graphics code in gecko reduces invalidation and repainting for common cases like scrolling; developers get this support "for free". pixel buffers painted by both gecko "automatically" and applications to canvas "manually" minimize copies when being drawn to the display framebuffer. this is done by avoiding intermediate surfaces where they would create overhead (such as per-application "back buffers" in many other operating systems), and by using special memory for graphics buffers that can be directly accessed by the compositor hardware. complex scenes are rendered using the device's gpu for maximum performance. to im...
...And 4 more matches

Index - XPath
found 57 pages: # page tags and summary 1 xpath css selectors, dom, jxon, landing, path, xml, xpath, xslt xpath stands for xml path language. it uses a non-xml syntax to provide a flexible way of addressing (pointing to) different parts of an xml document. it can also be used to test addressed nodes within a document to determine whether they match a pattern or not. 2 axes transforming_xml_with_xslt, xpath, xpath_reference, xslt, xslt_reference for further information on using xpath expressions, please see the for further reading section at the end of transforming xml with xslt document. also see the 'axes' section in the xpath spec. 3 ancestor axe, xpath no summary! 4 ancestor-or-self axe, x...
...lf axis indicates the context node itself. it can be abbreviated as a single period (.). 16 comparison of css selectors and xpath css, draft, needscontent, reference, selectors, xpath this article seeks to document the difference between css selectors and xpath for web developers to be able to better choose the right tool for the right job. 17 functions transforming_xml_with_xslt, xpath, xpath_reference, xslt, xslt_reference no summary! 18 boolean xslt, xslt_reference the boolean function evaluates an expression and returns true or false. 19 ceiling xslt, xslt_reference the ceiling function evaluates a decimal number and returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to the decimal number. 20 ...
...n or equal to the decimal number. 20 choose function, xpath, xslt the choose function returns one of the specified objects based on a boolean parameter. 21 concat xslt, xslt_reference the concat function concatenates two or more strings and returns the resulting string. 22 contains xslt, xslt_reference the contains function determines whether the first argument string contains the second argument string and returns boolean true or false. 23 count xslt, xslt_reference the count function counts the number of nodes in a node-set and returns an integer. 24 current xslt, xslt_reference the current function can be used to get the context node in an xslt instruction. 25 documen...
...And 4 more matches

Compiling a New C/C++ Module to WebAssembly - WebAssembly
e we'll look at, whereby you get emscripten to generate everything you need to run your code, as webassembly, in the browser. first we need an example to compile. take a copy of the following simple c example, and save it in a file called hello.c in a new directory on your local drive: #include <stdio.h> int main(int argc, char ** argv) { printf("hello world\n"); } now, using the terminal window you used to enter the emscripten compiler environment, navigate to the same directory as your hello.c file, and run the following command: emcc hello.c -s wasm=1 -o hello.html the options we’ve passed in with the command are as follows: -s wasm=1 — specifies that we want wasm output. if we don’t specify this, emscripten will just output asm.js, as it does by default. -o h...
...u’ve just compiled c to webassembly and run it in your browser! using a custom html template sometimes you will want to use a custom html template. let's look at how we can do this. ...
...e following c code in a file called hello2.c, in a new directory: #include <stdio.h> int main(int argc, char ** argv) { printf("hello world\n"); } search for the file shell_minimal.html in your emsdk repo. copy it into a sub-directory called html_template inside your previous new directory. ...
...And 4 more matches

Creating custom Firefox extensions with the Mozilla build system - Archive of obsolete content
eviews. follow every step methodically and you'll probably be alright. focus on the fact that once you get the build working, it'll probably work effortlessly from then on. maybe. on other platforms on other platforms, namely linux and macos, the process is much easier. all the tools for building are available built-in, and therefore all you have to do is run some commands in the terminal. you can find full instructions for almost any os here. structuring your project mozilla includes a number of complex extensions that are integrated into its build process. it has thus been necessary to solve all of the issues involved in creating and registering xpcom components, building jar files and manifests, installing the lot into the firefox extensions/ directory and so fo...
...sion="1.0"?> <rdf xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns:em="http://www.mozilla.org/2004/em-rdf#"> <description about="urn:mozilla:install-manifest"> <em:id>myextension@mycompany.com</em:id> <em:version>0.1</em:version> <em:targetapplication> <!-- firefox --> <description> <em:id>{ec8030f7-c20a-464f-9b0e-13a3a9e97384}</em:id> <em:minversion>1.0+</em:minversion> <em:maxversion>1.0+</em:maxversion> </description> </em:targetapplication> <!-- front-end metadata --> <em:name>my first extension</em:name> <em:description>just an example.</em:description> <em:creator>allpeers.com</em:creator> <em:homepageurl>http://www.allpeers.com/blog/</em:homepageurl> </description> </rdf> there's a...
...ry to register these components, as described in the next section. registering your components this article explains how to register xpcom components in gecko 2.0 and later. building it as mentioned above, you'll probably want to build your extension immediately after creating your idl files in order to generate the c++ stubs for your component implementations. i'm assuming that you've already built firefox successfully. if not, return immediately to the beginning of this article and don't come back til you have a functioning firefox.exe. do not pass go. do not collect $200. still here? okay, now we have to modify your .mozconfig (in the /mozilla/ root directory) so that your extension is built along with mozilla. add the following line at the end of the fil...
...And 3 more matches

Install Manifests - Archive of obsolete content
it contains metadata identifying the add-on, providing information about who created it, where more information can be found about it, which versions of what applications it is compatible with, how it should be updated, and so on. the format of the install manifest is rdf/xml. the file must be called install.rdf and live at the top level of an add-on's xpi file. ...
...d>{daf44bf7-a45e-4450-979c-91cf07434c3d}</em:id> name the name of the add-on; intended for display in the ui. examples <em:name>my extension</em:name> targetapplication an object specifying an application targeted by this add-on. this means that the add-on will work with the application identified by the id property (<em:id>) specified (for a comprehensive list of application ids and valid min/maxversions for them see valid application versions for add-on developers), from the minimum version (<em:minversion>) up to and including the maximum version (<em:maxversion>). however, while <em:maxversion> is a required property, it is ignored unless you also set <em:strictcompatibility> in the main <description> of your install.rdf (i.e. not in <em:targetapplication>). these version strings a...
...equired property, it is ignored unless you also set <em:strictcompatibility> in the main <description> of your install.rdf (i.e. not in <em:targetapplication>). these version strings are formatted in the same fashion as the version property and will be compared to the application version; this allows the extension author to specify which versions of firefox an extension has been tested with. id, minversion, and maxversion are all required. note: extensions compatible with firefox 3.5 should specify a maxversion of 3.5.*, so that they are automatically compatible with security and stability updates. for firefox 3.0, a maxversion of 3.0.* should be used. extensions compatible only with firefox or thunderbird 2 should specify a maxversion of 2.0.0.*. the install manifest must specify at lea...
...And 3 more matches

The Essentials of an Extension - Archive of obsolete content
or firefox 2, localizing this file is a little more complicated. we'll discuss localization further ahead in this section. <em:type>2</em:type> this specifies that the add-on being installed is an extension. you can read about different possible types in the install.rdf specification. <em:targetapplication> <description> <em:id>{ec8030f7-c20a-464f-9b0e-13a3a9e97384}</em:id> <em:minversion>4.0</em:minversion> <em:maxversion>10.*</em:maxversion> </description> </em:targetapplication> this node specifies the target application and target versions for the extension, specifically firefox, from version 4 up to version 10. the uuid is firefox's unique id. other mozilla and mozilla-based applications such as thunderbird and seamonkey have their own. you can have an extens...
...irefox, from version 4 up to version 10. the uuid is firefox's unique id. other mozilla and mozilla-based applications such as thunderbird and seamonkey have their own. you can have an extension that works on multiple applications and versions. for example, if you create a firefox extension, it would normally take little effort to port it to seamonkey, which has very similar features and ui. the min and max version specify the version range in which the extension can be installed. here's more about the version format. if the application or version range don't match, you won't be allowed to install the extension, or the extension will be installed in a disabled state. users can disable version checks through preferences or installing add-ons like the add-on compatibility reporter. beginning w...
... has a unique id, which you should have on most elements in your xul. the second attribute is the namespace, which is something you should always define in your xul root element. it says that this node and all child nodes are xul. you only need to change namespace declarations when you mix different types of content in the same document, such as xul with html or svg. you may have noticed the naming we use on several places, such as the id xulschoolhello-browser-overlay. this is the namespacing standard that we use to avoid conflicts with firefox and other extensions, as well as making some development tasks easier. we namespace all ids and style classes in overlay elements because they will be mixed with other elements in the main browser window. if we used generic ids like container or in...
...And 3 more matches

List of Mozilla-Based Applications - Archive of obsolete content
celtx media tool cenzic hailstorm vulnerability assessment and management ...
...web browser uses most of the firefox 55 source code batik java-based toolkit uses mozilla rhino bitbox security focused browser seemingly based on firefox blackbird browser for african american community bluegriffon wysiwyg editor next generation version of composer buzzbird twitter client built on xulrunner camino browser 2.5m downloads and ~400,000 active users ... celtx media tool cenzic hailstorm vulnerability assessment and management tool uses gecko chatzilla irc client standalone version (xulrunner) chromium and google chrome web browser uses mozilla nss and npapi libraries chromeless browser with html-based interface ...
...r based on chromium uses mozilla nss and npapi libraries emusic download manager music downloader for emusic emusic remote music manager enlis genome personal genome browser esxx javascript application server uses mozilla rhino etna xml wysiwyg editor eudora mail and news application the upcoming version 8 will be based on thunderbird evergreen library automation system evolution email client uses nss exe elearning xhtml editor seems to be using xul for some of their webui facebook open platform facebook open platform the fbml parser used in the platform is based on mozilla code fennec browser for mobiles as mark...
...And 3 more matches

JavaScript Client API - Archive of obsolete content
to any of our trademarks. before starting before you start learning the javascript api, you should spend some time on http://docs.services.mozilla.com/ reading about how the sync service operates. this will help fundamental understanding significantly. api location the sync javascript client api is defined in files in the services/sync/ directory of mozilla-central or similar repository. terminology syncengine the main sync client object. it's what starts all the magic. engine governs the synchronizing of a specific set of information. e.g. there is an engine for bookmarks, tabs, history, preferences, etc. record piece of information that gets synchronized. records are transformed to wbo's, uploaded to a collection in a sync server and eventually downloaded by other sync clients...
...r.prototype, _logname: "record.foo", ttl: foo_ttl // optional }; utils.defergetset(foorec, "cleartext", ["bar", "baz"]); the store object the store object (which extends store, as defined in services/sync/modules/engines.js) has the job of creating and maintaining a set of record objects from the underlying data. the store must also make updates to the underlying data itself based on incoming record objects. the majority of the code you write for syncing a new data type will most likely be in the store implementation. each record that the store keeps track of must be identified by a unique id (unique among all records in the store) called guid. depending of what type of data you're working with, you might already have guids built into your data that you can make use of (note that gu...
... createrecord the createrecord( id, collection ) method gets called by the engine to request a new record for an item with a given guid. it's your store's responsibility to instantiate a record object, assign the given guid, and return it. itemexists(guid) should simply return true if an item with the given gui...
...And 3 more matches

Migrate apps from Internet Explorer to Mozilla - Archive of obsolete content
) blocks throughout the code to differentiate between the browsers. the following code shows blocks designated for internet explorer: . . . var elm; if (ns4) elm = document.layers["myid"]; else if (ie4) elm = document.all["myid"] the above code isn't extensible, so if you want it to support a new browser, you must update these blocks throughout the web application. the easiest way to eliminate the need to recode for a new browser is to abstract out functionality. rather than multiple if() else() blocks, you increase efficiency by taking common tasks and abstracting them out into their own functions. not only does this make the code easier to read, it simplifies adding support for new clients: var elm = getelmbyid("myid"); function getelmbyid(aid){ var element = null; if (ismo...
... however, does not comply with the w3c web standards and simply returns a regular document. javascript differences most differences between mozilla and internet explorer are usually blamed on javascript. however, the issues usually lie in the apis that a browser exposes to javascript, such as the dom hooks. the two browsers possess few core javascript differences; issues encountered are often timing related. javascript date differences the only date difference is the getyear method. as per the ecmascript specification (which is the specification javascript follows), running new date().getyear() in 2004 will return "104". per the ecmascript specification, getyear returns the year minus 1900, originally meant to return "98" for 1998. getyear was deprecated in ecmascript version 3 and replac...
...(i.e. for 1999, getyear() returns 99, for 2000, it returns 2000). javascript execution differences different browsers execute javascript differently. ...
...And 3 more matches

Anonymous Content - Archive of obsolete content
e. anonymous content introduces the concept of scope to nodes within a document. because anonymous content elements can also have bindings attached that generate their own anonymous content, this scoping can be taken to an arbitrary level of nesting. explicit content is said to be at the document-level scope. anonymous content nodes are in their own binding-level scopes. binding scopes are determined by the bound element that contains the binding responsible for the generation of the anonymous nodes. the scope of an element can be determined using the getbindingparent method on the documentxbl interface. see section 3 for more information. this method returns the bound element in the enclosing scope that is responsible for the anonymous node. if invoked on an element at the document-level ...
...are at the document-level scope. content generation rules for generation whenever bindings are attached to an element, anonymous content will potentially be generated or destroyed. when a new binding is attached, the bindings in its explicit 'inherits' chain are checked to see if any have anonymous content templates. the most derived binding in the chain with a template is the one used to determine if anonymous content should be generated. anonymous content is only generated from a template if there are insertion points defined within the template for all of the explicit content found underneath the bound element at the time the check for generation is made. if the binding specifies no insertion points for explicit content, then anonymous content will only be constructed if the bound elem...
...nerated. anonymous content is only generated from a template if there are insertion points defined within the template for all of the explicit content found underneath the bound element at the time the check for generation is made. if the binding specifies no insertion points for explicit content, then anonymous content will only be constructed if the bound element has no explicit children. assuming that all explicit children have valid insertion points, the anonymous content is generated underneath the bound element. the binding responsible for the generation is referred to as the primary generating binding. whenever the primary generating binding changes on a bound element, all anonymous nodes in the scope of the bound element are destroyed. attribute forwarding attributes on anonymous ...
...And 3 more matches